<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="https://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link href="https://www.guitarworld.com/feeds/articletype/tuition" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Guitar World in Tuition ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/tuition</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest tuition content from the Guitar World team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Sun, 09 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Don’t barre the F chord. Try embellishing it instead ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Today’s Quick Tip is for intermediate and “pro” guitarists who are always looking for more cool ways to embellish basic chord shapes and spice up their rhythm playing. </p><p>Instead of always playing a low F chord as a standard 1st-position barre chord across all six strings, consider not barring it and instead using the <em>6th-string thumb fretting</em> technique to form the shape illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.35%;"><img id="kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon" name="fig-1" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="801" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Doing this offers you two benefits: </p><p>1) It’s often more convenient and comfortable to not have to rotate your wrist to form the full F barre chord shape when playing a progression of mostly open chords. </p><p>2) As shown in the example, this non-barre fingering allows you to easily toggle between F and Fsus2, which is a beautiful and very musical way to embellish an F chord, in the same way many players do with C and Csus2 (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.73%;"><img id="7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn" name="fig-2" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="715" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Countless guitarists have used this technique and the F-Fsus2 embellishment to decorate and add melodic interest to their chord playing.</p><p>A well-known example can be heard in the intro and verses to <em>Californication</em> by the Red Hot Chili Peppers, where guitarist John Frusciante creates a melodic chord riff by first using his open B string to play Asus2 to Am, then uses his open G string with the thumb-fretted F grip to play Fsus2 to F. </p><p>Another noteworthy example can be found in the intro and verses to Fleetwood’s Mac’s <em>Go Your Own Way</em>, where guitarist Lindsey Buckingham, using a capo at the 5th fret, plays the Csus2 to C then Fsus2 to F, using the shapes illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>.</p><p>As I demonstrate in the video, by using the thumb-fretted, non-barre F grip, you can embellish the F chord with pull-offs and hammer-ons to and from the open G string to A at the 2nd fret to create elegant-sounding, James Taylor-like sus2 decorations to your chordal accompaniments, in the same way many players will often do with D and Dsus2 or with A and Asus2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.78%;"><img id="nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn" name="fig-3" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="731" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Note that, by not barring the 1st string in the thumb-fretted F or Fsus2 grip, you can add an open high E note to it to sound a beautiful, full-sounding Fmaj7 voicing, or Fmaj7sus2, as demonstrated in <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>. Or you could barre only the B and high E strings with your index finger to get a full F chord, with the same six notes as the conventional barre chord. </p><p>Keep in mind that sometimes the chord you are to play in a given song is simply F and not Fmaj7. So be mindful not to gratuitously add that “color” tone where it’s not needed or wanted.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/eJJoTEDI.html" id="eJJoTEDI" title="Don't Barre the F Chord!" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/beginner-lessons/dont-barre-the-f-chord</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ John Frusciante and Lindsey Buckingham are both advocates for alternative F chord shapes that give you extra options for color ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DDe7oZefsWwZes9y2D3MVZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjQEBULF5E7A7jqqPXMYHh-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 09 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjQEBULF5E7A7jqqPXMYHh-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Close-up of fretting hand playing F barre chord with banned sign overlayed]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Close-up of fretting hand playing F barre chord with banned sign overlayed]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Close-up of fretting hand playing F barre chord with banned sign overlayed]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjQEBULF5E7A7jqqPXMYHh-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Today’s Quick Tip is for intermediate and “pro” guitarists who are always looking for more cool ways to embellish basic chord shapes and spice up their rhythm playing. </p><p>Instead of always playing a low F chord as a standard 1st-position barre chord across all six strings, consider not barring it and instead using the <em>6th-string thumb fretting</em> technique to form the shape illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.35%;"><img id="kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon" name="fig-1" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="801" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Doing this offers you two benefits: </p><p>1) It’s often more convenient and comfortable to not have to rotate your wrist to form the full F barre chord shape when playing a progression of mostly open chords. </p><p>2) As shown in the example, this non-barre fingering allows you to easily toggle between F and Fsus2, which is a beautiful and very musical way to embellish an F chord, in the same way many players do with C and Csus2 (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.73%;"><img id="7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn" name="fig-2" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="715" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Countless guitarists have used this technique and the F-Fsus2 embellishment to decorate and add melodic interest to their chord playing.</p><p>A well-known example can be heard in the intro and verses to <em>Californication</em> by the Red Hot Chili Peppers, where guitarist John Frusciante creates a melodic chord riff by first using his open B string to play Asus2 to Am, then uses his open G string with the thumb-fretted F grip to play Fsus2 to F. </p><p>Another noteworthy example can be found in the intro and verses to Fleetwood’s Mac’s <em>Go Your Own Way</em>, where guitarist Lindsey Buckingham, using a capo at the 5th fret, plays the Csus2 to C then Fsus2 to F, using the shapes illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>.</p><p>As I demonstrate in the video, by using the thumb-fretted, non-barre F grip, you can embellish the F chord with pull-offs and hammer-ons to and from the open G string to A at the 2nd fret to create elegant-sounding, James Taylor-like sus2 decorations to your chordal accompaniments, in the same way many players will often do with D and Dsus2 or with A and Asus2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.78%;"><img id="nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn" name="fig-3" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="731" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Note that, by not barring the 1st string in the thumb-fretted F or Fsus2 grip, you can add an open high E note to it to sound a beautiful, full-sounding Fmaj7 voicing, or Fmaj7sus2, as demonstrated in <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>. Or you could barre only the B and high E strings with your index finger to get a full F chord, with the same six notes as the conventional barre chord. </p><p>Keep in mind that sometimes the chord you are to play in a given song is simply F and not Fmaj7. So be mindful not to gratuitously add that “color” tone where it’s not needed or wanted.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/eJJoTEDI.html" id="eJJoTEDI" title="Don't Barre the F Chord!" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “The name can be distracting – what’s important is the sound. Jimmy Page thought so”: How recycling chord shapes can unlock new and surprising sounds ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As guitar players, we rely on shapes and patterns – consciously or not. This includes both scales and chords. Some chord shapes are described as ‘movable’, meaning they can be relocated to anywhere on the fretboard with predictable results. </p><p>Conversely, others – usually shapes including open strings – are not described in this way, implying that they only work in one position. </p><p>Regular readers will know that we frequently test this imaginary boundary by taking such shapes and moving them to different positions, often with surprising and pleasing results. </p><p>In this case, rather than starting in a conventional position then moving the shape, we’ve gone straight to a non-standard position – hence the term ‘recycled’. </p><p>The shape looks familiar, but the sound is not. Sometimes this can result in a complex-sounding name, but if we’re inspired by the sound this is just a detail. Coincidentally, three of these are add2 chords, so clearly this isn’t always the case.  </p><h2 id="example-1-fmaj7add6-a">Example 1. Fmaj7add6/A</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj" name="git539 col subs 1" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By moving an Amaj7 up a fret/semitone, we get this jazzy Fmaj7add6/A chord. The name can be distracting – and there are other ways this could be approached, perhaps A with an augmented 5th and a sus4?</p><p>But what’s important is the sound: Jimmy Page appears to have thought so when he used this chord in <em>Ten Years Gone</em>.</p><h2 id="example-2-fadd2">Example 2. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj" name="git539 col subs 2" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By recycling a C major shape and moving it to the 8th position, we get this Fadd2 courtesy of the G on the open third string.</p><p>If we were to allow the high E/first string to sound, this could add a maj7, too, but we’ve opted to keep things a little more concise for this example.</p><h2 id="example-3-fadd2">Example 3. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj" name="git539 col subs 3" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another take on Example 2, this is also an Fadd2 but with an extra high C (the 5th) added on the first string. We’ve sacrificed the sixth string for this, but we get a chord with extra detail in the high end.</p><p>Steve Howe moves this shape around to great effect during the ‘Würm’ section of <em>Starship Trooper</em> by Yes.</p><h2 id="example-4-cadd2">Example 4. Cadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj" name="git539 col subs 4" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This recycled G shape gives us this Cadd2 when moved to the 8th position. This chord has found its way into the songs of Supergrass, The Pretenders and Rush. </p><p>For clarity on the name, an add2 means that the 3rd of the chord (in this case E) is present. In sus2 chords, the 3rd is replaced by the sus note.</p><h2 id="example-5-e7">Example 5. E7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj" name="git539 col subs 5" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking a B7 chord and shifting it to the 7th position gives us this jangly E7. While we can’t think of an obvious example of this one in use, there will be a song out there somewhere…</p><p>The open second string (B) fits in here perfectly, giving us the 5th of the chord.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/recycling-chord-shapes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ By recycling open chord shapes in different positions, you will uncover a wealth of fascinating voicings – just ask Jimmy Page. Here are 5 chords to get you started ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">AfzaxPiRAYuFvfiK2LsTYD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUnEwJcppomqh7RT64h2oT-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 09:13:25 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 11:51:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUnEwJcppomqh7RT64h2oT-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Ed Perlstein/Redferns/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Jimmy Page performing on stage at Oakland Coliseum 1977]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Jimmy Page performing on stage at Oakland Coliseum 1977]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Jimmy Page performing on stage at Oakland Coliseum 1977]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUnEwJcppomqh7RT64h2oT-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As guitar players, we rely on shapes and patterns – consciously or not. This includes both scales and chords. Some chord shapes are described as ‘movable’, meaning they can be relocated to anywhere on the fretboard with predictable results. </p><p>Conversely, others – usually shapes including open strings – are not described in this way, implying that they only work in one position. </p><p>Regular readers will know that we frequently test this imaginary boundary by taking such shapes and moving them to different positions, often with surprising and pleasing results. </p><p>In this case, rather than starting in a conventional position then moving the shape, we’ve gone straight to a non-standard position – hence the term ‘recycled’. </p><p>The shape looks familiar, but the sound is not. Sometimes this can result in a complex-sounding name, but if we’re inspired by the sound this is just a detail. Coincidentally, three of these are add2 chords, so clearly this isn’t always the case.  </p><h2 id="example-1-fmaj7add6-a">Example 1. Fmaj7add6/A</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj" name="git539 col subs 1" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By moving an Amaj7 up a fret/semitone, we get this jazzy Fmaj7add6/A chord. The name can be distracting – and there are other ways this could be approached, perhaps A with an augmented 5th and a sus4?</p><p>But what’s important is the sound: Jimmy Page appears to have thought so when he used this chord in <em>Ten Years Gone</em>.</p><h2 id="example-2-fadd2">Example 2. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj" name="git539 col subs 2" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By recycling a C major shape and moving it to the 8th position, we get this Fadd2 courtesy of the G on the open third string.</p><p>If we were to allow the high E/first string to sound, this could add a maj7, too, but we’ve opted to keep things a little more concise for this example.</p><h2 id="example-3-fadd2">Example 3. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj" name="git539 col subs 3" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another take on Example 2, this is also an Fadd2 but with an extra high C (the 5th) added on the first string. We’ve sacrificed the sixth string for this, but we get a chord with extra detail in the high end.</p><p>Steve Howe moves this shape around to great effect during the ‘Würm’ section of <em>Starship Trooper</em> by Yes.</p><h2 id="example-4-cadd2">Example 4. Cadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj" name="git539 col subs 4" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This recycled G shape gives us this Cadd2 when moved to the 8th position. This chord has found its way into the songs of Supergrass, The Pretenders and Rush. </p><p>For clarity on the name, an add2 means that the 3rd of the chord (in this case E) is present. In sus2 chords, the 3rd is replaced by the sus note.</p><h2 id="example-5-e7">Example 5. E7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj" name="git539 col subs 5" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking a B7 chord and shifting it to the 7th position gives us this jangly E7. While we can’t think of an obvious example of this one in use, there will be a song out there somewhere…</p><p>The open second string (B) fits in here perfectly, giving us the 5th of the chord.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Feel is more important than accuracy. Just ask Kim Thayil, Alex Lifeson and Jimmy Page ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5kE18mBNdmc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Kim Thayil and Jimmy Page know that imperfection can be an important aspect of guitar playing with emotion. They understand that something technically incorrect can be something different when executed correctly. Learning the basics and practicing technique is essential, but once you know the rules, you have the power to twist and bend them in your own unique way. </p><p>The idea of making a mistake on purpose can be applicable to all aspects of your playing – vibrato, timing, even the notes you play. Amongst the guitarists who execute this are Alex Lifeson, Jimmy Page, John Frusciante, Jimi Hendrix and Kim Thayil.</p><p>For a specific example, Kim Thayil of Soundgarden is known for bending to notes outside the key he is soloing in. Although this is harmonically incorrect, it did help shape his sound and the overall grunge movement during the early 1990s.</p><p>Another time period to demonstrate this is the early blues sound of the late 1800s-1920s. This is where history began to see an alternative guitar style develop. Bending notes, loose time and sliding inbetween pitches were some of the first signs that guitar players were developing their own musical vocabulary.</p><p>Fast forward to the birth of rock music in the early 1960s–1970s. Its purpose seemed focused on feelings of exhilaration. Feedback, aggressive string bends and unpredictable improvisation would become the new standard among rock guitarists.  </p><p>The story of Tony Iommi of Black Sabbath is an amazing ode to what embracing imperfection can result in. During a work accident, the Black Sabbath guitarist cut off the tips of his fingers, forcing him to alter his approach to the guitar. His solutions to his injury – very thin strings, drop tunings, and simple riffs – would double as the foundation of heavy metal.  </p><p>History has proven that when a guitarist leans into imperfection, the result can be nothing short of revolutionary. Through this article, you will learn alternative techniques and philosophies that will hopefully inspire your own unique approach to guitar – and who knows what that could lead to…  </p><h2 id="example-1-imperfect-vibrato-3-05-in-the-video">Example 1. Imperfect vibrato (3:05 in the video)</h2><p>Imperfect vibrato refers to an alternative vibrato style that was popularized by BB King and then developed later by guitarists like Kim Thayil. The approach produces a tight, fast vibrato that can sound a little frenzied, blending vertical and horizontal finger movement, sometimes without the thumb on the back of the neck.  </p><p>To customize this vibrato, consider how to marry the vertical and horizontal motions. For example, you could use horizontal (along the string) motion before pulling the string downward at the end of the note, creating a sharp, inbetween note (think either side of a 1/4 tone bend).</p><p>Since many listeners can detect a stylised note/unique note during melodic phrasing, this subtle sharpness can prove expressive without being too jarring.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.21%;"><img id="3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="722" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-hitting-the-wrong-note-with-pizzazz-5-48-in-the-video">Example 2. Hitting the wrong note with pizzazz! (5:48 in the video)</h2><p>Playing wrong notes when soloing is often to be avoided but it can have merit. Importantly, they can be turned into a moment of interest, rather than a glaring mistake that makes you embarrassed. There's truth in the saying 'you’re only a half step away from the right note' meaning you can use these brief 'wrong' moments to provide anticipation before resolving to a note within the key you’re playing in. </p><p>A guitarist who executes this wonderfully is Kim Thayil. When soloing, he bends to notes outside of the key, plays incorrect passing notes, and even performs small licks in entirely different keys.</p><p>But (at least to my ears), it all sounds amazing due to his ability to resolve each phrase with confidence and build motifs throughout his solos. In this example, you are going to practice these three approaches to hitting the wrong note with pizzazz.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.10%;"><img id="pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="721" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-quickly-resolved-chaos-7-40-in-the-video">Example 3. Quickly Resolved Chaos (7:40 in the video)</h2><p>For this example, you are going to hit all of the open strings then resolve with a bend. Your goal should be to make the open strings sound as chaotic as possible, creating a stark contrast to the single-note bend.</p><p>This technique was often used during Jimi Hendrix's live performances (and later by Gary Moore), putting audiences in a trance due to how unique it sounded. It's the equivalent of a vocalist gulping in air (the noise) before blasting out a strong sustained note (the resolution).</p><p>A tip to guarantee you maximize this approach is a strongly distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> – the louder and messier, the better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.15%;"><img id="EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="779" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-1-3-5-will-keep-you-alive-10-22-in-the-video">Example 4. 1-3-5 will keep you alive (10:22 in the video)</h2><p>To be wrong well, it's important to know what correct is. When soloing, you can play wrong notes that don't sit well against a chord (or chords) as long as you resolve to strong notes that are from the key you're playing in. This way, the imperfections will sound calculated. </p><p>The correct notes can most easily be played using the root, third, or fifth note of the chord (or probably the key) you’re playing in. </p><p>Welcome to the notion of  “1-3-5 will keep you alive.” </p><p>These three notes are the foundations to every chord so will always be safe to play. For example, if you're playing over a C major chord, the notes C (the 1 or the root), the E (the 3rd) and the G (the 5th) are the required notes to hone in on. </p><p>Below shows one way to ascend the fretboard while playing the 1-3-5 of a G chord. These notes being G (root), B (3rd) and D (5th). If you spend time <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/guitarists/cory-wong-and-joe-satriani-are-right-knowing-where-the-notes-are-on-the-guitar-is-a-skill-all-players-should-take-seriously-here-are-10-ways-you-can-master-the-fretboard">knowing the fretboard</a> then beauty can be aligned to your playing's developing anarchy. </p><p>Enjoy making your mistakes on purpose!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.13%;"><img id="ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="702" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/feel-is-more-important-than-accuracy</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Sofia Victoria on how imperfect vibrato, wrong notes and open string noise can add substantial character to conventional soloing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">2WQ62bvp2ZyeUzbVFucjiQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJyugMddj48hugKH4jPkL9-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 07 Aug 2026 15:47:55 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sofia Victoria ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CwHDJza8gMtCUr6KKvwTT9.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJyugMddj48hugKH4jPkL9-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria with her handmade guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria with her handmade guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria with her handmade guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJyugMddj48hugKH4jPkL9-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5kE18mBNdmc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Kim Thayil and Jimmy Page know that imperfection can be an important aspect of guitar playing with emotion. They understand that something technically incorrect can be something different when executed correctly. Learning the basics and practicing technique is essential, but once you know the rules, you have the power to twist and bend them in your own unique way. </p><p>The idea of making a mistake on purpose can be applicable to all aspects of your playing – vibrato, timing, even the notes you play. Amongst the guitarists who execute this are Alex Lifeson, Jimmy Page, John Frusciante, Jimi Hendrix and Kim Thayil.</p><p>For a specific example, Kim Thayil of Soundgarden is known for bending to notes outside the key he is soloing in. Although this is harmonically incorrect, it did help shape his sound and the overall grunge movement during the early 1990s.</p><p>Another time period to demonstrate this is the early blues sound of the late 1800s-1920s. This is where history began to see an alternative guitar style develop. Bending notes, loose time and sliding inbetween pitches were some of the first signs that guitar players were developing their own musical vocabulary.</p><p>Fast forward to the birth of rock music in the early 1960s–1970s. Its purpose seemed focused on feelings of exhilaration. Feedback, aggressive string bends and unpredictable improvisation would become the new standard among rock guitarists.  </p><p>The story of Tony Iommi of Black Sabbath is an amazing ode to what embracing imperfection can result in. During a work accident, the Black Sabbath guitarist cut off the tips of his fingers, forcing him to alter his approach to the guitar. His solutions to his injury – very thin strings, drop tunings, and simple riffs – would double as the foundation of heavy metal.  </p><p>History has proven that when a guitarist leans into imperfection, the result can be nothing short of revolutionary. Through this article, you will learn alternative techniques and philosophies that will hopefully inspire your own unique approach to guitar – and who knows what that could lead to…  </p><h2 id="example-1-imperfect-vibrato-3-05-in-the-video">Example 1. Imperfect vibrato (3:05 in the video)</h2><p>Imperfect vibrato refers to an alternative vibrato style that was popularized by BB King and then developed later by guitarists like Kim Thayil. The approach produces a tight, fast vibrato that can sound a little frenzied, blending vertical and horizontal finger movement, sometimes without the thumb on the back of the neck.  </p><p>To customize this vibrato, consider how to marry the vertical and horizontal motions. For example, you could use horizontal (along the string) motion before pulling the string downward at the end of the note, creating a sharp, inbetween note (think either side of a 1/4 tone bend).</p><p>Since many listeners can detect a stylised note/unique note during melodic phrasing, this subtle sharpness can prove expressive without being too jarring.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.21%;"><img id="3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="722" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-hitting-the-wrong-note-with-pizzazz-5-48-in-the-video">Example 2. Hitting the wrong note with pizzazz! (5:48 in the video)</h2><p>Playing wrong notes when soloing is often to be avoided but it can have merit. Importantly, they can be turned into a moment of interest, rather than a glaring mistake that makes you embarrassed. There's truth in the saying 'you’re only a half step away from the right note' meaning you can use these brief 'wrong' moments to provide anticipation before resolving to a note within the key you’re playing in. </p><p>A guitarist who executes this wonderfully is Kim Thayil. When soloing, he bends to notes outside of the key, plays incorrect passing notes, and even performs small licks in entirely different keys.</p><p>But (at least to my ears), it all sounds amazing due to his ability to resolve each phrase with confidence and build motifs throughout his solos. In this example, you are going to practice these three approaches to hitting the wrong note with pizzazz.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.10%;"><img id="pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="721" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-quickly-resolved-chaos-7-40-in-the-video">Example 3. Quickly Resolved Chaos (7:40 in the video)</h2><p>For this example, you are going to hit all of the open strings then resolve with a bend. Your goal should be to make the open strings sound as chaotic as possible, creating a stark contrast to the single-note bend.</p><p>This technique was often used during Jimi Hendrix's live performances (and later by Gary Moore), putting audiences in a trance due to how unique it sounded. It's the equivalent of a vocalist gulping in air (the noise) before blasting out a strong sustained note (the resolution).</p><p>A tip to guarantee you maximize this approach is a strongly distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> – the louder and messier, the better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.15%;"><img id="EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="779" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-1-3-5-will-keep-you-alive-10-22-in-the-video">Example 4. 1-3-5 will keep you alive (10:22 in the video)</h2><p>To be wrong well, it's important to know what correct is. When soloing, you can play wrong notes that don't sit well against a chord (or chords) as long as you resolve to strong notes that are from the key you're playing in. This way, the imperfections will sound calculated. </p><p>The correct notes can most easily be played using the root, third, or fifth note of the chord (or probably the key) you’re playing in. </p><p>Welcome to the notion of  “1-3-5 will keep you alive.” </p><p>These three notes are the foundations to every chord so will always be safe to play. For example, if you're playing over a C major chord, the notes C (the 1 or the root), the E (the 3rd) and the G (the 5th) are the required notes to hone in on. </p><p>Below shows one way to ascend the fretboard while playing the 1-3-5 of a G chord. These notes being G (root), B (3rd) and D (5th). If you spend time <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/guitarists/cory-wong-and-joe-satriani-are-right-knowing-where-the-notes-are-on-the-guitar-is-a-skill-all-players-should-take-seriously-here-are-10-ways-you-can-master-the-fretboard">knowing the fretboard</a> then beauty can be aligned to your playing's developing anarchy. </p><p>Enjoy making your mistakes on purpose!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.13%;"><img id="ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="702" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It just sounds like doo-doo under a D chord”: Why muting the low E string is one of the most important lessons any beginner guitarist can learn ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>An often overlooked aspect of playing guitar that many beginners aren’t aware of is the importance of silencing the open low E string when moving from an open Em chord to an open D chord, or from E to D.</p><p>In most cases, you do not want to have that ringing open low E note “lingering” into the D chord because it will sound dissonant, muddy and sloppy, as the note does not musically “agree” with those that make up the D chord (D, F#, A), especially in that low register. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/a45ayDqO.html" id="a45ayDqO" title="Muting the low E string for beginners" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>Check out <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>, which has us changing from Em to D a couple of times. If you look at the fretboard frame for the D chord above the tablature, you’ll see that the low E and A strings each have an “X” above them. That signifies that those two strings are not to be included in that chord voicing.</p><p>A hollow circle, on the other hand, indicates that the string is to be played open, and a black circle indicates where a string is to be fretted, such as at the 2nd or 3rd fret, with the fret-hand finger indicated below. </p><p>So, the open D chord is officially only on the top four strings, with the open D string being its low root note. However, inadvertently sounding the open A string, or allowing it to linger from a previous chord, such as Am, doesn’t sound bad at all, as A happens to be a chord tone of D major – its 5th – and the open low A note can add warmth and “fatness” to the chord voicing, which is sometimes desirable. But not the low E note. That just sounds like doo-doo under a D chord, with all six strings ringing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.44%;"><img id="nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c" name="fig-1" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="833" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When you pick an open string, it will continue to ring for a while unless you actively stop it from vibrating. This can easily be accomplished by lightly touching it, a technique known as <em>muting</em>, or <em>dampening</em>. One way to do this is to lightly touch the low E string with the tip of your fret-hand thumb, briefly hooking it around the top side of the neck at the 2nd fret as you form the D chord shape with your fingers. </p><p>Alternatively, you could mute the low E string with the palm of your pick hand, a technique known as <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting"><em>palm muting</em></a> (indicated in guitar music by the abbreviation P.M.)</p><p>While palm muting “after the fact” like this achieves the objective of muting the string, it could in some cases disrupt the flow of your strumming. So I recommend using the fret-hand-thumb muting method first and foremost, to help ensure a smooth, flowing change from Em to D, or E to D.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.80%;"><img id="hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb" name="fig-2" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="716" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another commonly committed error beginners typically make is they inadvertently strum their open low E string when playing an open C chord, which in the vast majority of cases should only include the top five strings, as opposed to the rarely used C/E (“C over E”) chord illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>. Again, note the “X” over the chord frame for C and the “O” over the frame for C/E.</p><p>An effective way to prevent your low E string from sounding or vibrating sympathetically when playing an open C chord is to lightly touch it with the “paw” of your fret-hand ring finger (3) as it frets the C root note on the A string’s 3rd fret.</p><p>Doing this will ensure that the chord sounds pleasing and proper and allow you to strum a little more loosely, casually or aggressively, without having to worry about accidentally grazing the low E string with the pick because, even if you do, the string will remain silent.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/why-muting-the-low-e-string-is-one-of-the-most-important-lessons-any-beginner-guitarist-can-learn</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Learning to mute individual strings makes all the difference when mastering your first guitar chords ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">HN9Gogj32GW2CnCU5FHSgE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DYZXKBzXWkdKFf7Ai9B8-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 02 Aug 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 11:28:17 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DYZXKBzXWkdKFf7Ai9B8-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Close-up of a picking hand on a guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Close-up of a picking hand on a guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Close-up of a picking hand on a guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DYZXKBzXWkdKFf7Ai9B8-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>An often overlooked aspect of playing guitar that many beginners aren’t aware of is the importance of silencing the open low E string when moving from an open Em chord to an open D chord, or from E to D.</p><p>In most cases, you do not want to have that ringing open low E note “lingering” into the D chord because it will sound dissonant, muddy and sloppy, as the note does not musically “agree” with those that make up the D chord (D, F#, A), especially in that low register. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/a45ayDqO.html" id="a45ayDqO" title="Muting the low E string for beginners" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>Check out <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>, which has us changing from Em to D a couple of times. If you look at the fretboard frame for the D chord above the tablature, you’ll see that the low E and A strings each have an “X” above them. That signifies that those two strings are not to be included in that chord voicing.</p><p>A hollow circle, on the other hand, indicates that the string is to be played open, and a black circle indicates where a string is to be fretted, such as at the 2nd or 3rd fret, with the fret-hand finger indicated below. </p><p>So, the open D chord is officially only on the top four strings, with the open D string being its low root note. However, inadvertently sounding the open A string, or allowing it to linger from a previous chord, such as Am, doesn’t sound bad at all, as A happens to be a chord tone of D major – its 5th – and the open low A note can add warmth and “fatness” to the chord voicing, which is sometimes desirable. But not the low E note. That just sounds like doo-doo under a D chord, with all six strings ringing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.44%;"><img id="nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c" name="fig-1" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="833" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When you pick an open string, it will continue to ring for a while unless you actively stop it from vibrating. This can easily be accomplished by lightly touching it, a technique known as <em>muting</em>, or <em>dampening</em>. One way to do this is to lightly touch the low E string with the tip of your fret-hand thumb, briefly hooking it around the top side of the neck at the 2nd fret as you form the D chord shape with your fingers. </p><p>Alternatively, you could mute the low E string with the palm of your pick hand, a technique known as <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting"><em>palm muting</em></a> (indicated in guitar music by the abbreviation P.M.)</p><p>While palm muting “after the fact” like this achieves the objective of muting the string, it could in some cases disrupt the flow of your strumming. So I recommend using the fret-hand-thumb muting method first and foremost, to help ensure a smooth, flowing change from Em to D, or E to D.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.80%;"><img id="hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb" name="fig-2" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="716" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another commonly committed error beginners typically make is they inadvertently strum their open low E string when playing an open C chord, which in the vast majority of cases should only include the top five strings, as opposed to the rarely used C/E (“C over E”) chord illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>. Again, note the “X” over the chord frame for C and the “O” over the frame for C/E.</p><p>An effective way to prevent your low E string from sounding or vibrating sympathetically when playing an open C chord is to lightly touch it with the “paw” of your fret-hand ring finger (3) as it frets the C root note on the A string’s 3rd fret.</p><p>Doing this will ensure that the chord sounds pleasing and proper and allow you to strum a little more loosely, casually or aggressively, without having to worry about accidentally grazing the low E string with the pick because, even if you do, the string will remain silent.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “This is not a tuning Iuse often, but it turned out to be perfect here”: Spiritbox’s Mike Stringer on how extended-range guitars open up new chord voicing possibilities ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/bDaUBNvi6r0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the great benefits of playing 7- and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitars</a> in various tunings is that they continually inspire me to discover cool and unusual chords and voicings. A great example of this is the song <em>Keep Sweet</em>, which I recorded with Spiritbox for 2025’s <em>Tsunami Sea</em>. </p><p>For this track, I play a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> tuned to drop-A, transposed down a whole step, what’s often referred to as “drop-G” tuning (low to high: G, D, G, C, F, A, D). This is not a tuning I use often, but it turned out to be perfect here.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the song’s initial, primary riff. This part is not played very fast and is fairly easy to navigate. The tonal center for the song is B minor (concert key of A minor, due to the whole-step-down tuning transposition), and I begin with an unusual B5b6 chord voicing on the 6th, 5th and 4th strings, which requires a finger stretch between the 9th and 5th frets (allow your wrist to rotate as needed).</p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, The G note sounded on the 4th string serves as the b6 (flatted 6th) above the foundational B5 chord and lends a dissonant and somewhat atonal quality to the chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:67.85%;"><img id="YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP" name="gwm606 stringer 1 2" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1357" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I then shift to a bassline-like riff on the 7th string that includes a whole-step bend from B to C# at the end of bars 1, 3 and 5. At the ends of bars 2 and 4, I play D5 power chords that set up the return to the top of the phrase. After playing bars 1-4, bars 1 and 2 repeat and are then followed by the second ending (bar 5), which culminates with natural harmonics (N.H.) sounded at the 5th fret of the 5th string.</p><p>The key to playing this song well is to have clear separation between the dissonant B5b6 chords and the consonant D5 power chords. Additionally, when playing the B octave notes at the 2nd fret on the 7th and 5th strings, you want to keep them separated.</p><p>The trickiest part of playing this riff is transitioning smoothly between the D5 chord and the B5b6. This is highlighted in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. Strive to keep the transitions clean so that each chord will sound sharply defined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.50%;"><img id="XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP" name="gwm606 stringer 3" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="390" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the riff I play during the first verse. In bars 1-6, I shift between referencing the chords D5, A5 and B5, starting with full power chord strums and then following with arpeggiated chords and two-note voicings. </p><p>In bars 7-9, I outline Bm and A chords with arpeggios and, on beat 3 of bar 10, make brief reference to Asus4, followed by a 5th-fret natural harmonic on the 5th string, ending the phrase with an open low A note.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.65%;"><img id="82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP" name="gwm606 stringer 4" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like to present “themes” as I structure the guitar parts for a song. In this case, the initial theme is based on the contrast between B5b6 and D5, and the second theme is the balance between B5 and A5. Another theme is the reiterations of the whole-step bends on the 7th string, which serve to tie the riffs together.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-spiritbox-tsunami-sea</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Mike Stringer's progressive metal masterclass continues as he teaches you how to play Spiritbox’s Tsunami Sea ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KUaA8xQH3XZfDnnzKvinkS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7cqoikF9GqVyRrCwW8Thf-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 02 Aug 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 12:05:34 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7cqoikF9GqVyRrCwW8Thf-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still of Mike Stringer&#039;s video lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still of Mike Stringer&#039;s video lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still of Mike Stringer&#039;s video lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7cqoikF9GqVyRrCwW8Thf-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/bDaUBNvi6r0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the great benefits of playing 7- and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitars</a> in various tunings is that they continually inspire me to discover cool and unusual chords and voicings. A great example of this is the song <em>Keep Sweet</em>, which I recorded with Spiritbox for 2025’s <em>Tsunami Sea</em>. </p><p>For this track, I play a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> tuned to drop-A, transposed down a whole step, what’s often referred to as “drop-G” tuning (low to high: G, D, G, C, F, A, D). This is not a tuning I use often, but it turned out to be perfect here.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the song’s initial, primary riff. This part is not played very fast and is fairly easy to navigate. The tonal center for the song is B minor (concert key of A minor, due to the whole-step-down tuning transposition), and I begin with an unusual B5b6 chord voicing on the 6th, 5th and 4th strings, which requires a finger stretch between the 9th and 5th frets (allow your wrist to rotate as needed).</p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, The G note sounded on the 4th string serves as the b6 (flatted 6th) above the foundational B5 chord and lends a dissonant and somewhat atonal quality to the chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:67.85%;"><img id="YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP" name="gwm606 stringer 1 2" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1357" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I then shift to a bassline-like riff on the 7th string that includes a whole-step bend from B to C# at the end of bars 1, 3 and 5. At the ends of bars 2 and 4, I play D5 power chords that set up the return to the top of the phrase. After playing bars 1-4, bars 1 and 2 repeat and are then followed by the second ending (bar 5), which culminates with natural harmonics (N.H.) sounded at the 5th fret of the 5th string.</p><p>The key to playing this song well is to have clear separation between the dissonant B5b6 chords and the consonant D5 power chords. Additionally, when playing the B octave notes at the 2nd fret on the 7th and 5th strings, you want to keep them separated.</p><p>The trickiest part of playing this riff is transitioning smoothly between the D5 chord and the B5b6. This is highlighted in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. Strive to keep the transitions clean so that each chord will sound sharply defined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.50%;"><img id="XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP" name="gwm606 stringer 3" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="390" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the riff I play during the first verse. In bars 1-6, I shift between referencing the chords D5, A5 and B5, starting with full power chord strums and then following with arpeggiated chords and two-note voicings. </p><p>In bars 7-9, I outline Bm and A chords with arpeggios and, on beat 3 of bar 10, make brief reference to Asus4, followed by a 5th-fret natural harmonic on the 5th string, ending the phrase with an open low A note.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.65%;"><img id="82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP" name="gwm606 stringer 4" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like to present “themes” as I structure the guitar parts for a song. In this case, the initial theme is based on the contrast between B5b6 and D5, and the second theme is the balance between B5 and A5. Another theme is the reiterations of the whole-step bends on the 7th string, which serve to tie the riffs together.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It all started during a soundcheck. I was playing a Telecaster, and I said to our drummer, ‘Hey man, play the train beat!’ I began playing what became the main riff in Let It Burn”: Charlie Starr on how to turn a simple, catchy riff into a killer song ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9m0uVM3hLlw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In this column, I’d like to talk about guitar playing as it relates to songwriting. And as every guitarist knows, it’s all about the riff!</p><p>All great riffs have that instant allure that immediately captures the listener’s ear and attention. This is true in every style of guitar-based music. Songs like <em>(I Can’t Get No) Satisfaction</em>, <em>Purple Haze</em> and <em>Walk This Way</em> are all great examples of the power of the almighty riff.</p><p>I wrote a song called <em>Let It Burn</em> for our 2017 album, <em>Like an Arrow</em>, that is built from a simple, catchy riff based on an open G chord. It all started, as is often the case, during a soundcheck. I was playing a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Fender Telecaster</a> or Esquire, and I said to our late drummer, Brit Turner, “Hey man, play the ‘train’ beat!”</p><p>I began playing <strong>Figure 1</strong>, which became the main riff in <em>Let It Burn</em>. With my fret-hand in a 3rd-position G chord shape, I begin by repeating the low G root note in a syncopated, punctuated rhythm, followed by oblique bends and releases on the G and B strings. </p><p>In these bends, the note on the G string is bent while the note on the B string remains stationary. These bends are followed by single-note riffs based on the G major pentatonic scale (G, A, B, D, E).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.90%;"><img id="bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 1" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We jammed on that for about five minutes, setting up the “runka-runka” feel of typical Chuck Berry-style rock and roll. I then went home and put the verse section together by singing over the G5 - G6 rhythm part. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I moved from the rock and roll figure to a ringing C/G chord, and then back to the runka-runka part.</p><p>This is how I began to put the lyrics and melody together, and a song evolved from the initial riff idea. This prompted me to map out the first half of the verse section, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. </p><p>The alternating G and C/G chords in bars 1-5 led me to the D5 - C5 - D5 in bars 6-9. At that point, I felt that it’d be great to bring in some kind of harmonic twist. When it comes to mixing rock and roll with the unexpected, in my opinion, the three of the greatest bands are Rockpile, NRBQ and, of course, the Beatles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 2 3 4" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1075" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I thought, “What would they do?,” and came up with the musical curve ball shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>. Starting on the relative minor chord, Em, I arpeggiate the chord and then chromatically drop (descend) from the E root note to D#, D and C#, resulting in the progression Em - D#aug - G/D - A9/C#. </p><p>The verse section then wraps up with a return to rock and roll in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:16.85%;"><img id="yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="337" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of this set up the chorus, and I now had my story; the protagonist in the song’s lyrics had had enough of this town and wanted to see it in his rearview mirror, and, preferably, on fire, so the vocal line is, “Let it burn!”</p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> illustrates the end of the chorus section, which balances the rock and roll approach of the D5 - D6 chord movement with a heavier Bb - F figure in bar 2, which then brings us back to the intro.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.30%;"><img id="jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="366" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now that all the elements were there, I had to put on my arranger/producer hat and give the song some order and structure and sharpen the picture so that it would work as effectively as possible. And herein lies the balance between initial inspiration and a completed, fully realized song. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-turning-riffs-into-songs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke guitarist pays tribute to the power of the almighty riff in his latest GW lesson ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">RaTjjCEwmbayRxaw3v7LuP</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/opsy7bhDJ8DSz2JpmUfA9W-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/opsy7bhDJ8DSz2JpmUfA9W-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/opsy7bhDJ8DSz2JpmUfA9W-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9m0uVM3hLlw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In this column, I’d like to talk about guitar playing as it relates to songwriting. And as every guitarist knows, it’s all about the riff!</p><p>All great riffs have that instant allure that immediately captures the listener’s ear and attention. This is true in every style of guitar-based music. Songs like <em>(I Can’t Get No) Satisfaction</em>, <em>Purple Haze</em> and <em>Walk This Way</em> are all great examples of the power of the almighty riff.</p><p>I wrote a song called <em>Let It Burn</em> for our 2017 album, <em>Like an Arrow</em>, that is built from a simple, catchy riff based on an open G chord. It all started, as is often the case, during a soundcheck. I was playing a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Fender Telecaster</a> or Esquire, and I said to our late drummer, Brit Turner, “Hey man, play the ‘train’ beat!”</p><p>I began playing <strong>Figure 1</strong>, which became the main riff in <em>Let It Burn</em>. With my fret-hand in a 3rd-position G chord shape, I begin by repeating the low G root note in a syncopated, punctuated rhythm, followed by oblique bends and releases on the G and B strings. </p><p>In these bends, the note on the G string is bent while the note on the B string remains stationary. These bends are followed by single-note riffs based on the G major pentatonic scale (G, A, B, D, E).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.90%;"><img id="bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 1" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We jammed on that for about five minutes, setting up the “runka-runka” feel of typical Chuck Berry-style rock and roll. I then went home and put the verse section together by singing over the G5 - G6 rhythm part. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I moved from the rock and roll figure to a ringing C/G chord, and then back to the runka-runka part.</p><p>This is how I began to put the lyrics and melody together, and a song evolved from the initial riff idea. This prompted me to map out the first half of the verse section, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. </p><p>The alternating G and C/G chords in bars 1-5 led me to the D5 - C5 - D5 in bars 6-9. At that point, I felt that it’d be great to bring in some kind of harmonic twist. When it comes to mixing rock and roll with the unexpected, in my opinion, the three of the greatest bands are Rockpile, NRBQ and, of course, the Beatles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 2 3 4" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1075" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I thought, “What would they do?,” and came up with the musical curve ball shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>. Starting on the relative minor chord, Em, I arpeggiate the chord and then chromatically drop (descend) from the E root note to D#, D and C#, resulting in the progression Em - D#aug - G/D - A9/C#. </p><p>The verse section then wraps up with a return to rock and roll in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:16.85%;"><img id="yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="337" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of this set up the chorus, and I now had my story; the protagonist in the song’s lyrics had had enough of this town and wanted to see it in his rearview mirror, and, preferably, on fire, so the vocal line is, “Let it burn!”</p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> illustrates the end of the chorus section, which balances the rock and roll approach of the D5 - D6 chord movement with a heavier Bb - F figure in bar 2, which then brings us back to the intro.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.30%;"><img id="jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="366" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now that all the elements were there, I had to put on my arranger/producer hat and give the song some order and structure and sharpen the picture so that it would work as effectively as possible. And herein lies the balance between initial inspiration and a completed, fully realized song. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “You could just play different voicings and inversions of A7 over this groove all day long and it’ll sound great”: How to build a compelling rhythm guitar part with triads ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5WYqVx4jZAI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A great way to devise a creative and unusual rhythm part is to superimpose a variety of triads over a static one-chord vamp. As you may know, a triad is a three-note entity that, in its most universal function, represents a specific type of chord. </p><p>The most common types of triads are major – built from a root, major 3rd and 5th – and minor – built from a root, minor 3rd and 5th.</p><p>When playing over a one-chord vamp, that chord represents a key center from which many different triads can be built.</p><p>Let’s begin with a simple, funky rhythmic vamp built on an A7 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. This is a repeating one-bar pattern that starts with hammer-ons on the A and G strings, followed by syncopated accents on the top four strings.</p><p>You could just play different voicings and inversions of A7 over this groove all day long and it’ll sound great. </p><p>But the way to get the most out of this approach is to recognize A7 as a chord derived from the A Mixolydian mode (A, B, C#, D, E, F#, G), which is the fifth mode of the D major scale (D, E, F#, G, A, B, C#).</p><p>This means you can use all of the scale’s triads – D, Em, F#m, G, A, Bm and C#dim – to discover new rhythm patterns to play over A7 that are even more colorful and interesting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.95%;"><img id="FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 1 and 2" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the triads Em (E, G, B) and F#m (F#, A, C#) played on the top three strings alongside the A7 chord voicing. If you know your triads on the neck, you can devise some really cool rhythmic ideas. </p><p>For example, <strong>Figure 3</strong> demonstrates Em and F#m triads played on the D, G and B strings before moving over to the top three strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.95%;"><img id="TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 3" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> offers an example of utilizing the F#m and Em triads over the funky A7 rhythm part. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.90%;"><img id="uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 4" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="418" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Notice that the triads are strummed in syncopated 16th-note rhythms and shift smoothly from one to another via finger slides. <strong>Figure 5</strong> switches things up by ending with a dyad/single-note type of riff.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.52%;"><img id="3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="410" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 6</strong>, I branch out from minor triads by including some triadic inversions: on beat 2 of bar 1, I bring in a 1st-inversion G triad (G, B, D), sounded with B, the 3rd, as the lowest note. On beat 3, I include a 2nd-inversion D major triad (D, F#, A), with A, the 5th, on the bottom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.71%;"><img id="hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="414" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>​As you can see, these options provide more sounds than does simply riding on voicings of A7. There are Em and F#m triad shapes to be found all over the fretboard and on different string groups, so be sure to explore every area of the neck to discover where these triad shapes reside.</p><p>As long as we return to our key center of A7, we have some cool options to explore. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I incorporate some chromatic movement between G and A triads to bring in another variation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.57%;"><img id="Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud" name="gwm605 corey lesson 7" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Look to map out all of the voicings of the aforementioned triads that live within the D major scale and try to find inventive ways to move between them when playing over a static A7 vamp.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/corey-congilio-triad-rhythm-guitar-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Confused about triads? They are just chords with three notes, and as Corey Congilio demonstrates here, they can be the building block of a great guitar part ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tmoUkTkvg7dMVaa6raUAgA</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 09:43:16 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5WYqVx4jZAI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A great way to devise a creative and unusual rhythm part is to superimpose a variety of triads over a static one-chord vamp. As you may know, a triad is a three-note entity that, in its most universal function, represents a specific type of chord. </p><p>The most common types of triads are major – built from a root, major 3rd and 5th – and minor – built from a root, minor 3rd and 5th.</p><p>When playing over a one-chord vamp, that chord represents a key center from which many different triads can be built.</p><p>Let’s begin with a simple, funky rhythmic vamp built on an A7 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. This is a repeating one-bar pattern that starts with hammer-ons on the A and G strings, followed by syncopated accents on the top four strings.</p><p>You could just play different voicings and inversions of A7 over this groove all day long and it’ll sound great. </p><p>But the way to get the most out of this approach is to recognize A7 as a chord derived from the A Mixolydian mode (A, B, C#, D, E, F#, G), which is the fifth mode of the D major scale (D, E, F#, G, A, B, C#).</p><p>This means you can use all of the scale’s triads – D, Em, F#m, G, A, Bm and C#dim – to discover new rhythm patterns to play over A7 that are even more colorful and interesting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.95%;"><img id="FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 1 and 2" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the triads Em (E, G, B) and F#m (F#, A, C#) played on the top three strings alongside the A7 chord voicing. If you know your triads on the neck, you can devise some really cool rhythmic ideas. </p><p>For example, <strong>Figure 3</strong> demonstrates Em and F#m triads played on the D, G and B strings before moving over to the top three strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.95%;"><img id="TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 3" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> offers an example of utilizing the F#m and Em triads over the funky A7 rhythm part. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.90%;"><img id="uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 4" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="418" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Notice that the triads are strummed in syncopated 16th-note rhythms and shift smoothly from one to another via finger slides. <strong>Figure 5</strong> switches things up by ending with a dyad/single-note type of riff.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.52%;"><img id="3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="410" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 6</strong>, I branch out from minor triads by including some triadic inversions: on beat 2 of bar 1, I bring in a 1st-inversion G triad (G, B, D), sounded with B, the 3rd, as the lowest note. On beat 3, I include a 2nd-inversion D major triad (D, F#, A), with A, the 5th, on the bottom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.71%;"><img id="hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="414" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>​As you can see, these options provide more sounds than does simply riding on voicings of A7. There are Em and F#m triad shapes to be found all over the fretboard and on different string groups, so be sure to explore every area of the neck to discover where these triad shapes reside.</p><p>As long as we return to our key center of A7, we have some cool options to explore. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I incorporate some chromatic movement between G and A triads to bring in another variation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.57%;"><img id="Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud" name="gwm605 corey lesson 7" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Look to map out all of the voicings of the aforementioned triads that live within the D major scale and try to find inventive ways to move between them when playing over a static A7 vamp.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ If you learn one thing from Buddy Guy it should be this ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/-r3wE5-nZaI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Among all the great blues guitarists, Buddy Guy holds the crown as the most expressive when it comes to playing solos with rhythmic variety. In particular, he’s got an uncanny knack of drifting away from the band’s time, particularly in a slow blues, where there’s more space to play with. Clipped notes, sustained vibrato notes, quick-fire note bursts, accelerating repetitive licks and moments of silence: these and more have become his beloved rhythmic trademarks for blues soloing.</p><p>One of my favorite eras of Buddy’s is the mid-to-late ’60s, and this encompasses albums such as <em>I Left My Blues in San Francisco</em> (1967), and <em>A Man and the Blues</em> (1968), as well as his incredible work with Junior Wells. There’s something special about this period, where his playing was cleaner, and yet more raw-sounding. He was considerably ahead of his time.</p><p>And don't forget his renowned tone: neck and middle pickups on a Strat (legend has it that he originally taped his three-way selector to get the sound). I’ve gone for this pickup position in all the examples, with some mild breakup on the amp. He has also used neck and (especially) bridge positions, so feel free to experiment.</p><p>All of the examples are in C# major. This is perhaps an unusual key for guitar players but one that Buddy has enjoyed playing in over the years. The benefit of this key is when you’re using minor pentatonic shapes 1 and 2, you're in the middle of the fretboard, so bending and vibrato is easier. But it’s rhythm that we’re really going to dig into, so let’s get into it! </p><h2 id="match-my-sound-play-along-enhancements">Match My Sound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&utm_medium=article&utm_campaign=GW-MMS&utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-rhythmic-examples"><span>Buddy Guy rhythmic examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 1a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Before you explore playing around with time or playing ‘off grid’, it's important to be able to play on the grid, showing you can synchronise with the band. In a 12/8 blues groove, most players gravitate to underlying groups of three (played on the hi-hat on the backing).</p><p>In this example, this is evident but also there are fast pull-offs that come from a smaller 12-note grid. Even though you’re playing with different rhythmic groups here, notice that almost every line begins on one of the strong beats. </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413126"></iframe><h2 id="example-1b-shifting-the-rhythm">Example 1b - Shifting the rhythm</h2><p>Buddy Guy is about vibe and spontaneity rather than precision. This extends to some of his string bending as well as his timing. Here you're shifting some of the lines to either side of the strong beats as this will make your phrasing sound less predictable. Experiment with the speed and placement of the faster pull-offs.</p><p>With repeating licks like this, it’s worth making it sound more conversational and expressive, as opposed to being completely uniform.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413127"></iframe><h2 id="example-2a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>One of Buddy’s trademark ideas is using pedal note bluesy double-stops. He does this with thumb and first finger (or you could use hybrid picking as I’ve done in the video), which means you can easily achieve wide intervals that jump strings.</p><p>On this first ‘on the grid’ version, view the whole phrase as a classic blues call and response line.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413128"></iframe><h2 id="example-2b-off-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2b - Off the grid time feel</h2><p>Here you're letting go of the grid. The ‘dragged’ sound should feel a little lazy in the picking hand as this will give you a behind the beat feel. The second half of this line includes a ‘4 over 3’ grouping that’s common in slow 12/8 blues.</p><p>Don't overthink this, as aiming for precision can often ruin the effect. Just as with harmony, you can create considerable tension with rhythms like this, with a feel good release when you hit the final note.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413129"></iframe><h2 id="example-3a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 3a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Buddy loves to milk simple blues phrases over time (and often over an entire 12-bar solo). Here you’ll start off with a typical pentatonic lick that’s grouped as six notes per beat.</p><p>As before, the bends can be loose in terms of tuning (anything from a ¼ note to a ½ note bend will sound good). The first finger bend is a Buddy Guy trademark but it can be tricky: explore bending towards your face rather than towards the floor, as it can feel easier to do.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413130"></iframe><h2 id="example-3b-elastic-bungee-time-feel">Example 3b - Elastic/bungee time feel</h2><p>The notation can be a little bit daunting here but all you’re going for is a “start slow and soft, then gradually get faster and louder” vibe. As with the previous example, the release of tension will be at some future point – ideally when the chord changes.</p><p>Again, it’s not about precision. You can put the brakes on if you feel yourself going too fast, but if you end the line too early or late it doesn’t really matter. For added expression, try picking close to the bridge for a spikier sound and vary the dynamics from whisper quiet to loud.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413131"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-putting-it-all-together">Example 4 - Putting it all together</h2><p>In this longer 12-bar solo all of the previous ideas are put together so you can see the examples are interchangeable over different parts of the progression. There are also some extra Buddy-isms, including the ‘catch bends’ in bar 2.</p><p>Normally, the fretting fingers push a lower string out of the way during a bend up, but here you can allow the fingers to be slightly flatter to push onto the second string. It’s got a glorious out of tune sound that’s worth getting into your playing (you can also hear where the great SRV got this from). </p><p>This line resolves in bar 3 with the second finger bending down from F# to E# for a sus4 to major 3rd sound that Buddy was fond of using. You're also being more explicit with the harmonic change to the V chord (G#7) during the turnaround by playing notes from G# minor blues, rather than C# (this is another trick that SRV loved to use). </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413132"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-in-action"><span>Buddy Guy in action</span></h3><h2 id="damn-right-i-ve-got-the-blues">Damn Right, I've Got The Blues</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/DMwGlDvHXaM?start=84" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Here are two live performances by Buddy Guy of one of his most famous songs, <em>Damn Right, I've Got the Blues</em>. The first is from 1994 and he's in full showman mode, bursting with enthusiasm and sporting a rich neck pickup overdriven amp tone. His searing string bends, on-grid/off-grid rhythmic phrasing and shredding speed bursts are nothing short of stunning. </p><p>The second performance is from 2019 and while he's slightly less animated here, his soloing displays gorgeous string bends and expressive vibrato. His rhythmic phrasing is masterful as he weaves around the band's feel with sustained notes and dragging lead licks.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1BECwtZE4io?start=95" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/if-you-learn-one-thing-from-buddy-guy-it-should-be-this</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Get that Buddy Guy-like phrasing by mastering his signature style: rhythmic on-grid and off-grid phrasing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">gk3oZN3VgknnqvqakVXUtd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z9JTMY6dTDiGboB6K5imM-1280-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 16:12:04 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Allsworth ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NRRgXrNWGg25XUYwHKf73g.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z9JTMY6dTDiGboB6K5imM-1280-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Buddy Guy in a red jacket onstage in a club, with a blond Stratocaster, smiling at caemra]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Buddy Guy in a red jacket onstage in a club, with a blond Stratocaster, smiling at caemra]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Buddy Guy in a red jacket onstage in a club, with a blond Stratocaster, smiling at caemra]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z9JTMY6dTDiGboB6K5imM-1280-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/-r3wE5-nZaI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Among all the great blues guitarists, Buddy Guy holds the crown as the most expressive when it comes to playing solos with rhythmic variety. In particular, he’s got an uncanny knack of drifting away from the band’s time, particularly in a slow blues, where there’s more space to play with. Clipped notes, sustained vibrato notes, quick-fire note bursts, accelerating repetitive licks and moments of silence: these and more have become his beloved rhythmic trademarks for blues soloing.</p><p>One of my favorite eras of Buddy’s is the mid-to-late ’60s, and this encompasses albums such as <em>I Left My Blues in San Francisco</em> (1967), and <em>A Man and the Blues</em> (1968), as well as his incredible work with Junior Wells. There’s something special about this period, where his playing was cleaner, and yet more raw-sounding. He was considerably ahead of his time.</p><p>And don't forget his renowned tone: neck and middle pickups on a Strat (legend has it that he originally taped his three-way selector to get the sound). I’ve gone for this pickup position in all the examples, with some mild breakup on the amp. He has also used neck and (especially) bridge positions, so feel free to experiment.</p><p>All of the examples are in C# major. This is perhaps an unusual key for guitar players but one that Buddy has enjoyed playing in over the years. The benefit of this key is when you’re using minor pentatonic shapes 1 and 2, you're in the middle of the fretboard, so bending and vibrato is easier. But it’s rhythm that we’re really going to dig into, so let’s get into it! </p><h2 id="match-my-sound-play-along-enhancements">Match My Sound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&utm_medium=article&utm_campaign=GW-MMS&utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-rhythmic-examples"><span>Buddy Guy rhythmic examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 1a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Before you explore playing around with time or playing ‘off grid’, it's important to be able to play on the grid, showing you can synchronise with the band. In a 12/8 blues groove, most players gravitate to underlying groups of three (played on the hi-hat on the backing).</p><p>In this example, this is evident but also there are fast pull-offs that come from a smaller 12-note grid. Even though you’re playing with different rhythmic groups here, notice that almost every line begins on one of the strong beats. </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413126"></iframe><h2 id="example-1b-shifting-the-rhythm">Example 1b - Shifting the rhythm</h2><p>Buddy Guy is about vibe and spontaneity rather than precision. This extends to some of his string bending as well as his timing. Here you're shifting some of the lines to either side of the strong beats as this will make your phrasing sound less predictable. Experiment with the speed and placement of the faster pull-offs.</p><p>With repeating licks like this, it’s worth making it sound more conversational and expressive, as opposed to being completely uniform.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413127"></iframe><h2 id="example-2a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>One of Buddy’s trademark ideas is using pedal note bluesy double-stops. He does this with thumb and first finger (or you could use hybrid picking as I’ve done in the video), which means you can easily achieve wide intervals that jump strings.</p><p>On this first ‘on the grid’ version, view the whole phrase as a classic blues call and response line.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413128"></iframe><h2 id="example-2b-off-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2b - Off the grid time feel</h2><p>Here you're letting go of the grid. The ‘dragged’ sound should feel a little lazy in the picking hand as this will give you a behind the beat feel. The second half of this line includes a ‘4 over 3’ grouping that’s common in slow 12/8 blues.</p><p>Don't overthink this, as aiming for precision can often ruin the effect. Just as with harmony, you can create considerable tension with rhythms like this, with a feel good release when you hit the final note.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413129"></iframe><h2 id="example-3a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 3a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Buddy loves to milk simple blues phrases over time (and often over an entire 12-bar solo). Here you’ll start off with a typical pentatonic lick that’s grouped as six notes per beat.</p><p>As before, the bends can be loose in terms of tuning (anything from a ¼ note to a ½ note bend will sound good). The first finger bend is a Buddy Guy trademark but it can be tricky: explore bending towards your face rather than towards the floor, as it can feel easier to do.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413130"></iframe><h2 id="example-3b-elastic-bungee-time-feel">Example 3b - Elastic/bungee time feel</h2><p>The notation can be a little bit daunting here but all you’re going for is a “start slow and soft, then gradually get faster and louder” vibe. As with the previous example, the release of tension will be at some future point – ideally when the chord changes.</p><p>Again, it’s not about precision. You can put the brakes on if you feel yourself going too fast, but if you end the line too early or late it doesn’t really matter. For added expression, try picking close to the bridge for a spikier sound and vary the dynamics from whisper quiet to loud.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413131"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-putting-it-all-together">Example 4 - Putting it all together</h2><p>In this longer 12-bar solo all of the previous ideas are put together so you can see the examples are interchangeable over different parts of the progression. There are also some extra Buddy-isms, including the ‘catch bends’ in bar 2.</p><p>Normally, the fretting fingers push a lower string out of the way during a bend up, but here you can allow the fingers to be slightly flatter to push onto the second string. It’s got a glorious out of tune sound that’s worth getting into your playing (you can also hear where the great SRV got this from). </p><p>This line resolves in bar 3 with the second finger bending down from F# to E# for a sus4 to major 3rd sound that Buddy was fond of using. You're also being more explicit with the harmonic change to the V chord (G#7) during the turnaround by playing notes from G# minor blues, rather than C# (this is another trick that SRV loved to use). </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413132"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-in-action"><span>Buddy Guy in action</span></h3><h2 id="damn-right-i-ve-got-the-blues">Damn Right, I've Got The Blues</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/DMwGlDvHXaM?start=84" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Here are two live performances by Buddy Guy of one of his most famous songs, <em>Damn Right, I've Got the Blues</em>. The first is from 1994 and he's in full showman mode, bursting with enthusiasm and sporting a rich neck pickup overdriven amp tone. His searing string bends, on-grid/off-grid rhythmic phrasing and shredding speed bursts are nothing short of stunning. </p><p>The second performance is from 2019 and while he's slightly less animated here, his soloing displays gorgeous string bends and expressive vibrato. His rhythmic phrasing is masterful as he weaves around the band's feel with sustained notes and dragging lead licks.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1BECwtZE4io?start=95" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Switching guitar chords is one of the hardest parts of learning. This exercise will help you master changing chords faster ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A big challenge for anyone starting out playing the guitar is training their fret-hand fingers to memorize the proper placement on the strings to form various chord shapes, so that the notes ring clearly when strummed.</p><p>I’ve seen many beginner students struggle to form open chords cleanly and accurately and switch from one chord to another<em> </em>in a timely manner, meaning in a prescribed rhythm, such as every two or four beats, at a steady tempo.</p><p>A simple, effective exercise to address this technical issue is to practice switching back and forth between any two chords at a relaxed (fairly slow) tempo, holding each chord for a few beats or just a single beat. Ideally, this should be done along with a metronome or while tapping your foot in steady quarter-note beats.</p><p>For example, practice moving back and forth between open G and C chords repeatedly (see <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>). Start out with easy whole-note rhythms, holding each chord for four beats while counting “1, 2, 3, 4.” This gives you a good amount of time to mentally get ready for the next chord.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/LWVFbm51.html" id="LWVFbm51" title="Changing Chords exercise" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>Do this a few times then “double-up” the rhythm to half notes, for which you’ll hold each chord for only two beats before changing to the next chord. This is more challenging, as you now have half as much time to mentally prepare for the next chord change.</p><p>Do this at least a couple of times, then double-up the rhythm again, to quarter notes, now changing chords on every beat, which, again, is twice as challenging. Doing this will help ingrain the movement into your brain and fingers.</p><p>A couple of things to keep in mind when performing this chord changing exercise:</p><p>1) Try to hold the chord for its full prescribed duration before moving to the next chord. I’ve seen beginner students strum a chord that’s supposed to be held for four beats (a whole note) but “let go” of the shape too early, on beat 4 or beat 3, in order to give their fingers more time to get ready to form the next chord shape “on time.”</p><p>This is a bad habit. You should strive to not cheat a rhythmic value out of its full duration. Try to hold the chord as long as possible, letting go of the shape “at the last second,” which is sometime during beat 4, such as on the eighth-note upbeat (on “4 and”).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:101.37%;"><img id="JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC" name="ex-1" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1551" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>2) When changing from one chord to another, make a point of setting your fretting fingers down onto the strings together, at the same time, not one at a time, which is another bad habit I’ve seen beginners fall into; doing that ultimately ends up slowing you down mentally and physically.</p><p>The fingers need to learn to move together as a team and “stick the landing” in tandem. This is the only way you’ll be able to keep up with the tempo. Try applying this exercise to any chords you’ve recently learned. Doing so will help to quickly establish the neurological connections between your brain, fingers, ears and eyes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:103.79%;"><img id="va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC" name="ex-2" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1588" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s another example. Toggle back and forth between Em and Am (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). Or do the same thing with Em and D, Em and C, G and B7, or any other newly acquainted chords that you want to quickly get to know, in terms of muscle, visual and auditory memory.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/changing-chords-exercise</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Beginner guitarists, this is your fast track to nailing those chord changes in time with the music ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">iDcUW7rsbRdjHFx3zwebjJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVdhctYA3biAJbKJaheB75-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 10:55:37 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVdhctYA3biAJbKJaheB75-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Capturing a musician&#039;s hand pressing guitar strings with natural lighting.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Capturing a musician&#039;s hand pressing guitar strings with natural lighting.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Capturing a musician&#039;s hand pressing guitar strings with natural lighting.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVdhctYA3biAJbKJaheB75-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A big challenge for anyone starting out playing the guitar is training their fret-hand fingers to memorize the proper placement on the strings to form various chord shapes, so that the notes ring clearly when strummed.</p><p>I’ve seen many beginner students struggle to form open chords cleanly and accurately and switch from one chord to another<em> </em>in a timely manner, meaning in a prescribed rhythm, such as every two or four beats, at a steady tempo.</p><p>A simple, effective exercise to address this technical issue is to practice switching back and forth between any two chords at a relaxed (fairly slow) tempo, holding each chord for a few beats or just a single beat. Ideally, this should be done along with a metronome or while tapping your foot in steady quarter-note beats.</p><p>For example, practice moving back and forth between open G and C chords repeatedly (see <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>). Start out with easy whole-note rhythms, holding each chord for four beats while counting “1, 2, 3, 4.” This gives you a good amount of time to mentally get ready for the next chord.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/LWVFbm51.html" id="LWVFbm51" title="Changing Chords exercise" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>Do this a few times then “double-up” the rhythm to half notes, for which you’ll hold each chord for only two beats before changing to the next chord. This is more challenging, as you now have half as much time to mentally prepare for the next chord change.</p><p>Do this at least a couple of times, then double-up the rhythm again, to quarter notes, now changing chords on every beat, which, again, is twice as challenging. Doing this will help ingrain the movement into your brain and fingers.</p><p>A couple of things to keep in mind when performing this chord changing exercise:</p><p>1) Try to hold the chord for its full prescribed duration before moving to the next chord. I’ve seen beginner students strum a chord that’s supposed to be held for four beats (a whole note) but “let go” of the shape too early, on beat 4 or beat 3, in order to give their fingers more time to get ready to form the next chord shape “on time.”</p><p>This is a bad habit. You should strive to not cheat a rhythmic value out of its full duration. Try to hold the chord as long as possible, letting go of the shape “at the last second,” which is sometime during beat 4, such as on the eighth-note upbeat (on “4 and”).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:101.37%;"><img id="JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC" name="ex-1" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1551" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>2) When changing from one chord to another, make a point of setting your fretting fingers down onto the strings together, at the same time, not one at a time, which is another bad habit I’ve seen beginners fall into; doing that ultimately ends up slowing you down mentally and physically.</p><p>The fingers need to learn to move together as a team and “stick the landing” in tandem. This is the only way you’ll be able to keep up with the tempo. Try applying this exercise to any chords you’ve recently learned. Doing so will help to quickly establish the neurological connections between your brain, fingers, ears and eyes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:103.79%;"><img id="va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC" name="ex-2" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1588" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s another example. Toggle back and forth between Em and Am (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). Or do the same thing with Em and D, Em and C, G and B7, or any other newly acquainted chords that you want to quickly get to know, in terms of muscle, visual and auditory memory.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “The key is to know when to walk and when to run, or when to stomp and when to noodle... Don’t mess with a great groove”: John Paul Jones breaks down four Led Zeppelin classics, and how they demonstrate where and when to leave space ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p><em>Starting in 1996,</em> Guitar World <em>was honored to publish a handful of lesson columns authored by Led Zeppelin bassist John Paul Jones. The following column, from our April 1997 issue, has been edited for use online.</em></p><p>A mature musician exercises restraint when the situation calls for it. In other words, what you <em>don’t </em>play is just as important as what you do. It actually takes more discipline to stick to an ostinato (repeating) figure for eight or 16 bars than it does to throw in gratuitous fills that don’t necessarily add to the music.</p><p>There are times, however, when playing a high melodic figure is most effective. The key is to know when to walk and when to run, or when to “stomp” and when to “noodle.” I’d like to illustrate this concept by citing a few contrasting examples of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> (and keyboard) parts I’ve played, and explain why I chose to play what I did.</p><p>First, let’s look at <em>Trampled Under Foot</em>, from <em>Physical Graffiti</em>. For the main verse figure in G minor, I simply stayed on the low G root note and locked in with Bonzo [John Bonham]’s kick drum. I also took this same “four-on-the-floor” approach with the clavinet part. The lesson here is: don’t mess with a great groove.</p><p>A fine example of a tune that epitomizes both approaches – “hard” and “soft” – is <em>The Song Remains the Same</em>, which we looked at briefly in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/john-paul-jones-led-zeppelin-octaves-lesson">one of my previous columns</a>.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2KdymN0xDQQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>For the D-Dsus4 parts I played a tight, punctuated bass figure together with the drums. But when it came to the “floaty” part (:36-:42), where Jimmy Page quietly strums Dm9 and G13 chords, I played a lofty melodic run high up on the neck using the D Dorian scale.</p><p>The slow part of the tune (the half-time verse section) also illustrates these contrasting approaches. After hitting the big kicks (C-C-G) with Page and Bonzo (2:02), I played a descending scalar figure (F# Mixolydian) and then an ascending <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggio</a> (F) behind Page’s jangly F#7-Fmaj7 changes.</p><p>For most of <em>Kashmir </em>(<em>Physical Graffiti</em>), I played rather straightforward and repetitive bass and Mellotron keyboard parts. The only exceptions were the sinuous “Arabian string symphony” Mellotron parts I improvised during the two choruses. If you listen to the recording, you’ll notice how those string melodies move independently of the rhythm of the underlying groove. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ww9484EM2OQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In quite a different vein is <em>Ramble On</em>, from <em>Led Zeppelin II</em>. Behind Page’s two-bar chord vamp during the verse sections, I repeated an upper-register bass counter-melody that ended up becoming one of the more memorable parts of the tune.</p><p>I took a similar approach in <em>What Is and What Should Never Be</em> (<em>Led Zeppelin II</em>), but with a bit more variation. Playing in this sort of casual, melodic way seemed like the best thing to do at the moment, considering the fact that Jimmy’s part was so simple and subdued (E9-A13 chords).  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LzGBQerkvWs" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Notice on the recording how well all the parts mesh during the verse sections, especially the bass and drums, and how everyone comes together in locked-step fashion for the chorus.</p><p>The main point here is that when it comes to playing music, there’s a time and a place for everything. Listen carefully to the overall sound of the rhythm section, and make wise, unselfish decisions as to what you should play at any given moment.</p><p>Approaching every arrangement in terms of opposites or contrasts between different sections – loud vs. soft, loose vs. tight, floaty vs. busy – will ultimately make your music more interesting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LiczyhDwuBs" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/bassists/john-paul-jones-led-zeppelin-on-leaving-space</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The bass legend illustrates his “hard and soft” approach via Trampled Under Foot, The Song Remains the Same, Kashmir, and What Is and What Should Never Be ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">n2c7s6qvoabTtbtYVyVjbT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bSHvkFnstr6ThddkrjYybH-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 11:59:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ John Paul Jones ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bSHvkFnstr6ThddkrjYybH-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tim Mosenfelder/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[John Paul Jones of Them Crooked Vultures performs during Coachella at the Empire Polo Fields on April 16, 2010 in Indio, California.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[John Paul Jones of Them Crooked Vultures performs during Coachella at the Empire Polo Fields on April 16, 2010 in Indio, California.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[John Paul Jones of Them Crooked Vultures performs during Coachella at the Empire Polo Fields on April 16, 2010 in Indio, California.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bSHvkFnstr6ThddkrjYybH-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p><em>Starting in 1996,</em> Guitar World <em>was honored to publish a handful of lesson columns authored by Led Zeppelin bassist John Paul Jones. The following column, from our April 1997 issue, has been edited for use online.</em></p><p>A mature musician exercises restraint when the situation calls for it. In other words, what you <em>don’t </em>play is just as important as what you do. It actually takes more discipline to stick to an ostinato (repeating) figure for eight or 16 bars than it does to throw in gratuitous fills that don’t necessarily add to the music.</p><p>There are times, however, when playing a high melodic figure is most effective. The key is to know when to walk and when to run, or when to “stomp” and when to “noodle.” I’d like to illustrate this concept by citing a few contrasting examples of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> (and keyboard) parts I’ve played, and explain why I chose to play what I did.</p><p>First, let’s look at <em>Trampled Under Foot</em>, from <em>Physical Graffiti</em>. For the main verse figure in G minor, I simply stayed on the low G root note and locked in with Bonzo [John Bonham]’s kick drum. I also took this same “four-on-the-floor” approach with the clavinet part. The lesson here is: don’t mess with a great groove.</p><p>A fine example of a tune that epitomizes both approaches – “hard” and “soft” – is <em>The Song Remains the Same</em>, which we looked at briefly in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/john-paul-jones-led-zeppelin-octaves-lesson">one of my previous columns</a>.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2KdymN0xDQQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>For the D-Dsus4 parts I played a tight, punctuated bass figure together with the drums. But when it came to the “floaty” part (:36-:42), where Jimmy Page quietly strums Dm9 and G13 chords, I played a lofty melodic run high up on the neck using the D Dorian scale.</p><p>The slow part of the tune (the half-time verse section) also illustrates these contrasting approaches. After hitting the big kicks (C-C-G) with Page and Bonzo (2:02), I played a descending scalar figure (F# Mixolydian) and then an ascending <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggio</a> (F) behind Page’s jangly F#7-Fmaj7 changes.</p><p>For most of <em>Kashmir </em>(<em>Physical Graffiti</em>), I played rather straightforward and repetitive bass and Mellotron keyboard parts. The only exceptions were the sinuous “Arabian string symphony” Mellotron parts I improvised during the two choruses. If you listen to the recording, you’ll notice how those string melodies move independently of the rhythm of the underlying groove. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ww9484EM2OQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In quite a different vein is <em>Ramble On</em>, from <em>Led Zeppelin II</em>. Behind Page’s two-bar chord vamp during the verse sections, I repeated an upper-register bass counter-melody that ended up becoming one of the more memorable parts of the tune.</p><p>I took a similar approach in <em>What Is and What Should Never Be</em> (<em>Led Zeppelin II</em>), but with a bit more variation. Playing in this sort of casual, melodic way seemed like the best thing to do at the moment, considering the fact that Jimmy’s part was so simple and subdued (E9-A13 chords).  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LzGBQerkvWs" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Notice on the recording how well all the parts mesh during the verse sections, especially the bass and drums, and how everyone comes together in locked-step fashion for the chorus.</p><p>The main point here is that when it comes to playing music, there’s a time and a place for everything. Listen carefully to the overall sound of the rhythm section, and make wise, unselfish decisions as to what you should play at any given moment.</p><p>Approaching every arrangement in terms of opposites or contrasts between different sections – loud vs. soft, loose vs. tight, floaty vs. busy – will ultimately make your music more interesting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LiczyhDwuBs" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “If the Beatles startedwith a regular D major, rather than D6, it would definitely lose something”: 5 chord voicings that are a songwriter’s best friend ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The old adage is ‘a good song can stand on its own played on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>’. But is it really that black and white? A specific chord voicing can make a significant contribution to the feel of a song. </p><p>For example, if the Beatles’ <em>The Fool On the Hill</em> started with a regular D major, rather than D6, it would definitely lose something. The common thread linking together all the examples in this lesson is that they are what we might call a ‘deluxe’ alternative to the regular major and minor chords we hear every day, particularly on acoustic guitar. </p><p>Another thing they all have in common is the use of open strings, even if that’s just a single string. Acoustic guitar chords always seem to jangle and jump out of the mix better when they feature open strings. </p><p>Finding voicings that do this in keys such as F and Bb can be a challenge, so the examples are aimed at some of these less obvious keys. Chords that stray from the mainstream can really make a big difference!  </p><h2 id="example-1-bm-add11">Example 1. Bm(add11)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn" name="git538 songwriters chords 1" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This B minor omits the usual barre at the 2nd fret, so we get this nice ringing E at the top. If this were a Bm7, we’d call it a Bm11. However, there is no 7th (A), so we refer to this as a Bm(add11). It can go wherever a regular B minor goes if you fancy a change.</p><h2 id="example-2-f-m11">Example 2. F#m11</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n" name="git538 songwriters chords 2" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This F#m11 is another that would normally be a barre chord, but instead we’re making use of the open first and second strings to give us an 11th (B) and 7th (E) respectively. </p><p>The root note (F#) on the sixth string is optional, but it’s a nice finishing touch. Try using your thumb (Hendrix style) or a spare finger if you’re feeling nimble.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-m7">Example 3. C#m7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm" name="git538 songwriters chords 3" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C#m7 adopts similar thinking to Example 2, using the open first and second strings to add a jangly extension at the top. In this case we’re adding the 7th (B) on the second string and the minor 3rd (E) on the first. Moving this shape around the fretboard will also give a few more useful ideas.</p><h2 id="example-4-bb6">Example 4. Bb6</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm" name="git538 songwriters chords 4" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Bb6 isn’t the most jangly of the examples, but it does give us a nice alternative to the regular Bb. As in Example 3, you can move this shape around for some nice variations. You can also get a Bbm6 by shifting from the 3rd to the 2nd fret on the second string.</p><h2 id="example-5-fsus2-c">Example 5. Fsus2/C</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm" name="git538 songwriters chords 5" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>F can sometimes sound a bit ‘blocky’ when used together with other open position chords. This version leaves the third string open for a sus2 voicing (over C). </p><p>This can be used instead of F major or F minor. You can also leave the first string open to add a major 7th. You could potentially add in the Root (F) at the 1st fret of the sixth string – if your thumb will comply!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong><br></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-chord-shapes-that-are-a-songwriters-best-friend</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Despite the ‘four lads from Liverpool’ tag, The Beatles used some very sophisticated chords in many of their songs, and the audience lapped them up ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UUrvgnja2GRSNtuRzHs4dG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SyFvNDAYxiRua9Y9Qra6K5-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SyFvNDAYxiRua9Y9Qra6K5-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Fox Photos/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A close-up shot of the The Beatles performing]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A close-up shot of the The Beatles performing]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A close-up shot of the The Beatles performing]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SyFvNDAYxiRua9Y9Qra6K5-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The old adage is ‘a good song can stand on its own played on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>’. But is it really that black and white? A specific chord voicing can make a significant contribution to the feel of a song. </p><p>For example, if the Beatles’ <em>The Fool On the Hill</em> started with a regular D major, rather than D6, it would definitely lose something. The common thread linking together all the examples in this lesson is that they are what we might call a ‘deluxe’ alternative to the regular major and minor chords we hear every day, particularly on acoustic guitar. </p><p>Another thing they all have in common is the use of open strings, even if that’s just a single string. Acoustic guitar chords always seem to jangle and jump out of the mix better when they feature open strings. </p><p>Finding voicings that do this in keys such as F and Bb can be a challenge, so the examples are aimed at some of these less obvious keys. Chords that stray from the mainstream can really make a big difference!  </p><h2 id="example-1-bm-add11">Example 1. Bm(add11)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn" name="git538 songwriters chords 1" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This B minor omits the usual barre at the 2nd fret, so we get this nice ringing E at the top. If this were a Bm7, we’d call it a Bm11. However, there is no 7th (A), so we refer to this as a Bm(add11). It can go wherever a regular B minor goes if you fancy a change.</p><h2 id="example-2-f-m11">Example 2. F#m11</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n" name="git538 songwriters chords 2" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This F#m11 is another that would normally be a barre chord, but instead we’re making use of the open first and second strings to give us an 11th (B) and 7th (E) respectively. </p><p>The root note (F#) on the sixth string is optional, but it’s a nice finishing touch. Try using your thumb (Hendrix style) or a spare finger if you’re feeling nimble.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-m7">Example 3. C#m7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm" name="git538 songwriters chords 3" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C#m7 adopts similar thinking to Example 2, using the open first and second strings to add a jangly extension at the top. In this case we’re adding the 7th (B) on the second string and the minor 3rd (E) on the first. Moving this shape around the fretboard will also give a few more useful ideas.</p><h2 id="example-4-bb6">Example 4. Bb6</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm" name="git538 songwriters chords 4" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Bb6 isn’t the most jangly of the examples, but it does give us a nice alternative to the regular Bb. As in Example 3, you can move this shape around for some nice variations. You can also get a Bbm6 by shifting from the 3rd to the 2nd fret on the second string.</p><h2 id="example-5-fsus2-c">Example 5. Fsus2/C</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm" name="git538 songwriters chords 5" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>F can sometimes sound a bit ‘blocky’ when used together with other open position chords. This version leaves the third string open for a sus2 voicing (over C). </p><p>This can be used instead of F major or F minor. You can also leave the first string open to add a major 7th. You could potentially add in the Root (F) at the 1st fret of the sixth string – if your thumb will comply!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong><br></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “The thought process is, which notes should sting, which notes should moan, and how can I effectively express emotion”: From B.B. King to Eric Clapton and Otis Rush, the blues is the core element of Joe Bonamassa's playing ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1GCVy0WFOw4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The foundation of virtually every genre of modern, guitar-driven music is the blues. I’m known as a blues-rock player, and even within the rockier side of my music, I always start and end with the blues.</p><p>For example, if I’m playing in the key of F, I will very often rely on melodic single-line figures that originate from my love of and time spent listening to single-note blues guitar improvisation. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates five bars of improvised soloing that are very vocal-like. I begin in the 6th-position “B.B. box,” which positions the index finger on the F root note on the B string’s 6th fret. The surrounding notes – D, G, Ab, Bb, and C – make reference to both the F major pentatonic (F, G, A, C, D) and F minor pentatonic scales (F, Ab, Bb, C, Eb).</p><p>Bars 2 and 3 shift up the board to focus more on F minor pentatonic, but at the end of bar 3 into bar 4, I move from F major pentatonic back into F minor pentatonic. Switching between these two scales is a staple of blues guitar that I learned from listening to all of my heroes: B.B. King, Otis Rush, Eric Clapton, Peter Green, and many others.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.60%;"><img id="xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c" name="gwm605 jobo1" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="792" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With that familiar ground firmly established, it feels like a natural transition to broaden the harmony into other modes. In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I add the notes Gb and Db to F minor pentatonic while substituting the major 3rd, A, for the minor 3rd, Ab.</p><p>The result is the F Phrygian-dominant mode (F, Gb, A, Bb, C, Db, Eb), which is the fifth mode of the Bb harmonic minor scale (Bb, C, Db, Eb, F, Gb, A), made up of the same seven notes. In bar 3, I move back into blues territory with a phrase based on F minor pentatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.05%;"><img id="Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb" name="gwm605 jobo 2" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll begin most solos with lines rooted in the blues, even if it’s not a blues song. I learned that from Eric Clapton; I saw an interview where he said, “I always start with the blues.” You will certainly hear great examples of this in his recordings with John Mayall and the Bluesbreakers and Cream.</p><p>To my mind, it’s not just about the scales; it’s about the phrasing and how tactile you are in your articulation and execution. The thought process is, which notes should sting, which notes should moan, and how can I effectively express emotion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.05%;"><img id="UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc" name="gwm605 jobo 3" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1361" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> picks up at the fourth bar of an improvised phrase, kicking off with an F major triad (F, A, C). This is a good example of how a triad can function as a “stepping stone” when moving from one phrase or area of the neck to another. </p><p>In bar 5 and into bar 6 of the figure, I lean a bit heavier into the gas pedal with fast phrases inspired by another one of my big influences, Eric Johnson.</p><p>I’ve found it very useful to have built a foundation in the blues, which helps me to move into broader musical territory. Next month, we’ll explore this further.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Spirit-Rory-Live-Cork-DVD/dp/B0GS6HCJ5R/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3NUHOQAIL5YD&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.tRF05_argmfKgdy78EemFGquif_U6ta9Oh3_LaBl3rDHBE5dOso-zxQ9cwPMNs0CwjL95udjN1cWbla1Qnsc7xr6HZCZ8WpgXfuIeJx5ooVUOouufpdJfX0dICTjIIyf4WWGGiWojCLDoufQPXvP6oKLOl4IijasH90jEVJPNsznNPEBIPdzaNuNltCirXR6SHB4GV_zeaKuNhUmt7P_s6tGdJYHsph7fiv9Ztd8AfA.I8IZANvhZEaoYAtud7H57XCCx7TL_Pzv7oVbVuTVt8I&dib_tag=se&keywords=joe+bonamassa+cds&qid=1784705008&sprefix=joe+bonamassa%2Caps%2C335&sr=8-1" target="_blank"><em><strong>The Spirit of Rory Live From Cork</strong></em></a><strong> is out now via J&R Adventures</strong></li><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-on-playing-the-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In this essential video lesson with the guitar superstar, he explains why it doesn't matter what style he is playing – it always begins and ends with the blues ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JJiFXahfHHouKsNwfuJCLY</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KC7KDpqAgL5TNWMkN5CkQ-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 15:16:56 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KC7KDpqAgL5TNWMkN5CkQ-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson for Guitar World issue 605]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson for Guitar World issue 605]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson for Guitar World issue 605]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KC7KDpqAgL5TNWMkN5CkQ-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1GCVy0WFOw4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The foundation of virtually every genre of modern, guitar-driven music is the blues. I’m known as a blues-rock player, and even within the rockier side of my music, I always start and end with the blues.</p><p>For example, if I’m playing in the key of F, I will very often rely on melodic single-line figures that originate from my love of and time spent listening to single-note blues guitar improvisation. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates five bars of improvised soloing that are very vocal-like. I begin in the 6th-position “B.B. box,” which positions the index finger on the F root note on the B string’s 6th fret. The surrounding notes – D, G, Ab, Bb, and C – make reference to both the F major pentatonic (F, G, A, C, D) and F minor pentatonic scales (F, Ab, Bb, C, Eb).</p><p>Bars 2 and 3 shift up the board to focus more on F minor pentatonic, but at the end of bar 3 into bar 4, I move from F major pentatonic back into F minor pentatonic. Switching between these two scales is a staple of blues guitar that I learned from listening to all of my heroes: B.B. King, Otis Rush, Eric Clapton, Peter Green, and many others.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.60%;"><img id="xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c" name="gwm605 jobo1" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="792" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With that familiar ground firmly established, it feels like a natural transition to broaden the harmony into other modes. In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I add the notes Gb and Db to F minor pentatonic while substituting the major 3rd, A, for the minor 3rd, Ab.</p><p>The result is the F Phrygian-dominant mode (F, Gb, A, Bb, C, Db, Eb), which is the fifth mode of the Bb harmonic minor scale (Bb, C, Db, Eb, F, Gb, A), made up of the same seven notes. In bar 3, I move back into blues territory with a phrase based on F minor pentatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.05%;"><img id="Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb" name="gwm605 jobo 2" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll begin most solos with lines rooted in the blues, even if it’s not a blues song. I learned that from Eric Clapton; I saw an interview where he said, “I always start with the blues.” You will certainly hear great examples of this in his recordings with John Mayall and the Bluesbreakers and Cream.</p><p>To my mind, it’s not just about the scales; it’s about the phrasing and how tactile you are in your articulation and execution. The thought process is, which notes should sting, which notes should moan, and how can I effectively express emotion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.05%;"><img id="UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc" name="gwm605 jobo 3" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1361" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> picks up at the fourth bar of an improvised phrase, kicking off with an F major triad (F, A, C). This is a good example of how a triad can function as a “stepping stone” when moving from one phrase or area of the neck to another. </p><p>In bar 5 and into bar 6 of the figure, I lean a bit heavier into the gas pedal with fast phrases inspired by another one of my big influences, Eric Johnson.</p><p>I’ve found it very useful to have built a foundation in the blues, which helps me to move into broader musical territory. Next month, we’ll explore this further.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Spirit-Rory-Live-Cork-DVD/dp/B0GS6HCJ5R/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3NUHOQAIL5YD&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.tRF05_argmfKgdy78EemFGquif_U6ta9Oh3_LaBl3rDHBE5dOso-zxQ9cwPMNs0CwjL95udjN1cWbla1Qnsc7xr6HZCZ8WpgXfuIeJx5ooVUOouufpdJfX0dICTjIIyf4WWGGiWojCLDoufQPXvP6oKLOl4IijasH90jEVJPNsznNPEBIPdzaNuNltCirXR6SHB4GV_zeaKuNhUmt7P_s6tGdJYHsph7fiv9Ztd8AfA.I8IZANvhZEaoYAtud7H57XCCx7TL_Pzv7oVbVuTVt8I&dib_tag=se&keywords=joe+bonamassa+cds&qid=1784705008&sprefix=joe+bonamassa%2Caps%2C335&sr=8-1" target="_blank"><em><strong>The Spirit of Rory Live From Cork</strong></em></a><strong> is out now via J&R Adventures</strong></li><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Two essential G chord shapes: when to use each finger position and why ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One worthwhile thing every beginner guitarist should learn is that there are two different useful fingerings for an open G chord, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>.</p><p>Either can be more advantageous, depending on what chord you play immediately before or after G. The guiding principle is to use the fingers that are closest to where they need to be for the next chord, or the previous one. In other words, it’s all about where you’re coming from and where you’re going.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/4wLL2hkr.html" id="4wLL2hkr" title="Two essential G chord shapes: when to use each finger position and why" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>For example, when switching from G to C, or from C to G, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>, use your ring and middle fingers to fret the bottom two notes of each chord and have them do a small, tandem “bunny hop” to the next higher or lower string.</p><p>This “3-2-4” fingering for G, with the ring finger (3) on the low E string, the middle finger (2) on the A string and the pinkie (4) on the high E string, makes for a convenient, efficient transition from G to C and back, with minimal motion of the fingers and wrist. The key is to move economically from chord to chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1783px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.56%;"><img id="ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF" name="fig-1" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1783" height="848" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, if you’re switching from G to D, or from D to G, it makes more sense to use the “2-1-3” fingering for G, with the middle finger on the low E string, the index finger on the A string and the ring finger on the high E string (see <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>).</p><p>This fingering officially puts your hand in 2nd position and requires less movement when changing from G to D and back, as an open D chord, fretted with the first three fingers, is also in 2nd position.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.93%;"><img id="sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF" name="fig-2" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="642" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Oftentimes, you’ll find yourself playing a progression that uses all three chords — G, C and D – in various orders, along with other chords. So, what do you do if you’re playing G - C - D - G? Or G - C - G - D - G? Use whichever G-chord fingering works best at any given moment. Sometimes you’ll end up using both fingerings within the same song, which is totally fine! </p><p>The 1st-position 3-2-4 fingering for G is the more commonly used one, as it works best when moving to and from other 1st-position chords, such as Am, Em, E or F. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.28%;"><img id="jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF" name="fig-3" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="684" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure pull-right inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:733px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:93.86%;"><img id="HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F" name="fig-4" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F.jpg" mos="" align="right" fullscreen="" width="733" height="688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pull-rightinline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class="pull-right inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also this commonly used four-finger open G chord, which is considered a different <em>voicing</em> of G, with a D note on the B string’s 3rd fret instead of the open B note (see <strong>FIGURE 4</strong>).</p><p>This chord shape has been used to great effect in countless songs, such as <em>Wish You Were Here</em> by Pink Floyd, Poison’s <em>Every Rose Has Its Thorn</em> and <em>Wonderwall</em> by Oasis (with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> at the 2nd fret).</p><p>Get to know all three open G chord fingerings well, so that you’ll have the technical facility to rock out on a variety of progressions and songs!</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/two-essential-g-chord-shapes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ You'll spend a lot of time playing this chord – thankfully, there are multiple ways to do it, and each has a distinct purpose ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">U2s5ZBaZo8ypMoc6fznRUN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bzuZcENAMuTrwYoAB33oDa-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 10:55:45 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bzuZcENAMuTrwYoAB33oDa-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[How to play the G chord on guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[How to play the G chord on guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[How to play the G chord on guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bzuZcENAMuTrwYoAB33oDa-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One worthwhile thing every beginner guitarist should learn is that there are two different useful fingerings for an open G chord, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>.</p><p>Either can be more advantageous, depending on what chord you play immediately before or after G. The guiding principle is to use the fingers that are closest to where they need to be for the next chord, or the previous one. In other words, it’s all about where you’re coming from and where you’re going.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/4wLL2hkr.html" id="4wLL2hkr" title="Two essential G chord shapes: when to use each finger position and why" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>For example, when switching from G to C, or from C to G, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>, use your ring and middle fingers to fret the bottom two notes of each chord and have them do a small, tandem “bunny hop” to the next higher or lower string.</p><p>This “3-2-4” fingering for G, with the ring finger (3) on the low E string, the middle finger (2) on the A string and the pinkie (4) on the high E string, makes for a convenient, efficient transition from G to C and back, with minimal motion of the fingers and wrist. The key is to move economically from chord to chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1783px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.56%;"><img id="ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF" name="fig-1" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1783" height="848" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, if you’re switching from G to D, or from D to G, it makes more sense to use the “2-1-3” fingering for G, with the middle finger on the low E string, the index finger on the A string and the ring finger on the high E string (see <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>).</p><p>This fingering officially puts your hand in 2nd position and requires less movement when changing from G to D and back, as an open D chord, fretted with the first three fingers, is also in 2nd position.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.93%;"><img id="sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF" name="fig-2" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="642" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Oftentimes, you’ll find yourself playing a progression that uses all three chords — G, C and D – in various orders, along with other chords. So, what do you do if you’re playing G - C - D - G? Or G - C - G - D - G? Use whichever G-chord fingering works best at any given moment. Sometimes you’ll end up using both fingerings within the same song, which is totally fine! </p><p>The 1st-position 3-2-4 fingering for G is the more commonly used one, as it works best when moving to and from other 1st-position chords, such as Am, Em, E or F. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.28%;"><img id="jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF" name="fig-3" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="684" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure pull-right inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:733px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:93.86%;"><img id="HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F" name="fig-4" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F.jpg" mos="" align="right" fullscreen="" width="733" height="688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pull-rightinline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class="pull-right inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also this commonly used four-finger open G chord, which is considered a different <em>voicing</em> of G, with a D note on the B string’s 3rd fret instead of the open B note (see <strong>FIGURE 4</strong>).</p><p>This chord shape has been used to great effect in countless songs, such as <em>Wish You Were Here</em> by Pink Floyd, Poison’s <em>Every Rose Has Its Thorn</em> and <em>Wonderwall</em> by Oasis (with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> at the 2nd fret).</p><p>Get to know all three open G chord fingerings well, so that you’ll have the technical facility to rock out on a variety of progressions and songs!</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It’s surprising to discover how much we rely on patterns and shapes – and this can be at the expense of thinking melodically or rhythmically”: Why four notes and the truth are all you need for a great slow blues solo ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Before we start, let<strong> </strong>me qualify that the ‘four notes’ part of this lesson’s title refers to four fretted notes (E, F#, A, B), plus whatever string bends I can use to squeeze more out of them! </p><p>This is an exercise in getting a lot out of a little, inspired by the likes of Albert and B.B. King and Peter Green. If you’ve never tried this before, it’s really surprising to discover how much we rely on patterns and shapes when we’re playing – and this can potentially be at the expense of thinking melodically or rhythmically. </p><p>A slow blues like this example is the ideal way to experiment with such minimalism, not because it’s easy, but because it’s so challenging! We’re really exposed here… One thing that isn’t particularly emphasised here is the use of space. But just as Albert King advised Gary Moore to play “every other lick”, we should consider each phrase and try to put ourselves in the place of the listener. </p><p>We encourage you to ask yourself questions such as: am I using enough rhythmic variation? Am I always starting or finishing on the root note? and so on. The idea isn’t to completely disregard the vocabulary and chops you’ve already developed, but rather to, ultimately, put you more in control of them. </p><p>The nature of the guitar does make it tempting to rely completely on the patterns and shapes we’ve discovered over the years and not venture outside of them. This can lead to us becoming a little jaded about our own playing. But a four-note blues such as this one is a great way to break out of that cycle. </p><p>As you play through the examples here, consider other details such as bends, vibrato and slides. Recording our playing and listening back later with an objective ear is also enlightening. I hope this approach is useful and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Ph0fRIZWQc8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.92%;"><img id="eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU" name="git528 blues 1" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="646" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This first example makes use of short staccato notes and contrasting longer held ones. Though all these examples are transcribed as faithfully as possible, there is a little bit of ‘push and pull’ in the timing, which is to be encouraged. </p><p>One of the things great players such as Albert King, Jimmy Page and B.B. King have in common is that they don’t always play squarely across the beat. It’s also a good idea to check out the rhythmic phrasing of other instruments, or even vocals, to see if there are any ideas worth stealing.</p><h2 id="example-2">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:27.13%;"><img id="hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V" name="git528 blues 2" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="651" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making use of the note groupings on the fretboard, this second example begins with a few doublestop-type ideas. There is potential to space these out more or play with the rhythms, but that didn’t seem the best use of the space available here. </p><p>In the following bar, there’s a tone and a half bend from B up to D, the only way we can get this note without breaking our self-imposed ‘four-note’ rule… The pre-bend to C immediately afterwards follows the same rationale.</p><h2 id="example-3">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:24.79%;"><img id="N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V" name="git528 blues 3" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="595" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another tone-and-a-half bend here – it was really tempting to just play a G at the 12th fret, but that’s not in the spirit of this idea! Also, Albert King and David Gilmour are no strangers to this type of bend, and it does force us to concentrate on the pitching, which can’t be a bad thing.</p><p>As mentioned earlier, do experiment with pushing and pulling against the beat. None of this is written in stone.</p><h2 id="example-4">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.50%;"><img id="sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV" name="git528 blues 4" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having held a note over from the end of Example 3, we’re rejoining the action here with this Albert (or perhaps B.B.) King-style lick. Another wide bend up to D leads to a quick shift in hand position.</p><p>This allows for changing the fretting hand fingers around, giving the strength to bend the E at the 9th fret of the third string up rhythmically up to F#. This finally lands back on the E to finish.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="albert-king-various">Albert King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/BKY8KIt9kqc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Albert’s solos are a masterclass of economy and wild string bends. This is partly facilitated by his unusual tunings and ‘upside down’ playing orientation, but there’s no reason why we can’t take lessons from this to use in our own playing. </p><p>Check out <em>Born Under Bad Sign</em>, the version of <em>Oh Pretty Woman</em> where he duets with Gary Moore, and <em>Laundromat Blues</em> to get a taste of how he creates excitement and dynamics without moving far around the fretboard.</p><h2 id="b-b-king-various">B.B. King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/UOnzDKvn7YI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Another player who wasn’t afraid to leave space and didn’t feel compelled to play long complicated runs was B.B. King, who maintained that his objective was to play simply and honestly – in his words, “like never lying”. </p><p>Check out his sparse phrasing on <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>, <em>Don’t Answer The Door</em> and <em>Why I Sing The Blues</em>. It’s also worth pointing out that B.B. felt it was important to improvise and play from the heart, rather than rehearse his licks.</p><h2 id="peter-green-various">Peter Green – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/0C_k1tRidqw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Revered by players as diverse as B.B. King and Gary Moore, Peter brought a finesse to simple lines that reached players and non-players alike. </p><p>The tracks most people know are <em>Need Your Love So Bad</em> and <em>Albatross</em>, but it’s worth investigating a little more deeply to find gems like <em>Long Grey Mare</em>, <em>A Fool No More</em> and <em>Apostle</em>. </p><p>It’s often said that the primary objective of solo guitar playing should be to benefit the song; Peter certainly seemed to agree with this.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/four-note-slow-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In this lesson, we are using just four notes to construct four blues examples that put expression first ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8vwjJTWy8qEHSrGcnMoU7C</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7biRVgdeVAu8MyR7vupP6-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 08:45:53 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 14:51:05 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7biRVgdeVAu8MyR7vupP6-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Paul Natkin/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Albert King plays his iconic V onstage]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Albert King plays his iconic V onstage]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Albert King plays his iconic V onstage]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7biRVgdeVAu8MyR7vupP6-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Before we start, let<strong> </strong>me qualify that the ‘four notes’ part of this lesson’s title refers to four fretted notes (E, F#, A, B), plus whatever string bends I can use to squeeze more out of them! </p><p>This is an exercise in getting a lot out of a little, inspired by the likes of Albert and B.B. King and Peter Green. If you’ve never tried this before, it’s really surprising to discover how much we rely on patterns and shapes when we’re playing – and this can potentially be at the expense of thinking melodically or rhythmically. </p><p>A slow blues like this example is the ideal way to experiment with such minimalism, not because it’s easy, but because it’s so challenging! We’re really exposed here… One thing that isn’t particularly emphasised here is the use of space. But just as Albert King advised Gary Moore to play “every other lick”, we should consider each phrase and try to put ourselves in the place of the listener. </p><p>We encourage you to ask yourself questions such as: am I using enough rhythmic variation? Am I always starting or finishing on the root note? and so on. The idea isn’t to completely disregard the vocabulary and chops you’ve already developed, but rather to, ultimately, put you more in control of them. </p><p>The nature of the guitar does make it tempting to rely completely on the patterns and shapes we’ve discovered over the years and not venture outside of them. This can lead to us becoming a little jaded about our own playing. But a four-note blues such as this one is a great way to break out of that cycle. </p><p>As you play through the examples here, consider other details such as bends, vibrato and slides. Recording our playing and listening back later with an objective ear is also enlightening. I hope this approach is useful and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Ph0fRIZWQc8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.92%;"><img id="eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU" name="git528 blues 1" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="646" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This first example makes use of short staccato notes and contrasting longer held ones. Though all these examples are transcribed as faithfully as possible, there is a little bit of ‘push and pull’ in the timing, which is to be encouraged. </p><p>One of the things great players such as Albert King, Jimmy Page and B.B. King have in common is that they don’t always play squarely across the beat. It’s also a good idea to check out the rhythmic phrasing of other instruments, or even vocals, to see if there are any ideas worth stealing.</p><h2 id="example-2">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:27.13%;"><img id="hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V" name="git528 blues 2" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="651" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making use of the note groupings on the fretboard, this second example begins with a few doublestop-type ideas. There is potential to space these out more or play with the rhythms, but that didn’t seem the best use of the space available here. </p><p>In the following bar, there’s a tone and a half bend from B up to D, the only way we can get this note without breaking our self-imposed ‘four-note’ rule… The pre-bend to C immediately afterwards follows the same rationale.</p><h2 id="example-3">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:24.79%;"><img id="N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V" name="git528 blues 3" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="595" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another tone-and-a-half bend here – it was really tempting to just play a G at the 12th fret, but that’s not in the spirit of this idea! Also, Albert King and David Gilmour are no strangers to this type of bend, and it does force us to concentrate on the pitching, which can’t be a bad thing.</p><p>As mentioned earlier, do experiment with pushing and pulling against the beat. None of this is written in stone.</p><h2 id="example-4">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.50%;"><img id="sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV" name="git528 blues 4" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having held a note over from the end of Example 3, we’re rejoining the action here with this Albert (or perhaps B.B.) King-style lick. Another wide bend up to D leads to a quick shift in hand position.</p><p>This allows for changing the fretting hand fingers around, giving the strength to bend the E at the 9th fret of the third string up rhythmically up to F#. This finally lands back on the E to finish.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="albert-king-various">Albert King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/BKY8KIt9kqc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Albert’s solos are a masterclass of economy and wild string bends. This is partly facilitated by his unusual tunings and ‘upside down’ playing orientation, but there’s no reason why we can’t take lessons from this to use in our own playing. </p><p>Check out <em>Born Under Bad Sign</em>, the version of <em>Oh Pretty Woman</em> where he duets with Gary Moore, and <em>Laundromat Blues</em> to get a taste of how he creates excitement and dynamics without moving far around the fretboard.</p><h2 id="b-b-king-various">B.B. King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/UOnzDKvn7YI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Another player who wasn’t afraid to leave space and didn’t feel compelled to play long complicated runs was B.B. King, who maintained that his objective was to play simply and honestly – in his words, “like never lying”. </p><p>Check out his sparse phrasing on <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>, <em>Don’t Answer The Door</em> and <em>Why I Sing The Blues</em>. It’s also worth pointing out that B.B. felt it was important to improvise and play from the heart, rather than rehearse his licks.</p><h2 id="peter-green-various">Peter Green – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/0C_k1tRidqw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Revered by players as diverse as B.B. King and Gary Moore, Peter brought a finesse to simple lines that reached players and non-players alike. </p><p>The tracks most people know are <em>Need Your Love So Bad</em> and <em>Albatross</em>, but it’s worth investigating a little more deeply to find gems like <em>Long Grey Mare</em>, <em>A Fool No More</em> and <em>Apostle</em>. </p><p>It’s often said that the primary objective of solo guitar playing should be to benefit the song; Peter certainly seemed to agree with this.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Resolving with a more conventional blues phrase sounds really cool and satisfying”: Corey Congilio on how to add harmonic depth to your solo improvisations ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xAuQ9hpE8Ac" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In this lesson, I’d like to share a cool way to add harmonic color to a melody played over a dominant 7 chord, and that is to play a minor 7 arpeggio that’s rooted a 5th higher. To demonstrate, I’ll use Dm7 arpeggios over a G7 chord. </p><p>D is the fifth note, or degree, of the G major scale. When playing in the key of G, a D major chord is the V (five) chord, and a D minor chord (Dm) is the Vm (five minor, alternatively indicated by a lowercase v). </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows a 3rd-position G7 barre chord, as well as the individual notes that make up the chord – G, B, D and F. G is the root, B is the major 3rd, D is the 5th and F is the minor, of “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a Dm7 arpeggio, built from the notes D, F, A and C. Relative to a D tonal center, D is the root, F is the minor, or “flatted,” 3rd (m3, or b3), A is the 5th and C is the minor, or “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). But when you play these four notes over a G chord or G bass note, D is heard as the 5th, F becomes the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, A is the 2nd, or 9th and C is the 4th, or 11th.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> begins with a descending riff built from these notes that sounds great over G7. In bar 2, I initially ascend a Dm7 arpeggio and then end the phrase with a descending line that’s based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F) with the inclusion of the major 3rd, B. </p><p>To me, it always sounds pleasing to resolve the Vm7 (or v7) arpeggio to a bluesy line based on the tonic or home key. For example, in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, the Dm7 arpeggio is moved down to 2nd position and begins on the 5th string, and is followed by a G minor pentatonic line. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.09%;"><img id="wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL" name="gwm604 1 to 4" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="882" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A good way to practice incorporating Dm7 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> over a G7 chord is to set up a G7 vamp with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-looper-pedals">looper</a>. <strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates a simple, funky vamp based on a repeating G7 voicing, with a hammer-on from Bb, the minor 3rd, to B, the major 3rd, each time. </p><p>A typical tried and true approach is to play straight blues over this vamp, like the riff in <strong>Figure 6</strong>, which is based on G minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.86%;"><img id="aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L" name="gwm604 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, let’s kick off the line with a Dm7 arpeggio and then hand off to G minor pentatonic. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I begin with the straight Dm7 arpeggio then end the phrase with a lick based on G minor pentatonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.91%;"><img id="ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L" name="gwm604 7" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Next, we’ll try moving the concept to different areas of the fretboard. In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I begin in bars 1 and 2 with a Dm7 arpeggio in 10th position.</p><p>In bar 3, I move down to 7th/8th position for the arpeggio and then wrap up the line with G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. Bar 5 starts with Dm7 in 2nd position then gradually shifts up to 6th position, before once again resolving the line to G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.77%;"><img id="26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ" name="gwm604 8" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As you can see, starting on a Vm7 arpeggio and then resolving to the tonic with a more conventional blues phrase sounds really cool and satisfying and offers a great way to add harmonic depth to your solo improvisations. Try doing this in different keys. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/how-to-add-harmonic-depth-to-blues-solos</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Congilio’s Blues Extensions column continues with a lesson in playing a five-minor-7 arpeggio over a dominant 7 chord ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ZyBsC2uaL9U6UM3GpQ8cDZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vXHL8SuRhGJCfGtwSYtNW-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 09:26:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vXHL8SuRhGJCfGtwSYtNW-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s video lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s video lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s video lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vXHL8SuRhGJCfGtwSYtNW-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xAuQ9hpE8Ac" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In this lesson, I’d like to share a cool way to add harmonic color to a melody played over a dominant 7 chord, and that is to play a minor 7 arpeggio that’s rooted a 5th higher. To demonstrate, I’ll use Dm7 arpeggios over a G7 chord. </p><p>D is the fifth note, or degree, of the G major scale. When playing in the key of G, a D major chord is the V (five) chord, and a D minor chord (Dm) is the Vm (five minor, alternatively indicated by a lowercase v). </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows a 3rd-position G7 barre chord, as well as the individual notes that make up the chord – G, B, D and F. G is the root, B is the major 3rd, D is the 5th and F is the minor, of “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a Dm7 arpeggio, built from the notes D, F, A and C. Relative to a D tonal center, D is the root, F is the minor, or “flatted,” 3rd (m3, or b3), A is the 5th and C is the minor, or “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). But when you play these four notes over a G chord or G bass note, D is heard as the 5th, F becomes the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, A is the 2nd, or 9th and C is the 4th, or 11th.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> begins with a descending riff built from these notes that sounds great over G7. In bar 2, I initially ascend a Dm7 arpeggio and then end the phrase with a descending line that’s based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F) with the inclusion of the major 3rd, B. </p><p>To me, it always sounds pleasing to resolve the Vm7 (or v7) arpeggio to a bluesy line based on the tonic or home key. For example, in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, the Dm7 arpeggio is moved down to 2nd position and begins on the 5th string, and is followed by a G minor pentatonic line. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.09%;"><img id="wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL" name="gwm604 1 to 4" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="882" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A good way to practice incorporating Dm7 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> over a G7 chord is to set up a G7 vamp with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-looper-pedals">looper</a>. <strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates a simple, funky vamp based on a repeating G7 voicing, with a hammer-on from Bb, the minor 3rd, to B, the major 3rd, each time. </p><p>A typical tried and true approach is to play straight blues over this vamp, like the riff in <strong>Figure 6</strong>, which is based on G minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.86%;"><img id="aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L" name="gwm604 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, let’s kick off the line with a Dm7 arpeggio and then hand off to G minor pentatonic. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I begin with the straight Dm7 arpeggio then end the phrase with a lick based on G minor pentatonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.91%;"><img id="ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L" name="gwm604 7" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Next, we’ll try moving the concept to different areas of the fretboard. In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I begin in bars 1 and 2 with a Dm7 arpeggio in 10th position.</p><p>In bar 3, I move down to 7th/8th position for the arpeggio and then wrap up the line with G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. Bar 5 starts with Dm7 in 2nd position then gradually shifts up to 6th position, before once again resolving the line to G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.77%;"><img id="26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ" name="gwm604 8" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As you can see, starting on a Vm7 arpeggio and then resolving to the tonic with a more conventional blues phrase sounds really cool and satisfying and offers a great way to add harmonic depth to your solo improvisations. Try doing this in different keys. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manuel Gardner Fernandes breaks down the 5 techniques that define his sound ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/O-B6fpQllFQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Welcome to the world of Manuel Gardner Fernandes, the guitar virtuoso from German metalcore masters Unprocessed. In this band, Manuel is a stunning representative of the new wave of chops-heavy guitarists (think Tim Henson, Plini and Tosin Abasi) impressing guitar fans around the world with their new music and social media content. </p><p>These players combine elements of '80s rock virtuosity (<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a>, <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/5-ways-to-make-two-hand-tapping-work-for-you">tapping</a>, speed picking) with newer math/prog elements such as slap bass articulations, extended use of legato/selective picking phrasing and application of harmonics. It makes for a heavy and impressive brew of sonic wizardy, be it with crisp clean tones or thick saturated distortion.  </p><p>While his five chosen techniques here are advanced, especially when performed at fast tempos, Manuel has been considerate enough to demonstrate and explain them clearly. Certainly, a key tip is to start slowly when initially tackling each example yourself.</p><p>The first technique is fast strumming. This involves using a lot of dead notes (percussive muted notes). To achieve these, simply lay your fretting hand fingers lightly across the strings without pushing them down on the frets. Manuel demonstrates the strumming directions and we have written these in the tab for reference.  </p><p>The second technique is <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a> (pick and fingers). Manuel likes to use the pick for downstrokes and then adds in the picking hand's second finger (shown as m under the tab) and third finger (shown as a under the tab). This makes playing adjacent strings and wider string skips a lot easier. Using the fingers to pluck the strings also helps the notes to sound percussive, like the sound of a slapped bass. Again, Manuel walks you through the order of picking.</p><p>The third technique is tapped harmonics, created by tapping the string directly above the fretwire. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretting hand's note. So if you are fretting a note on the 1st fret, it's the 13th fret that needs to be tapped.</p><p>We recommend starting with just one finger of the tapping hand to get dialed into the technique (the second finger - m - makes most sense so you can still hold the pick conventionally). Then it’ll be possible to add in other fingers of the tapping hand to increase the facility. </p><p>Manuel's fourth technique choice is his James Hetfield-inspired <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a>. For the fast flourishes, he advises a snap of the wrist as opposed to using the whole of the strumming arm.  </p><p>The final technique is inspired by players like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as 'selective picking' and involves picking a note and then tapping/hammering-on other notes with the fretting hand. If these techniques are combined with light <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a>, stunning percussive guitar parts can be created.  </p><p>Many thanks to Manuel for his time and creativity and be sure to check out the <a href="https://unprocessed.bandcamp.com/album/angel" target="_blank">latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em></a>. </p><h2 id="example-1-percussive-strumming">Example 1. Percussive strumming</h2><p>This example uses percussive strumming to create a fast and impressive latin/flamenco-esque performance. The picking pattern for the fastest rhythm is down, down, down, up, down, down.</p><p>Manuel strums some great-sounding chord fingerings that make effective use of the open strings. Start slowly and then build up speed, as you emulate the pattern and feel it dialing in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.63%;"><img id="9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1110" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-hybrid-picking-riff">Example 2a. Hybrid picking riff</h2><p>This example is inspired by the sound of slap bass players and uses hybrid picking. The pick is used to play the notes on the sixth string with a key part of the sound being the muted notes.</p><p>These are produced by laying the fingers of the fretting hand lightly on the string and then picking it. The notes on the fourth string are plucked with the second finger (m), and the harder these are plucked, the more it will sound like a slap bass.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:148.96%;"><img id="QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-hybrid-picked-lick">Example 2b. Hybrid picked lick</h2><p>Here, Manuel elaborates on the benefits of hybrid picking by playing a fast lick that uses natural harmonics.</p><p>To produce the harmonics, lightly rest your fretting hand finger directly above the fret (wire) indicated in the tab. As the note is plucked, the fretting hand finger can be lifted to release the harmonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:82.19%;"><img id="LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="789" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-hybrid-picked-chord">Example 2c. Hybrid picked chord</h2><p>Here is another exciting way to exploit the benefits of hybrid picking. The picking pattern here is three down picks followed by a second finger (m) pluck. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:74.90%;"><img id="bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="719" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-tapped-harmonics">Example 3. Tapped harmonics</h2><p>This next example is tricky and may take a little experimentation to get right. The harmonics are created by tapping the string directly above the fret. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretted note.</p><p>We have notated the fretting hand positions in the tab (diamond encased fret numbers) and then the tapping positions above the tab (eg TH15 = tap a harmonic at the 15th fret).</p><p>For this example, the tapping positions can always be found 12 frets above the fretted hand. We recommend using just one finger of the tapping hand at first to get used to the technique. Add other fingers of the tapping hand when you're more comfortable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:158.54%;"><img id="VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1522" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-down-picking">Example 4. Down picking</h2><p>This next example is inspired by Manuel’s love of James Hetfield's playing. All the notes are down-picked or hammered onto. This makes the example relatively easy to play at slow tempos. As with all the other examples, add the speed in once the technique is perfected at the slow tempo.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:155.83%;"><img id="aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1496" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5a-selective-picking-and-hammer-ons">Example 5a. Selective picking and hammer-ons</h2><p>This final technique is inspired by guitarists like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as “selective picking”, which involves picking a note and then tapping notes with the fretting hand.</p><p>We recommend using a light palm mute for the open B note on the second string. Once you get this dialed in, vibrant percussive guitar parts can be created.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.46%;"><img id="yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5b-selective-picking-with-chords">Example 5b. Selective picking with chords</h2><p>To finish off, Manuel adds in more tapping positions all over the fretboard to create a pleasing chord progression. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:185.21%;"><img id="vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1778" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:175.83%;"><img id="2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.13%;"><img id="iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1710" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="unprocessed-deadrose">Unprocessed - Deadrose</h2><p>This contextualizes a couple of the techniques covered in this article. The introduction and verse sections feature a part created with fast arpeggios played with the tapping harmonics technique. This is followed by some of that fast snappy strumming. Towards the end the down-picking technique is used to play a percussive, heavy riff.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YnGRrWNOZ4E" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="unprocessed-perfume">Unprocessed - Perfume</h2><p>This is taken from the latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em>. The introduction uses fast chord arpeggios played with the hybrid picking technique featured in Example 2c. The second finger and third fingers of the picking hand can get involved. This makes playing adjacent strings at speed more economical and also provides some variety in the tone.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ynnoyBJZgQI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/manuel-gardner-fernandes-the-5-techniques-that-define-my-sound</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Manuel presents his percussive strumming, tapped harmonics, selective picking, and Hetfield-inspired downpicking approaches ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6PAKy7NXeBYfTBMBGxWSLX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2f3kiBQSCKusszhgBtu2V-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 16:11:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Manuel Gardner Fernandes ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xKk2kRVN2XdMRiLLpwaMZd.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jon Bishop ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2f3kiBQSCKusszhgBtu2V-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manuel Gardner Fernandes]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manuel Gardner Fernandes]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manuel Gardner Fernandes]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2f3kiBQSCKusszhgBtu2V-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/O-B6fpQllFQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Welcome to the world of Manuel Gardner Fernandes, the guitar virtuoso from German metalcore masters Unprocessed. In this band, Manuel is a stunning representative of the new wave of chops-heavy guitarists (think Tim Henson, Plini and Tosin Abasi) impressing guitar fans around the world with their new music and social media content. </p><p>These players combine elements of '80s rock virtuosity (<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a>, <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/5-ways-to-make-two-hand-tapping-work-for-you">tapping</a>, speed picking) with newer math/prog elements such as slap bass articulations, extended use of legato/selective picking phrasing and application of harmonics. It makes for a heavy and impressive brew of sonic wizardy, be it with crisp clean tones or thick saturated distortion.  </p><p>While his five chosen techniques here are advanced, especially when performed at fast tempos, Manuel has been considerate enough to demonstrate and explain them clearly. Certainly, a key tip is to start slowly when initially tackling each example yourself.</p><p>The first technique is fast strumming. This involves using a lot of dead notes (percussive muted notes). To achieve these, simply lay your fretting hand fingers lightly across the strings without pushing them down on the frets. Manuel demonstrates the strumming directions and we have written these in the tab for reference.  </p><p>The second technique is <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a> (pick and fingers). Manuel likes to use the pick for downstrokes and then adds in the picking hand's second finger (shown as m under the tab) and third finger (shown as a under the tab). This makes playing adjacent strings and wider string skips a lot easier. Using the fingers to pluck the strings also helps the notes to sound percussive, like the sound of a slapped bass. Again, Manuel walks you through the order of picking.</p><p>The third technique is tapped harmonics, created by tapping the string directly above the fretwire. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretting hand's note. So if you are fretting a note on the 1st fret, it's the 13th fret that needs to be tapped.</p><p>We recommend starting with just one finger of the tapping hand to get dialed into the technique (the second finger - m - makes most sense so you can still hold the pick conventionally). Then it’ll be possible to add in other fingers of the tapping hand to increase the facility. </p><p>Manuel's fourth technique choice is his James Hetfield-inspired <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a>. For the fast flourishes, he advises a snap of the wrist as opposed to using the whole of the strumming arm.  </p><p>The final technique is inspired by players like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as 'selective picking' and involves picking a note and then tapping/hammering-on other notes with the fretting hand. If these techniques are combined with light <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a>, stunning percussive guitar parts can be created.  </p><p>Many thanks to Manuel for his time and creativity and be sure to check out the <a href="https://unprocessed.bandcamp.com/album/angel" target="_blank">latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em></a>. </p><h2 id="example-1-percussive-strumming">Example 1. Percussive strumming</h2><p>This example uses percussive strumming to create a fast and impressive latin/flamenco-esque performance. The picking pattern for the fastest rhythm is down, down, down, up, down, down.</p><p>Manuel strums some great-sounding chord fingerings that make effective use of the open strings. Start slowly and then build up speed, as you emulate the pattern and feel it dialing in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.63%;"><img id="9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1110" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-hybrid-picking-riff">Example 2a. Hybrid picking riff</h2><p>This example is inspired by the sound of slap bass players and uses hybrid picking. The pick is used to play the notes on the sixth string with a key part of the sound being the muted notes.</p><p>These are produced by laying the fingers of the fretting hand lightly on the string and then picking it. The notes on the fourth string are plucked with the second finger (m), and the harder these are plucked, the more it will sound like a slap bass.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:148.96%;"><img id="QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-hybrid-picked-lick">Example 2b. Hybrid picked lick</h2><p>Here, Manuel elaborates on the benefits of hybrid picking by playing a fast lick that uses natural harmonics.</p><p>To produce the harmonics, lightly rest your fretting hand finger directly above the fret (wire) indicated in the tab. As the note is plucked, the fretting hand finger can be lifted to release the harmonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:82.19%;"><img id="LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="789" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-hybrid-picked-chord">Example 2c. Hybrid picked chord</h2><p>Here is another exciting way to exploit the benefits of hybrid picking. The picking pattern here is three down picks followed by a second finger (m) pluck. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:74.90%;"><img id="bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="719" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-tapped-harmonics">Example 3. Tapped harmonics</h2><p>This next example is tricky and may take a little experimentation to get right. The harmonics are created by tapping the string directly above the fret. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretted note.</p><p>We have notated the fretting hand positions in the tab (diamond encased fret numbers) and then the tapping positions above the tab (eg TH15 = tap a harmonic at the 15th fret).</p><p>For this example, the tapping positions can always be found 12 frets above the fretted hand. We recommend using just one finger of the tapping hand at first to get used to the technique. Add other fingers of the tapping hand when you're more comfortable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:158.54%;"><img id="VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1522" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-down-picking">Example 4. Down picking</h2><p>This next example is inspired by Manuel’s love of James Hetfield's playing. All the notes are down-picked or hammered onto. This makes the example relatively easy to play at slow tempos. As with all the other examples, add the speed in once the technique is perfected at the slow tempo.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:155.83%;"><img id="aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1496" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5a-selective-picking-and-hammer-ons">Example 5a. Selective picking and hammer-ons</h2><p>This final technique is inspired by guitarists like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as “selective picking”, which involves picking a note and then tapping notes with the fretting hand.</p><p>We recommend using a light palm mute for the open B note on the second string. Once you get this dialed in, vibrant percussive guitar parts can be created.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.46%;"><img id="yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5b-selective-picking-with-chords">Example 5b. Selective picking with chords</h2><p>To finish off, Manuel adds in more tapping positions all over the fretboard to create a pleasing chord progression. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:185.21%;"><img id="vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1778" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:175.83%;"><img id="2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.13%;"><img id="iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1710" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="unprocessed-deadrose">Unprocessed - Deadrose</h2><p>This contextualizes a couple of the techniques covered in this article. The introduction and verse sections feature a part created with fast arpeggios played with the tapping harmonics technique. This is followed by some of that fast snappy strumming. Towards the end the down-picking technique is used to play a percussive, heavy riff.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YnGRrWNOZ4E" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="unprocessed-perfume">Unprocessed - Perfume</h2><p>This is taken from the latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em>. The introduction uses fast chord arpeggios played with the hybrid picking technique featured in Example 2c. The second finger and third fingers of the picking hand can get involved. This makes playing adjacent strings at speed more economical and also provides some variety in the tone.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ynnoyBJZgQI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “I look at it as a cool tool that can enable me to compose riffs lower than anything else I’ve ever played”: Mike Stringer on how 8-string guitars take him outside his comfort zone in search of creative dissonance ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZNaCj9aSEHo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Although the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> is my go-to instrument for virtually all of the music I write for Spiritbox, there have been instances where I was inspired to expand my range to <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitar</a>. </p><p>Even though I’m not all that familiar with the 8-string, I look at it as a cool tool that can enable me to compose riffs that are lower than anything else I’ve ever played. </p><p>To that end, I used an 8-string to come up with something powerful, to serve as the opening track to our 2025 album <em>Tsunami Sea</em>, <em>Fata Morgana</em>. We’ve been opening our sets with this song for the last year, and it has proven to be a fantastic way to kick off the show.</p><p>The 8-string tuning I use here is standard 7-string tuning down a whole step, and the eighth string is tuned down to a very low B. So, low to high, it’s B, A, D, G, C, F, A, D. In this tuning, I can play a B octave with the open 8th string and the B at the 2nd fret on the 7th string, using what looks like a power chord.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the song’s primary riff, which revolves around that low B octave figure sounded along with the tritone, F, sounded at the 3rd fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 1-6, I alternate between this Bdim(no3) voicing and a high natural harmonic (N.H.) sounded between the 2nd and 3rd frets on the 7th string, notated as 2.4. In bar 4, I sound natural harmonics in this same position across the top seven strings with a quick upstroke rake. </p><p>While lightly resting a single fret-hand finger across these strings at the theoretical 2.4 location, I drag the pick in an upward motion, resulting in an aggressive “scrape” sound.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.85%;"><img id="HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj" name="gwm605 stringer 1" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To me, the articulation of the Bdim(no3) chord needs to create a specific type of bloom wherein all of the notes morph together in an effective way. It needs to sound warm, heavy and disgusting! This is achieved by positioning the pick-hand with a slight amount of palm-muting while striking the strings in just the right place, which is above the bridge pickup.</p><p>At the end of bar 6 into bar 7, I play a series of big two-and-a-half-step bends on the 8th string, moving between the 4th and 3rd frets. <strong>Figure 2</strong> offers a look at these bends and releases. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.15%;"><img id="rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j" name="gwm605 stringer 2" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="423" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Proper intonation of these bends is essential; as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the notes we are looking to sound are G#, followed by a half-step bend and release on G one fret lower.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.85%;"><img id="DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui" name="gwm605 stringer 3" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The manner in which you strike the strings when performing these bends and releases is very important, in order to achieve the type of clarity necessary for the phrase to jump out. The way to attain the right sound is by picking very hard. This is also true for the natural harmonics, in order for them to properly cut through the mix. </p><p>Overall, focus on your pick-hand attack throughout, and strive for consistency in sound as you move from one pattern to the next.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-8-string-dissonance</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Using the low-end monster riffs of Spiritbox's Fata Morgana, Stringer offers up a rhythm masterclass in modern metal ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PNDTLn3wDZaurJSi6pHLwX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ooLukEyie6UNjcigSiY9hi-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 09:36:07 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 11:01:13 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ooLukEyie6UNjcigSiY9hi-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ooLukEyie6UNjcigSiY9hi-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZNaCj9aSEHo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Although the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> is my go-to instrument for virtually all of the music I write for Spiritbox, there have been instances where I was inspired to expand my range to <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitar</a>. </p><p>Even though I’m not all that familiar with the 8-string, I look at it as a cool tool that can enable me to compose riffs that are lower than anything else I’ve ever played. </p><p>To that end, I used an 8-string to come up with something powerful, to serve as the opening track to our 2025 album <em>Tsunami Sea</em>, <em>Fata Morgana</em>. We’ve been opening our sets with this song for the last year, and it has proven to be a fantastic way to kick off the show.</p><p>The 8-string tuning I use here is standard 7-string tuning down a whole step, and the eighth string is tuned down to a very low B. So, low to high, it’s B, A, D, G, C, F, A, D. In this tuning, I can play a B octave with the open 8th string and the B at the 2nd fret on the 7th string, using what looks like a power chord.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the song’s primary riff, which revolves around that low B octave figure sounded along with the tritone, F, sounded at the 3rd fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 1-6, I alternate between this Bdim(no3) voicing and a high natural harmonic (N.H.) sounded between the 2nd and 3rd frets on the 7th string, notated as 2.4. In bar 4, I sound natural harmonics in this same position across the top seven strings with a quick upstroke rake. </p><p>While lightly resting a single fret-hand finger across these strings at the theoretical 2.4 location, I drag the pick in an upward motion, resulting in an aggressive “scrape” sound.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.85%;"><img id="HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj" name="gwm605 stringer 1" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To me, the articulation of the Bdim(no3) chord needs to create a specific type of bloom wherein all of the notes morph together in an effective way. It needs to sound warm, heavy and disgusting! This is achieved by positioning the pick-hand with a slight amount of palm-muting while striking the strings in just the right place, which is above the bridge pickup.</p><p>At the end of bar 6 into bar 7, I play a series of big two-and-a-half-step bends on the 8th string, moving between the 4th and 3rd frets. <strong>Figure 2</strong> offers a look at these bends and releases. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.15%;"><img id="rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j" name="gwm605 stringer 2" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="423" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Proper intonation of these bends is essential; as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the notes we are looking to sound are G#, followed by a half-step bend and release on G one fret lower.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.85%;"><img id="DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui" name="gwm605 stringer 3" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The manner in which you strike the strings when performing these bends and releases is very important, in order to achieve the type of clarity necessary for the phrase to jump out. The way to attain the right sound is by picking very hard. This is also true for the natural harmonics, in order for them to properly cut through the mix. </p><p>Overall, focus on your pick-hand attack throughout, and strive for consistency in sound as you move from one pattern to the next.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “He grabbed a guitar and strummed it. I said, ‘What the hell tuning is that?’” Charlie Starr on the joys of fingerpicking in Csus2 – the open tuning that doesn’t have a bad chord anywhere ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hIsHUwJZa_o" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Last month,<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking"> </a>I <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking">delved into the world of fingerpicking</a> in the Piedmont/Mississippi John Hurt/Rev. Gary Davis/Blind Blake style, with a look at the basics of this technique.</p><p>As I detailed, it’s built around alternating-bass figures picked with the thumb in a steady eighth-note pattern while rhythmically syncopated melodies are fingerpicked on the higher strings.</p><p>A great example of this technique is heard on the Blackberry Smoke song <em>Ain’t Got the Blues</em>, from <em>The Whippoorwill</em>. I’d now like to continue covering this technique and demonstrate an unusual Csus2 tuning that opens up a whole new world of sounds and chordal possibilities. </p><p>This tuning was taught to me by my good friend Levi Lowery. He grabbed a guitar and strummed it, and I said, “What the hell tuning is that?” As he explained, it’s a slight variation on an open C tuning, which is Csus2. </p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, start by tuning your A string down a whole step to G, your D string down a whole step to C and your low E string down two whole steps to C. Leave your G string as is. </p><p>Finally, tune your B string up a half step to C and your high E string down a whole step to D. Strumming all six open strings in this tuning yields a Csus2 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Since most of the strings are tuned down, you might want to put medium-gauge strings on your guitar to avoid it sounding like a mousetrap!</p><p>When Levi played in this tuning, he said, “You can just use one finger!” He used mostly barre chords on the bottom three strings while leaving the top three open, as demonstrated in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. He said, “There’s not a bad chord anywhere – everything works!”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA" name="gwm604 starr 1 to 3" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1290" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I developed a fingerpicking pattern based on this tuning and came up with <em>Azalea</em>, which we recorded for our 2024 album <em>Be Right Here</em>. </p><p>As shown in bars 1-3 of <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I thumbpick alternating eighth notes on the open 6th and 4th strings below a syncopated melody on the higher strings.</p><p>In bars 4 and 5, I switch to Eb and F chords, for which I thumb-fret the 6th string and barre my index finger barres across the top three strings. The 4th string, tuned to C, remains open throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.54%;"><img id="FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA" name="gwm604 starr 4" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="853" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates the alternating bass pattern, after which the full fingerpicking pattern from Figure 4 is added. </p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> focuses on the Eb and F chords formed with the thumbed bass notes on the 6th string and index-finger barres across the top three strings. The droning C note on the open 4th string ties the whole pattern together.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.67%;"><img id="VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9" name="gwm604 starr 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="472" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You might think you’re “stuck” in this tuning – surrounded by C notes – but there are other great voicings to discover. </p><p><strong>Figure 7</strong> shows the song’s bridge, which starts on the V (five) chord, G: these chord shapes are built from pairs of notes played at the same fret on the 4th and 2nd strings along with the open 5th, 3rd and 1st strings. In bar 3, the pattern resolves back to C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.04%;"><img id="RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9" name="gwm604 starr 7" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="457" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It takes practice for this fingerpicking pattern to become second nature, so take your time with it. Start slowly and gradually increase the tempo until it sounds smooth and even throughout. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking-in-csus2-open-tuning</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke frontman unpacks the tuning he learned from Levi Lowery ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">YX9HicFEvNdhwt7BW4Lark</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpiJC6FbA5bPCtWpcYFXTF-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 09:01:52 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 13:13:01 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpiJC6FbA5bPCtWpcYFXTF-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Charlie Starr&#039;s acoustic lesson in Csus2 tuning]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Charlie Starr&#039;s acoustic lesson in Csus2 tuning]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Charlie Starr&#039;s acoustic lesson in Csus2 tuning]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpiJC6FbA5bPCtWpcYFXTF-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hIsHUwJZa_o" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Last month,<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking"> </a>I <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking">delved into the world of fingerpicking</a> in the Piedmont/Mississippi John Hurt/Rev. Gary Davis/Blind Blake style, with a look at the basics of this technique.</p><p>As I detailed, it’s built around alternating-bass figures picked with the thumb in a steady eighth-note pattern while rhythmically syncopated melodies are fingerpicked on the higher strings.</p><p>A great example of this technique is heard on the Blackberry Smoke song <em>Ain’t Got the Blues</em>, from <em>The Whippoorwill</em>. I’d now like to continue covering this technique and demonstrate an unusual Csus2 tuning that opens up a whole new world of sounds and chordal possibilities. </p><p>This tuning was taught to me by my good friend Levi Lowery. He grabbed a guitar and strummed it, and I said, “What the hell tuning is that?” As he explained, it’s a slight variation on an open C tuning, which is Csus2. </p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, start by tuning your A string down a whole step to G, your D string down a whole step to C and your low E string down two whole steps to C. Leave your G string as is. </p><p>Finally, tune your B string up a half step to C and your high E string down a whole step to D. Strumming all six open strings in this tuning yields a Csus2 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Since most of the strings are tuned down, you might want to put medium-gauge strings on your guitar to avoid it sounding like a mousetrap!</p><p>When Levi played in this tuning, he said, “You can just use one finger!” He used mostly barre chords on the bottom three strings while leaving the top three open, as demonstrated in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. He said, “There’s not a bad chord anywhere – everything works!”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA" name="gwm604 starr 1 to 3" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1290" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I developed a fingerpicking pattern based on this tuning and came up with <em>Azalea</em>, which we recorded for our 2024 album <em>Be Right Here</em>. </p><p>As shown in bars 1-3 of <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I thumbpick alternating eighth notes on the open 6th and 4th strings below a syncopated melody on the higher strings.</p><p>In bars 4 and 5, I switch to Eb and F chords, for which I thumb-fret the 6th string and barre my index finger barres across the top three strings. The 4th string, tuned to C, remains open throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.54%;"><img id="FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA" name="gwm604 starr 4" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="853" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates the alternating bass pattern, after which the full fingerpicking pattern from Figure 4 is added. </p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> focuses on the Eb and F chords formed with the thumbed bass notes on the 6th string and index-finger barres across the top three strings. The droning C note on the open 4th string ties the whole pattern together.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.67%;"><img id="VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9" name="gwm604 starr 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="472" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You might think you’re “stuck” in this tuning – surrounded by C notes – but there are other great voicings to discover. </p><p><strong>Figure 7</strong> shows the song’s bridge, which starts on the V (five) chord, G: these chord shapes are built from pairs of notes played at the same fret on the 4th and 2nd strings along with the open 5th, 3rd and 1st strings. In bar 3, the pattern resolves back to C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.04%;"><img id="RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9" name="gwm604 starr 7" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="457" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It takes practice for this fingerpicking pattern to become second nature, so take your time with it. Start slowly and gradually increase the tempo until it sounds smooth and even throughout. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Just about every blues show I attended in the ’80s and ’90s started with an uptempo shuffle like this”: Joe Bonamassa on the Eric Clapton classic that’s essential learning for any blues soloist ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/3Tr49THWmu4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>As a guitarist that plays a lot of blues, I find myself performing many different kinds of shuffles, from slow to medium to fast. One of my all-time favorite blues recordings is <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, as covered by John Mayall on Blues Breakers with Eric Clapton. (The original version is by Memphis Slim and features Matt “Guitar” Murphy, of The Blues Brothers fame, on guitar.)</p><p><em>Steppin’ Out</em> is a hard-driving medium-up shuffle in the key of G, and Clapton’s guitar playing on that track is just incredible. He plays with so much fire and creativity, as well as this distinctly youthful British exuberance. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> is a two-bar phrase along the lines of the signature lick in <em>Steppin’ Out</em>. It’s played in the key of G and is based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F), with an abundance of quarter- , half- and whole-step bends on the G string. </p><p>I love the way Eric draws from his Freddie King influence, in terms of his melodic phrasing and articulation, as demonstrated in the pickup bar and bar 1 of <strong>Figure 2</strong>, into the Freddie-style reverse-rake “slurs” at the end of bar 2 into bar 3. Throughout the example, notice all of the subtle, expressive bends on the top three strings.</p><p>In bars 8-12, the melody and phrasing is so simple – just swinging eighth notes – but the lines are delivered in a way that is also a nod to the great T-Bone Walker, in the use of hammer-ons from the minor 3rd, Bb, to the major 3rd, B, as well as the inclusion of the 2nd, or 9th, A.</p><p>In bar 12 into bar 13, I switch to G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), moving back into G minor pentatonic in bar 16. In bar 17, I play a series of D notes on the B string, all on the eighth-note upbeats, that are bent in increasing increments, ending with a one‑and-a-half-step bend that is shaken. In bars 19 through the end of the example, I move freely between G minor and major pentatonic ideas.</p><p>Clapton also loves to go up high on the neck and hit you with aggressive unison bends on the top two strings, a la the phrases that kick off <strong>Figure 3</strong>. This lick begins with F, at the 18th fret on the B string, bent up a whole step to G while a G note at the 15th fret on high E string is strummed together with the B string, ultimately adding aggressive vibrato to the unison bend.</p><p>The remainder of the example is played in the 15th-position G minor pentatonic box and features fast hammer-ons and pull-offs as well as vocal-like, wide and fast vibratos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:129.76%;"><img id="N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe" name="gwm604 jobo lesson" alt="GWM604 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="2725" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When soloing over a shuffle like this, it’s wise to hold back some ideas at first, so that you don’t play everything you know in the first chorus! Take your time, hold and shake some notes and let the solo build in a musically natural way. Follow your stream of consciousness and use dynamics to tell a musical story. </p><p>Just about every blues show I attended in the ’80s and ’90s started with an uptempo shuffle like <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, and the Mayall-Clapton version is a great vehicle for learning what blues soloing is all about.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-steppin-out-eric-clapton</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Written by Memphis Slim, covered by Slowhand with John Mayall, Steppin’ Out is one of the tracks that all blues players should know. Bonamassa teaches you how to play it ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GxvJcy6NU9T2qLEvXcdpSR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsaF6xiEauRQyDHjtVGGG-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 09:48:33 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsaF6xiEauRQyDHjtVGGG-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[VALERIE MACON / AFP via Getty Images; Michael Putland/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa and Eric Clapton, both playing Les Pauls.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa and Eric Clapton, both playing Les Pauls.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa and Eric Clapton, both playing Les Pauls.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsaF6xiEauRQyDHjtVGGG-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/3Tr49THWmu4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>As a guitarist that plays a lot of blues, I find myself performing many different kinds of shuffles, from slow to medium to fast. One of my all-time favorite blues recordings is <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, as covered by John Mayall on Blues Breakers with Eric Clapton. (The original version is by Memphis Slim and features Matt “Guitar” Murphy, of The Blues Brothers fame, on guitar.)</p><p><em>Steppin’ Out</em> is a hard-driving medium-up shuffle in the key of G, and Clapton’s guitar playing on that track is just incredible. He plays with so much fire and creativity, as well as this distinctly youthful British exuberance. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> is a two-bar phrase along the lines of the signature lick in <em>Steppin’ Out</em>. It’s played in the key of G and is based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F), with an abundance of quarter- , half- and whole-step bends on the G string. </p><p>I love the way Eric draws from his Freddie King influence, in terms of his melodic phrasing and articulation, as demonstrated in the pickup bar and bar 1 of <strong>Figure 2</strong>, into the Freddie-style reverse-rake “slurs” at the end of bar 2 into bar 3. Throughout the example, notice all of the subtle, expressive bends on the top three strings.</p><p>In bars 8-12, the melody and phrasing is so simple – just swinging eighth notes – but the lines are delivered in a way that is also a nod to the great T-Bone Walker, in the use of hammer-ons from the minor 3rd, Bb, to the major 3rd, B, as well as the inclusion of the 2nd, or 9th, A.</p><p>In bar 12 into bar 13, I switch to G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), moving back into G minor pentatonic in bar 16. In bar 17, I play a series of D notes on the B string, all on the eighth-note upbeats, that are bent in increasing increments, ending with a one‑and-a-half-step bend that is shaken. In bars 19 through the end of the example, I move freely between G minor and major pentatonic ideas.</p><p>Clapton also loves to go up high on the neck and hit you with aggressive unison bends on the top two strings, a la the phrases that kick off <strong>Figure 3</strong>. This lick begins with F, at the 18th fret on the B string, bent up a whole step to G while a G note at the 15th fret on high E string is strummed together with the B string, ultimately adding aggressive vibrato to the unison bend.</p><p>The remainder of the example is played in the 15th-position G minor pentatonic box and features fast hammer-ons and pull-offs as well as vocal-like, wide and fast vibratos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:129.76%;"><img id="N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe" name="gwm604 jobo lesson" alt="GWM604 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="2725" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When soloing over a shuffle like this, it’s wise to hold back some ideas at first, so that you don’t play everything you know in the first chorus! Take your time, hold and shake some notes and let the solo build in a musically natural way. Follow your stream of consciousness and use dynamics to tell a musical story. </p><p>Just about every blues show I attended in the ’80s and ’90s started with an uptempo shuffle like <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, and the Mayall-Clapton version is a great vehicle for learning what blues soloing is all about.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “My suggestion is to pick really hard and dig in”: Mike Stringer gives us an “unapologetically heavy” lesson in how to combine power chords with hammer-ons and pull-offs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/q612PI4yoM0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In crafting the primary riffs for Spiritbox songs, I’ll often combine aggressively strummed, atonal power chords with fast single-note phrases and some hammer-ons and pull-offs. A good example of this approach is heard in <em>Angel Eyes</em>, from our 2023 EP <em>The Fear of Fear</em>. </p><p>I play this song on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> in the tuning I use most often, which is drop-A transposed down a minor 3rd, commonly referred to as “drop F#” (low to high: F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#). </p><p><em>Angel Eyes</em> is an unapologetically heavy track that’s pretty simple, in terms of the fret hand. It’s more of a pick-hand exercise, in terms of the rhythmic precision required to give the riffs the right amount of intensity.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.95%;"><img id="SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib" name="gwm604 stringer 1" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1385" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the verse riff, which combines eighth- and 16th-note rhythms. In bars 1-3, I play palm-muted two-note chords on the bottom two strings, with the 6th string open and the 7th string fretted at the 1st fret. These two notes form a b5 interval (Bb and E), which has an atonal sound.</p><p>In bar 4, on beats 3 and 4, I perform a series of hammer-ons and slides on the 7th and 5th strings that roll into bar 5. I follow this with a pair of strummed natural harmonics (N.H.) on the top three strings, located a point a little ways past the 3rd fret, as indicated by 3.2. </p><p>I use a moderate amount of palm-muting here, so that the strings aren’t too choked. I like the notes to sustain a bit, which goes hand in hand with how much force I’m using while striking the strings. My suggestion is to pick really hard and dig in with the pick hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.86%;"><img id="kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb" name="gwm604 stringer 2 and 3" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1669" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> focuses on the quick hammer-on/slide phrase from bar 4 of Figure 1. I fret the notes on the 7th string with my index finger and the notes on the 5th string with my middle finger. To make the riff “pop,” I palm-mute the 7th string while allowing the notes on the 5th string to ring.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> illustrates the chorus riff. In bars 1-4, after initially sounding the open low A note, I play Bb octave shapes on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by Bb octaves on the 6th and 4th strings, sliding up to the 6th fret on the 6th string each time. In bar 4, the phrase ends with a gradual whole-step bend at the 5th fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 5-8, I drop the phrase down a half-step, sounding an A octave on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by additional A notes higher up the fretboard, including a fast slide up to the 12th fret of the 7th string.</p><p>The first seven bars then repeat, and in bar 9 of the example, I close out the phrase with alternating two-note b5 power chords on the bottom two strings, before restating the first two bars of the verse riff. </p><p>There’s a lot of string-skipping here. Strive to jump between the strings with economy of movement. The goal is to make the octaves sound as clear and seamless as possible. Try to keep your pick hand moving quickly and decisively throughout the figure. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-angel-eyes-power-chords-hammer-ons-pull-offs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Spiritbox riff-master shows you how to chug along to Angel Eyes ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">D9hZSFxQcTCiSPWAGvmgn3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/The28yzmGA63pJGby9jf8i-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 09:03:07 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 09:06:51 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/The28yzmGA63pJGby9jf8i-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Mike Stringer shows us how to play Spiritbox&#039;s Angel Eyes]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Mike Stringer shows us how to play Spiritbox&#039;s Angel Eyes]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Mike Stringer shows us how to play Spiritbox&#039;s Angel Eyes]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/The28yzmGA63pJGby9jf8i-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/q612PI4yoM0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>In crafting the primary riffs for Spiritbox songs, I’ll often combine aggressively strummed, atonal power chords with fast single-note phrases and some hammer-ons and pull-offs. A good example of this approach is heard in <em>Angel Eyes</em>, from our 2023 EP <em>The Fear of Fear</em>. </p><p>I play this song on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> in the tuning I use most often, which is drop-A transposed down a minor 3rd, commonly referred to as “drop F#” (low to high: F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#). </p><p><em>Angel Eyes</em> is an unapologetically heavy track that’s pretty simple, in terms of the fret hand. It’s more of a pick-hand exercise, in terms of the rhythmic precision required to give the riffs the right amount of intensity.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.95%;"><img id="SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib" name="gwm604 stringer 1" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1385" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the verse riff, which combines eighth- and 16th-note rhythms. In bars 1-3, I play palm-muted two-note chords on the bottom two strings, with the 6th string open and the 7th string fretted at the 1st fret. These two notes form a b5 interval (Bb and E), which has an atonal sound.</p><p>In bar 4, on beats 3 and 4, I perform a series of hammer-ons and slides on the 7th and 5th strings that roll into bar 5. I follow this with a pair of strummed natural harmonics (N.H.) on the top three strings, located a point a little ways past the 3rd fret, as indicated by 3.2. </p><p>I use a moderate amount of palm-muting here, so that the strings aren’t too choked. I like the notes to sustain a bit, which goes hand in hand with how much force I’m using while striking the strings. My suggestion is to pick really hard and dig in with the pick hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.86%;"><img id="kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb" name="gwm604 stringer 2 and 3" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1669" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> focuses on the quick hammer-on/slide phrase from bar 4 of Figure 1. I fret the notes on the 7th string with my index finger and the notes on the 5th string with my middle finger. To make the riff “pop,” I palm-mute the 7th string while allowing the notes on the 5th string to ring.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> illustrates the chorus riff. In bars 1-4, after initially sounding the open low A note, I play Bb octave shapes on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by Bb octaves on the 6th and 4th strings, sliding up to the 6th fret on the 6th string each time. In bar 4, the phrase ends with a gradual whole-step bend at the 5th fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 5-8, I drop the phrase down a half-step, sounding an A octave on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by additional A notes higher up the fretboard, including a fast slide up to the 12th fret of the 7th string.</p><p>The first seven bars then repeat, and in bar 9 of the example, I close out the phrase with alternating two-note b5 power chords on the bottom two strings, before restating the first two bars of the verse riff. </p><p>There’s a lot of string-skipping here. Strive to jump between the strings with economy of movement. The goal is to make the octaves sound as clear and seamless as possible. Try to keep your pick hand moving quickly and decisively throughout the figure. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Pinch harmonics made easy: how to get the perfect squeal ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/7kZhJrqO9xU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Pinch harmonics are one of the most exciting and expressive sounds on the guitar. They can be used to add aggressive squeals to riffs and leads (think Billy Gibbons and Zakk Wylde) or produce different pitches off a single note for melodic application (a la Steve Vai and Eric Johnson).  </p><p>Put simply, playing pinch harmonics involves a combination of the pick and the side of the picking hand thumb making almost simultaneous contact with a string during a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">down pick</a>. There are many areas along a string that can produce a harmonic in this way, but they're commonly favored above the pickups which suits where the picking hand is naturally positioned when playing.</p><p>When starting out, sounding pinch harmonics can seem elusive. This is because you're aiming to combine the 'pick and side of thumb' technique while exploring exactly where the best harmonics are. Initially, you will find the process a hit and miss affair (especially if you're varying open strings and fretted notes) until you chance across a your first few successes. </p><p>This is part of the joy (and frustration) of playing them. Some will sound partially (often called semi-pinch harmonics), others will be bold and screaming. With a developing technique and armed with a distorted amp and the bridge pickup selected (a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucker</a> tends to be more fruitful than a conventional <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single coil</a>), you will find where the juicy harmonic spots are along a string.</p><p>Over time, your ratio of 'squealers versus snifflers' with improve, allowing your guitar to scream at will more consistently.</p><h2 id="pinch-harmonics-getting-them-to-squeal">Pinch Harmonics - getting them to squeal</h2><p>To achieve a great pinch harmonic, angle the pick so after you pass the string, the side of the thumb can lightly make contact. This is all done as one movement that occurs very quickly. As for velocity, aim for medium to strong force when picking - harmonic screamers are less likely to happen with light contact.</p><p>Exiting the string with the pick may take some practice; while you want to make string contact with the thumb, you don’t want it to accidentally mute the string which will create a dead sounding note so watch out for this.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 1" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here, the fourth (D) string is about to be downpicked. There is a slight angle to the pick and only a small amount showing: this makes it easier for your thumb to touch the string right after the pick has connected with the string. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 2" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the pick having connected with the fourth string, the side of the thumb can now lightly brush against it. This is done all in one move, not delayed or staggered. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 3" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The picking hand now travels slightly away from the strings, largely so the thumb's contact with the string is very brief and doesn't end up muting it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-examples"><span>Examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-one-open-string-to-sound-two-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 1 - One open string to sound two pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>This example shows the fundamental approach to pinch harmonics. The tab shows just a low E note played on the open sixth string but with two pitches in the notation.</p><p>Using the pinch harmonics technique, you will sound a low E and then a higher E by moving the pick's position from the neck pickup (shown as 'neck' above the tab) to the middle pickup ('mid' shown above the tab). Spend time experimenting with different positions until you find the sweet spots for clear E note pinch harmonics.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093745968&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.44%;"><img id="h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="705" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-one-open-string-to-sound-four-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 2 - One open string to sound four pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>Here, you will expand on example 1 by sounding four different notes: two different octaves of the E note as well as G# and B.</p><p>First practice locating your exact picking points so the notes all sound clear, then engage with the exercise so you can perform this within a specific rhythmic context.</p><p>Master these notes and you'll likely be astounded that you achieve so much without the fretting hand being involved at all!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746158&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:34.17%;"><img id="VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c" name="Gwcom_PinchedHarmonics_fig02" alt="pinch harmonics ex 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="328" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-riffing-with-fretted-note-pinch-harmonics">Example 3 - Riffing with fretted note pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short riff incorporating the pinch harmonic technique applied to fretted notes. It is primarily based around E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D), pedaling off the open sixth string.</p><p>The pinch harmonics in the riff scream out, resulting in a very dynamic and exciting delivery. Be sure to spend time perfecting the picking hand positions where you get the pinch harmonics.</p><p>At the end (bar 9) you will shift the position of the pick from the middle pickup to the neck pickup to sound different harmonic pitches on the open sixth string. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746353&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:188.54%;"><img id="Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:30.83%;"><img id="pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="296" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-soloing-with-pinch-harmonics">Example 4 - Soloing with pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short melodic solo that includes pinch harmonics to achieve different pitches. Those achieved with pinch harmonics help to underpin the accompanying chord progression and highlight chord tones.</p><p>Pay attention to achieving accurate 'squealers', playing a static note whilst moving the position of your picking hand to achieve a new pitch (the directives of 'neck' and 'mid' shown above the tab will help).</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746528&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:171.67%;"><img id="b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1648" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-whammy-bar-aided-pinch-harmonics">Example 5 - Whammy bar aided pinch harmonics </h2><p>This explores <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/guitar-whammy-bars-what-you-need-to-know">whammy bar</a> movements with pinch harmonics - ideally you'll have a guitar with a whammy bar that floats (ie it can both drop/doop and raise/scoop the strings). This combination is a favorite of Joe Satriani (eg <em>Flying In Blue Dream</em>, <em>Ice 9</em>). </p><p>To begin, perform a pinch harmonic on the open third (G) string. You will hold the whammy bar by reaching over with your fretting hand, depressing it just before you strike the pinch harmonic, and then raise it to achieve a high squeal. Use the tab as a guide and treat the pitches as approximate guides.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746678&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:88.02%;"><img id="c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="845" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-pinch-harmonics-galore">Example 6 - Pinch harmonics galore!</h2><p>For your final piece, the earlier examples have been combined to create a short hard rock groove that mixes melodic phrases with pinch harmonics and stylistic squeals. For the latter, consider the pitches as a guide, whereas the melodic examples are more specific with the pitch and picking hand placement. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a Zakk Wylde inspired riff based around Em7, embellished with power chords. During the riff you'll see pinch harmonics performed on the third and sixth strings. This section repeats, with the final bar leading into the solo. </p><p>The solo starts at bar 9 with a single note figure that follows the chord progression. These are performed with pinch harmonics, picking at different points above the pickups to highlight chord tones derived from the accompanying chords.</p><p>Bars 12-13 feature a screaming string bend followed by a descending blues run. The piece finishes with a Satriani inspired, whammy bar enhanced pinch harmonic squeal. Enjoy!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746853&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.54%;"><img id="qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:85.94%;"><img id="uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="825" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-three-rock-legends-that-use-pinch-harmonics"><span>Three rock legends that use pinch harmonics</span></h3><h2 id="black-label-society-stillborn">Black Label Society - Stillborn</h2><p>The riffs and solo to Stillborn really come to life with Zakk Wylde's searing squealers. Achieving strong pinch harmonics on lower strings can be demanding but Zakk makes them sound effortless.</p><p>To emulate him, use a bridge humbucker with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-marshall-amps">Marshall amp</a>-styled distorted tone (he favored JCM800s for many years). For his lead tone, add a dash of chorus and stomp on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-wah-pedals">wah pedal</a> (push toe down for the pinch harmonics - they'll scream even more due to exaggerated brightness).</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/drIj3Xk-6ic" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="after-the-burial-behold-the-crown">After The Burial - Behold The Crown</h2><p>Screaming pinch harmonics, low string pedaling and a deep distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> form the riff from this modern metal stomper. Featured as the opening track for After The Burial's <em>Evergreen</em> (2019), <em>Behold The Crown</em> features Trent Hafdahl on guitar duties, showing how a great pinch harmonic technique can be pushed to consistently produce bold squealers!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/c64J3kadYrE?start=42" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="billy-gibbons-zz-top-la-grange">Billy Gibbons (ZZ Top) - La Grange</h2><p>Texas Bluesman Billy Gibbons is arguably the godfather of pinch harmonics. His unique approach is more about digging into the note to see what squeals will come out, making his solos dynamic and organic.</p><p>Surprisingly, Billy doesn’t use a lot of amp gain, and is able to produce pinch harmonics with a clean-ish Marshall amp tone. La Grange includes excellent examples in the second solo: in places he’ll play one note but move his picking hand to different positions over the pickups, altering the pitches of the harmonics.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/y20JwH3rwT0?start=148" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/pinch-harmonics</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Our definitive guide on how Billy Gibbons, Eddie Van Halen, Steve Vai and Zakk Wylde make their guitars scream ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">WKFXLwkrySqVSo88PVV9ZN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tL8Ks6jo8EVub5U2cSRJXf-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jamie Humphries ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mBNkok2nmKNKeUqPhbPzPf.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jason Sidwell ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tL8Ks6jo8EVub5U2cSRJXf-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Jamie Humphries]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Jamie Humphries]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Jamie Humphries]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tL8Ks6jo8EVub5U2cSRJXf-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/7kZhJrqO9xU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Pinch harmonics are one of the most exciting and expressive sounds on the guitar. They can be used to add aggressive squeals to riffs and leads (think Billy Gibbons and Zakk Wylde) or produce different pitches off a single note for melodic application (a la Steve Vai and Eric Johnson).  </p><p>Put simply, playing pinch harmonics involves a combination of the pick and the side of the picking hand thumb making almost simultaneous contact with a string during a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">down pick</a>. There are many areas along a string that can produce a harmonic in this way, but they're commonly favored above the pickups which suits where the picking hand is naturally positioned when playing.</p><p>When starting out, sounding pinch harmonics can seem elusive. This is because you're aiming to combine the 'pick and side of thumb' technique while exploring exactly where the best harmonics are. Initially, you will find the process a hit and miss affair (especially if you're varying open strings and fretted notes) until you chance across a your first few successes. </p><p>This is part of the joy (and frustration) of playing them. Some will sound partially (often called semi-pinch harmonics), others will be bold and screaming. With a developing technique and armed with a distorted amp and the bridge pickup selected (a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucker</a> tends to be more fruitful than a conventional <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single coil</a>), you will find where the juicy harmonic spots are along a string.</p><p>Over time, your ratio of 'squealers versus snifflers' with improve, allowing your guitar to scream at will more consistently.</p><h2 id="pinch-harmonics-getting-them-to-squeal">Pinch Harmonics - getting them to squeal</h2><p>To achieve a great pinch harmonic, angle the pick so after you pass the string, the side of the thumb can lightly make contact. This is all done as one movement that occurs very quickly. As for velocity, aim for medium to strong force when picking - harmonic screamers are less likely to happen with light contact.</p><p>Exiting the string with the pick may take some practice; while you want to make string contact with the thumb, you don’t want it to accidentally mute the string which will create a dead sounding note so watch out for this.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 1" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here, the fourth (D) string is about to be downpicked. There is a slight angle to the pick and only a small amount showing: this makes it easier for your thumb to touch the string right after the pick has connected with the string. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 2" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the pick having connected with the fourth string, the side of the thumb can now lightly brush against it. This is done all in one move, not delayed or staggered. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 3" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The picking hand now travels slightly away from the strings, largely so the thumb's contact with the string is very brief and doesn't end up muting it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-examples"><span>Examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-one-open-string-to-sound-two-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 1 - One open string to sound two pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>This example shows the fundamental approach to pinch harmonics. The tab shows just a low E note played on the open sixth string but with two pitches in the notation.</p><p>Using the pinch harmonics technique, you will sound a low E and then a higher E by moving the pick's position from the neck pickup (shown as 'neck' above the tab) to the middle pickup ('mid' shown above the tab). Spend time experimenting with different positions until you find the sweet spots for clear E note pinch harmonics.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093745968&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.44%;"><img id="h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="705" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-one-open-string-to-sound-four-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 2 - One open string to sound four pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>Here, you will expand on example 1 by sounding four different notes: two different octaves of the E note as well as G# and B.</p><p>First practice locating your exact picking points so the notes all sound clear, then engage with the exercise so you can perform this within a specific rhythmic context.</p><p>Master these notes and you'll likely be astounded that you achieve so much without the fretting hand being involved at all!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746158&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:34.17%;"><img id="VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c" name="Gwcom_PinchedHarmonics_fig02" alt="pinch harmonics ex 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="328" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-riffing-with-fretted-note-pinch-harmonics">Example 3 - Riffing with fretted note pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short riff incorporating the pinch harmonic technique applied to fretted notes. It is primarily based around E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D), pedaling off the open sixth string.</p><p>The pinch harmonics in the riff scream out, resulting in a very dynamic and exciting delivery. Be sure to spend time perfecting the picking hand positions where you get the pinch harmonics.</p><p>At the end (bar 9) you will shift the position of the pick from the middle pickup to the neck pickup to sound different harmonic pitches on the open sixth string. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746353&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:188.54%;"><img id="Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:30.83%;"><img id="pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="296" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-soloing-with-pinch-harmonics">Example 4 - Soloing with pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short melodic solo that includes pinch harmonics to achieve different pitches. Those achieved with pinch harmonics help to underpin the accompanying chord progression and highlight chord tones.</p><p>Pay attention to achieving accurate 'squealers', playing a static note whilst moving the position of your picking hand to achieve a new pitch (the directives of 'neck' and 'mid' shown above the tab will help).</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746528&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:171.67%;"><img id="b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1648" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-whammy-bar-aided-pinch-harmonics">Example 5 - Whammy bar aided pinch harmonics </h2><p>This explores <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/guitar-whammy-bars-what-you-need-to-know">whammy bar</a> movements with pinch harmonics - ideally you'll have a guitar with a whammy bar that floats (ie it can both drop/doop and raise/scoop the strings). This combination is a favorite of Joe Satriani (eg <em>Flying In Blue Dream</em>, <em>Ice 9</em>). </p><p>To begin, perform a pinch harmonic on the open third (G) string. You will hold the whammy bar by reaching over with your fretting hand, depressing it just before you strike the pinch harmonic, and then raise it to achieve a high squeal. Use the tab as a guide and treat the pitches as approximate guides.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746678&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:88.02%;"><img id="c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="845" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-pinch-harmonics-galore">Example 6 - Pinch harmonics galore!</h2><p>For your final piece, the earlier examples have been combined to create a short hard rock groove that mixes melodic phrases with pinch harmonics and stylistic squeals. For the latter, consider the pitches as a guide, whereas the melodic examples are more specific with the pitch and picking hand placement. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a Zakk Wylde inspired riff based around Em7, embellished with power chords. During the riff you'll see pinch harmonics performed on the third and sixth strings. This section repeats, with the final bar leading into the solo. </p><p>The solo starts at bar 9 with a single note figure that follows the chord progression. These are performed with pinch harmonics, picking at different points above the pickups to highlight chord tones derived from the accompanying chords.</p><p>Bars 12-13 feature a screaming string bend followed by a descending blues run. The piece finishes with a Satriani inspired, whammy bar enhanced pinch harmonic squeal. Enjoy!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746853&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.54%;"><img id="qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:85.94%;"><img id="uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="825" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-three-rock-legends-that-use-pinch-harmonics"><span>Three rock legends that use pinch harmonics</span></h3><h2 id="black-label-society-stillborn">Black Label Society - Stillborn</h2><p>The riffs and solo to Stillborn really come to life with Zakk Wylde's searing squealers. Achieving strong pinch harmonics on lower strings can be demanding but Zakk makes them sound effortless.</p><p>To emulate him, use a bridge humbucker with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-marshall-amps">Marshall amp</a>-styled distorted tone (he favored JCM800s for many years). For his lead tone, add a dash of chorus and stomp on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-wah-pedals">wah pedal</a> (push toe down for the pinch harmonics - they'll scream even more due to exaggerated brightness).</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/drIj3Xk-6ic" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="after-the-burial-behold-the-crown">After The Burial - Behold The Crown</h2><p>Screaming pinch harmonics, low string pedaling and a deep distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> form the riff from this modern metal stomper. Featured as the opening track for After The Burial's <em>Evergreen</em> (2019), <em>Behold The Crown</em> features Trent Hafdahl on guitar duties, showing how a great pinch harmonic technique can be pushed to consistently produce bold squealers!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/c64J3kadYrE?start=42" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="billy-gibbons-zz-top-la-grange">Billy Gibbons (ZZ Top) - La Grange</h2><p>Texas Bluesman Billy Gibbons is arguably the godfather of pinch harmonics. His unique approach is more about digging into the note to see what squeals will come out, making his solos dynamic and organic.</p><p>Surprisingly, Billy doesn’t use a lot of amp gain, and is able to produce pinch harmonics with a clean-ish Marshall amp tone. La Grange includes excellent examples in the second solo: in places he’ll play one note but move his picking hand to different positions over the pickups, altering the pitches of the harmonics.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/y20JwH3rwT0?start=148" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Clapton in Crossroads, Gilmour in Comfortably Numb and Peter Green in Black Magic Woman… all have their own take on how they approach rhythms in the phrasing”: The secret to great guitar solos isn’t technique – it’s rhythm ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Most of us guitarists are perpetually chasing ways to raise our game. That is part of the fun, after all. But sometimes what we seek is already freely available, without studying music theory, learning scale/arpeggio shapes or drilling picking exercises. </p><p>I’m talking about the rhythm of what we play, which is arguably 50 per cent (if not more) of what makes phrases appealing and memorable. </p><p>If we feel we should be working harder, this is when we’re most at risk of overplaying, filling all the gaps and overcomplicating things (take it from someone who’s done it). Sometimes what feels good to play doesn’t translate to what sounds good to the listener, who may not play guitar or be wowed by rippling arpeggios. </p><p>If we listen closely to the greats, especially in this genre, you can hear that not only do they leave spaces, but when they do play, there’s a rhythmic signature to their phrasing.</p><p>For example, Clapton in <em>Crossroads</em>, Gilmour in <em>Comfortably Numb</em> and Peter Green in <em>Black Magic Woman</em> all have their own take on how they approach rhythms in the phrasing, giving a uniqueness while using the very same pentatonic shapes. </p><p>One thing that isn’t demonstrated explicitly here is the spaces in between. That would certainly be easy to transcribe (and read!), but ultimately not particularly helpful, so do bear in mind that even these examples are a concentrated version of what you might want to play in a real-life musical scenario. </p><p>The four phrases were played separately, but could be joined up to make a solo if you prefer. That being said, the fourth example is really an alternative take on Example 1, or perhaps a suggestion of how you might continue onwards in a similar style. I hope these examples are useful and enjoyable. See you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/dc_zd8h2olU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-2">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.62%;"><img id="XT8WKEqt92kby5Ko3z3Nu8" name="GIT537 Blues 1" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XT8WKEqt92kby5Ko3z3Nu8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1021" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XT8WKEqt92kby5Ko3z3Nu8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A quick rake leads into<strong> </strong>a contrasting held bend, giving a sense of space to start. Bar 2 then features some repeated triplets – feel free to pull back and play these late, you’ll know when you’ve gone too far. </p><p>Note the quarter-tone bends in bars 2 and 3. These are very subtle but add so much in terms of attitude. The final phrase crosses bars 3 and 4 – it’s a smooth bend/release leading to a quick flurry, similar in essence to the introductory phrase.</p><h2 id="example-2-2">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.81%;"><img id="3RXN6p6oQvccHQp45Z4Lu8" name="GIT537 Blues 2" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RXN6p6oQvccHQp45Z4Lu8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1130" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RXN6p6oQvccHQp45Z4Lu8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping with the triplet theme to start, this example then takes a leaf out of Peter Green’s book, especially in bar 3 where the rhythmic groupings feel as though they’re floating independently of the beat. </p><p>They aren’t really in this case, though the last four semiquavers do pull back in tempo noticeably. </p><p>This shouldn’t be set in stone, keep experimenting – you can always dial it back if you think you’ve lost the feel. The pre-bend with fast vibrato in bar 3 is another detail worth spending some time on.</p><h2 id="example-3-2">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.14%;"><img id="y4Dj2oXLTqKgqAqATX6Nu8" name="GIT537 Blues 3" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y4Dj2oXLTqKgqAqATX6Nu8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1032" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y4Dj2oXLTqKgqAqATX6Nu8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This rhythmic idea is similar to some of Eric Clapton’s phrasing during his solos in <em>Crossroads</em>. The rhythmic groupings are quite funky and you will want to use down- and upstrokes to aid with this. </p><p>Use this idea as a basis for further experimentation, rather than conforming precisely to any rhythm. There are no rules, but you can pick up some hints from watching the video. Also, watch for details such as quarter-tone bends, staccato/short notes and vibrato.</p><h2 id="example-4-2">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.62%;"><img id="af2f9Yc6fgH93LtDXNMwR8" name="GIT537 Blues 4" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/af2f9Yc6fgH93LtDXNMwR8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1126" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/af2f9Yc6fgH93LtDXNMwR8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An alternative opening phrase, or a suggestion for how things might continue, this example draws on David Gilmour’s phrasing from the solos in <em>Comfortably Numb,</em> <em>Another Brick In The Wall (Pt 2)</em> and <em>Have A Cigar</em>. </p><p>As with Example 3, it’s questionable how useful it would be to duplicate this exactly. This is more of a ‘feel’ thing, based around choppy/staccato or muted up- and downstrokes. </p><p>We finish with a classic pentatonic lick, the last note of which (D) holds, adding a slow quarter-tone bend after crossing into bar 4.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="eric-clapton-crossroads">Eric Clapton – Crossroads</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ewFiqngynNk" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the details which makes Eric’s playing so appealing is his use of rhythm. Check out the solos in <em>Crossroads</em> and you can hear him experimenting – and really pulling against the beat at times. He can also be heard (in a more restrained manner) on the Bluesbreakers (‘Beano’) album a few years earlier. </p><p>More recently, he revisited this approach in <em>Bad Love</em>. Like anything, the rhythm is just a part of the picture, so often isn’t as blatant as some of the examples.  </p><h2 id="albert-collins-truckin-with-albert-collins">Albert Collins – Truckin' With Albert Collins</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/rX9pEsdMkzE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The Iceman himself, Albert used an unusual F minor tuning (low to high: F C F Ab C F) often with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> at the 5th to 7th fret, which contributed to his sound, but that need not concern us too much here. All the same, check out <em>Frosty</em> from the 1969 album <em>Truckin’ With Albert Collins</em>.</p><p>On that same album, see if you can sit comfortably with the lilt between the guitar and brass on <em>Tremble!</em> Finally, have a listen to his playing alongside Gary Moore on his cover of <em>Too Tired</em>.</p><h2 id="peter-green-the-pious-bird-of-good-omen">Peter Green – The Pious Bird of Good Omen</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hRu7Pt42x6Y" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Peter’s manipulation of rhythms is perhaps the most subtle of the players cited here, but his rhythmic groupings on <em>Black Magic Woman</em>, <em>Supernatural</em> and <em>Need Your Love So Bad</em> demonstrate a free flowing ‘push and pull’ against the beat, with some unexpected pentatonic flurries that sound easier to play than they actually are. </p><p>All are great demonstrations of the use of space, plus you can hear the intention behind each and every note.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/blues-solo-rhythmic-phrasing</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ All the greats put themselves into their phrasing, and that identity was not only note choice but rhythm. Here are four ways you can add rhythmic interest to great effect ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PB4735kJDBMhvu6LizUX2S</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ssxXH82yotXy2xCAW4bAAE-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 09:10:41 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 16:14:11 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ssxXH82yotXy2xCAW4bAAE-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Michael Putland/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Eric Clapton wears a beret and plays a Fender Stratocaster onstage.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Eric Clapton wears a beret and plays a Fender Stratocaster onstage.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Eric Clapton wears a beret and plays a Fender Stratocaster onstage.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ssxXH82yotXy2xCAW4bAAE-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Most of us guitarists are perpetually chasing ways to raise our game. That is part of the fun, after all. But sometimes what we seek is already freely available, without studying music theory, learning scale/arpeggio shapes or drilling picking exercises. </p><p>I’m talking about the rhythm of what we play, which is arguably 50 per cent (if not more) of what makes phrases appealing and memorable. </p><p>If we feel we should be working harder, this is when we’re most at risk of overplaying, filling all the gaps and overcomplicating things (take it from someone who’s done it). Sometimes what feels good to play doesn’t translate to what sounds good to the listener, who may not play guitar or be wowed by rippling arpeggios. </p><p>If we listen closely to the greats, especially in this genre, you can hear that not only do they leave spaces, but when they do play, there’s a rhythmic signature to their phrasing.</p><p>For example, Clapton in <em>Crossroads</em>, Gilmour in <em>Comfortably Numb</em> and Peter Green in <em>Black Magic Woman</em> all have their own take on how they approach rhythms in the phrasing, giving a uniqueness while using the very same pentatonic shapes. </p><p>One thing that isn’t demonstrated explicitly here is the spaces in between. That would certainly be easy to transcribe (and read!), but ultimately not particularly helpful, so do bear in mind that even these examples are a concentrated version of what you might want to play in a real-life musical scenario. </p><p>The four phrases were played separately, but could be joined up to make a solo if you prefer. That being said, the fourth example is really an alternative take on Example 1, or perhaps a suggestion of how you might continue onwards in a similar style. I hope these examples are useful and enjoyable. See you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/dc_zd8h2olU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-2">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.62%;"><img id="XT8WKEqt92kby5Ko3z3Nu8" name="GIT537 Blues 1" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XT8WKEqt92kby5Ko3z3Nu8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1021" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XT8WKEqt92kby5Ko3z3Nu8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A quick rake leads into<strong> </strong>a contrasting held bend, giving a sense of space to start. Bar 2 then features some repeated triplets – feel free to pull back and play these late, you’ll know when you’ve gone too far. </p><p>Note the quarter-tone bends in bars 2 and 3. These are very subtle but add so much in terms of attitude. The final phrase crosses bars 3 and 4 – it’s a smooth bend/release leading to a quick flurry, similar in essence to the introductory phrase.</p><h2 id="example-2-2">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.81%;"><img id="3RXN6p6oQvccHQp45Z4Lu8" name="GIT537 Blues 2" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RXN6p6oQvccHQp45Z4Lu8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1130" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RXN6p6oQvccHQp45Z4Lu8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping with the triplet theme to start, this example then takes a leaf out of Peter Green’s book, especially in bar 3 where the rhythmic groupings feel as though they’re floating independently of the beat. </p><p>They aren’t really in this case, though the last four semiquavers do pull back in tempo noticeably. </p><p>This shouldn’t be set in stone, keep experimenting – you can always dial it back if you think you’ve lost the feel. The pre-bend with fast vibrato in bar 3 is another detail worth spending some time on.</p><h2 id="example-3-2">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.14%;"><img id="y4Dj2oXLTqKgqAqATX6Nu8" name="GIT537 Blues 3" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y4Dj2oXLTqKgqAqATX6Nu8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1032" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y4Dj2oXLTqKgqAqATX6Nu8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This rhythmic idea is similar to some of Eric Clapton’s phrasing during his solos in <em>Crossroads</em>. The rhythmic groupings are quite funky and you will want to use down- and upstrokes to aid with this. </p><p>Use this idea as a basis for further experimentation, rather than conforming precisely to any rhythm. There are no rules, but you can pick up some hints from watching the video. Also, watch for details such as quarter-tone bends, staccato/short notes and vibrato.</p><h2 id="example-4-2">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.62%;"><img id="af2f9Yc6fgH93LtDXNMwR8" name="GIT537 Blues 4" alt="GIT537 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/af2f9Yc6fgH93LtDXNMwR8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1126" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/af2f9Yc6fgH93LtDXNMwR8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An alternative opening phrase, or a suggestion for how things might continue, this example draws on David Gilmour’s phrasing from the solos in <em>Comfortably Numb,</em> <em>Another Brick In The Wall (Pt 2)</em> and <em>Have A Cigar</em>. </p><p>As with Example 3, it’s questionable how useful it would be to duplicate this exactly. This is more of a ‘feel’ thing, based around choppy/staccato or muted up- and downstrokes. </p><p>We finish with a classic pentatonic lick, the last note of which (D) holds, adding a slow quarter-tone bend after crossing into bar 4.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="eric-clapton-crossroads">Eric Clapton – Crossroads</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ewFiqngynNk" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the details which makes Eric’s playing so appealing is his use of rhythm. Check out the solos in <em>Crossroads</em> and you can hear him experimenting – and really pulling against the beat at times. He can also be heard (in a more restrained manner) on the Bluesbreakers (‘Beano’) album a few years earlier. </p><p>More recently, he revisited this approach in <em>Bad Love</em>. Like anything, the rhythm is just a part of the picture, so often isn’t as blatant as some of the examples.  </p><h2 id="albert-collins-truckin-with-albert-collins">Albert Collins – Truckin' With Albert Collins</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/rX9pEsdMkzE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The Iceman himself, Albert used an unusual F minor tuning (low to high: F C F Ab C F) often with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> at the 5th to 7th fret, which contributed to his sound, but that need not concern us too much here. All the same, check out <em>Frosty</em> from the 1969 album <em>Truckin’ With Albert Collins</em>.</p><p>On that same album, see if you can sit comfortably with the lilt between the guitar and brass on <em>Tremble!</em> Finally, have a listen to his playing alongside Gary Moore on his cover of <em>Too Tired</em>.</p><h2 id="peter-green-the-pious-bird-of-good-omen">Peter Green – The Pious Bird of Good Omen</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hRu7Pt42x6Y" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Peter’s manipulation of rhythms is perhaps the most subtle of the players cited here, but his rhythmic groupings on <em>Black Magic Woman</em>, <em>Supernatural</em> and <em>Need Your Love So Bad</em> demonstrate a free flowing ‘push and pull’ against the beat, with some unexpected pentatonic flurries that sound easier to play than they actually are. </p><p>All are great demonstrations of the use of space, plus you can hear the intention behind each and every note.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ If you learn one thing from Jake E. Lee it should be this: unlock bigger stretches for better shredding ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/FzLO0BA1lGw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Throughout his playing with Ozzy Osbourne and his own band Badlands, Jake E. Lee created stunning riffs and solos that combined melodic blues-rock licks with fast shredding. But there is one technique that really made him stand out: his fretting hand versatility, which included using his thumb to achieve otherwise impossible stretches with fingers alone.</p><p>Using the thumb to play low notes was popularized in the late 1960s by Jimi Hendrix and a decade later by jazzer Pat Metheny, to name two guitar icons. But incorporating the thumb over the fretboard in conjunction with the fretting hand fingers for high strings is a much rarer technique. Using large note intervals and making difficult stretches possible are just two of the applications for this barrier-pushing technique.</p><p>The following four examples are inspired by Jake E. Lee’s playing with Ozzy during the mid ’80s. They can be used to increase your fretting hand stretching and stamina, as well as introducing the “thumb over the neck” fretting technique. All are in the key of E minor and make use of the E natural minor scale (E-F#-G-A-B-C-D) with some occasional chromatic passing tones. </p><p>These examples should be approached slowly and for short periods at a time. Angle the guitar neck upwards, and place the thumb in line with the second finger. For ideal posture, maintain relaxed and level shoulders to attain these stretches and avoid injury.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5090px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.35%;"><img id="Aorsvpb3RrweesjSxgbaMh" name="Screenshot 2026-04-27 at 17.17.07" alt="Jake E Lee - fretting hand stretch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aorsvpb3RrweesjSxgbaMh.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5090" height="2868" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Eddie Van Halen famously said he could stretch his fretting hand fingers from the 12th fret to the 21st fret. How far can you stretch? </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.12%;"><img id="ECzyJVnjnqMvyeaN9rduc9" name="Screenshot 2026-04-27 at 17.17.29" alt="Jake E. Lee - stretching with the thumb on the fretboard" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ECzyJVnjnqMvyeaN9rduc9.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5100" height="2862" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Jake E. Lee is one of the few rock guitarists that uses his thumb on the fretboard to fret higher strings. While it can be uncomfortable at first (and the thumb needs to develop a callus), the stretch can be considerably more than using just fingers. What could you achieve with this technique approach? </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="matchmysound-play-along-enhancements">MatchMySound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://matchmysound.com/" target="_blank">MatchMySound,</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to). </p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance. </p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards. </p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen. </p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-four-jake-e-lee-examples"><span>The Four Jake E. Lee Examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-six-note-legato-sequence">Example 1: six-note legato sequence</h2><p>This starts with a classic six-note <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a> sequence popular with '80s and '90s shredders. It is phrased in triplets at three notes per click and introduces increasingly larger stretches to avoid a predictable scalar sound and provide a work out for all four fretting hand fingers.</p><p>If you are new to this technique, break the exercise down into four separate exercises based on what's played for each bar. After you've built some precision and stamina, aim to double your speed with six notes per click instead of three.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413119"></iframe><h2 id="example-2-two-note-extended-pentatonics">Example 2: two note extended pentatonics</h2><p>Your second example uses a two note extended pentatonic approach, with stretches that decrease in size and have a distinct feeling of moving inward and relaxing, while also exercising all four fingers.</p><p>Pay attention to the notes on the second (B) string as they'e all picked as well as any notes that are played in multiple positions. Also watch where your fretting hand thumb sits on the back of the neck: keep it in line with your second finger for good hand posture.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413120"></iframe><h2 id="example-3-using-the-thumb-to-fret-higher-strings">Example 3: Using the thumb to fret higher strings</h2><p>Here you are introduced to fretting with the thumb over the neck. Each bar uses a finer rhythmic subdivision so you can become comfortable with the technique. Aim to use the fleshy area adjacent to the outer side of your thumb.</p><p>If you've never used this technique before, be mindful that this will be uncomfortable at first as you get used to the posture and develop new thumb calluses. That said, you should notice how easy it is to play stretches over 7 frets (or more!) using this technique. Once you're comfortable with this, experiment with your own ideas.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413121"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-all-three-techniques-used-together">Example 4: all three techniques used together</h2><p>To finish, here's a short solo study that utilizes each of the three previous exercises. Choose a combination of techniques and approaches that suits you the best.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413122"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-jake-e-lee-in-action"><span>Jake E. Lee in action!</span></h3><h2 id="jake-s-thumb-on-the-fretboard-technique">Jake's thumb on the fretboard technique</h2><p>This shows Jake playing the solo for Ozzy's <em>Suicide Solution</em>. Using his thumb on a lower fret, he varies which fingers are used on the higher frets.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9dhZzqK9R40?start=80" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Jake uses his thumb here for chordal playing with a clean tone. This demonstrates how versatile (and freeing) thumb fretting can be.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1ERf0G2HVWc?start=160" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/jake-e-lee-bigger-stretches</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Try this enhanced lesson to strengthen your fourth finger and use your thumb for wide fretting like the iconic Ozzy Osbourne guitarist ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JSXjMUBgFEkfCJ89YSS8hH</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bdm3Q8sW26Rvav7uhagxDo-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 16:49:32 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Leon Todd ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vjUbGXmiSqtBhMZZu2vq3Y.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bdm3Q8sW26Rvav7uhagxDo-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Jake E Lee]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Jake E Lee]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Jake E Lee]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bdm3Q8sW26Rvav7uhagxDo-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/FzLO0BA1lGw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Throughout his playing with Ozzy Osbourne and his own band Badlands, Jake E. Lee created stunning riffs and solos that combined melodic blues-rock licks with fast shredding. But there is one technique that really made him stand out: his fretting hand versatility, which included using his thumb to achieve otherwise impossible stretches with fingers alone.</p><p>Using the thumb to play low notes was popularized in the late 1960s by Jimi Hendrix and a decade later by jazzer Pat Metheny, to name two guitar icons. But incorporating the thumb over the fretboard in conjunction with the fretting hand fingers for high strings is a much rarer technique. Using large note intervals and making difficult stretches possible are just two of the applications for this barrier-pushing technique.</p><p>The following four examples are inspired by Jake E. Lee’s playing with Ozzy during the mid ’80s. They can be used to increase your fretting hand stretching and stamina, as well as introducing the “thumb over the neck” fretting technique. All are in the key of E minor and make use of the E natural minor scale (E-F#-G-A-B-C-D) with some occasional chromatic passing tones. </p><p>These examples should be approached slowly and for short periods at a time. Angle the guitar neck upwards, and place the thumb in line with the second finger. For ideal posture, maintain relaxed and level shoulders to attain these stretches and avoid injury.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5090px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.35%;"><img id="Aorsvpb3RrweesjSxgbaMh" name="Screenshot 2026-04-27 at 17.17.07" alt="Jake E Lee - fretting hand stretch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aorsvpb3RrweesjSxgbaMh.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5090" height="2868" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Eddie Van Halen famously said he could stretch his fretting hand fingers from the 12th fret to the 21st fret. How far can you stretch? </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.12%;"><img id="ECzyJVnjnqMvyeaN9rduc9" name="Screenshot 2026-04-27 at 17.17.29" alt="Jake E. Lee - stretching with the thumb on the fretboard" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ECzyJVnjnqMvyeaN9rduc9.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5100" height="2862" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Jake E. Lee is one of the few rock guitarists that uses his thumb on the fretboard to fret higher strings. While it can be uncomfortable at first (and the thumb needs to develop a callus), the stretch can be considerably more than using just fingers. What could you achieve with this technique approach? </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="matchmysound-play-along-enhancements">MatchMySound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://matchmysound.com/" target="_blank">MatchMySound,</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to). </p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance. </p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards. </p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen. </p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-four-jake-e-lee-examples"><span>The Four Jake E. Lee Examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-six-note-legato-sequence">Example 1: six-note legato sequence</h2><p>This starts with a classic six-note <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a> sequence popular with '80s and '90s shredders. It is phrased in triplets at three notes per click and introduces increasingly larger stretches to avoid a predictable scalar sound and provide a work out for all four fretting hand fingers.</p><p>If you are new to this technique, break the exercise down into four separate exercises based on what's played for each bar. After you've built some precision and stamina, aim to double your speed with six notes per click instead of three.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413119"></iframe><h2 id="example-2-two-note-extended-pentatonics">Example 2: two note extended pentatonics</h2><p>Your second example uses a two note extended pentatonic approach, with stretches that decrease in size and have a distinct feeling of moving inward and relaxing, while also exercising all four fingers.</p><p>Pay attention to the notes on the second (B) string as they'e all picked as well as any notes that are played in multiple positions. Also watch where your fretting hand thumb sits on the back of the neck: keep it in line with your second finger for good hand posture.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413120"></iframe><h2 id="example-3-using-the-thumb-to-fret-higher-strings">Example 3: Using the thumb to fret higher strings</h2><p>Here you are introduced to fretting with the thumb over the neck. Each bar uses a finer rhythmic subdivision so you can become comfortable with the technique. Aim to use the fleshy area adjacent to the outer side of your thumb.</p><p>If you've never used this technique before, be mindful that this will be uncomfortable at first as you get used to the posture and develop new thumb calluses. That said, you should notice how easy it is to play stretches over 7 frets (or more!) using this technique. Once you're comfortable with this, experiment with your own ideas.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413121"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-all-three-techniques-used-together">Example 4: all three techniques used together</h2><p>To finish, here's a short solo study that utilizes each of the three previous exercises. Choose a combination of techniques and approaches that suits you the best.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413122"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-jake-e-lee-in-action"><span>Jake E. Lee in action!</span></h3><h2 id="jake-s-thumb-on-the-fretboard-technique">Jake's thumb on the fretboard technique</h2><p>This shows Jake playing the solo for Ozzy's <em>Suicide Solution</em>. Using his thumb on a lower fret, he varies which fingers are used on the higher frets.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9dhZzqK9R40?start=80" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Jake uses his thumb here for chordal playing with a clean tone. This demonstrates how versatile (and freeing) thumb fretting can be.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1ERf0G2HVWc?start=160" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It’s possible to play a great solo without many notes if the rhythm is interesting”: How to funk up your blues solos ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When we talk about phrasing on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-blues-guitars">blues guitar</a>, this can often translate to rhythm. It’s possible to play a great solo without many notes if the rhythm is interesting. </p><p>Obviously, the same goes for rhythm parts – so the example piece concentrates on this area but using a hybrid ‘rhythm/lead’ approach favoured by John Mayer, SRV, Nile Rodgers and Jimi Hendrix, among others. Blurring the boundaries between the traditional distinctions of rhythm and lead guitar also serves a trio format well, and, as you’ll hear, the backing track consists of only bass and drums. </p><p>While we can be minimal at times, there is a responsibility (some might say freedom!) to fill the harmonic and/or rhythmic gaps. Not all blues is ‘funky’ per se, but there is a lot to be gained from understanding displaced/off-kilter rhythms, and this is what the example piece is designed to help you with. </p><p>A good starting point is to think of each beat in the bar as divided into four semiquavers. Initially, mute all of the strings then play alternating ‘down-up-down-up’ strokes, four per beat of the bar/16 to the whole bar. You’ll sometimes hear this described as a ‘1-e-and-a’ pattern. </p><p>Accent the first downstroke on each beat of the bar, then try moving the emphasis around, maybe to the ‘e’ or ‘a’ on the upstrokes. This is the basis of the approach used in the example piece, though you’ll notice I’m not playing every single semiquaver beat, even though my picking hand often goes through the motions.</p><p>Another thing to bear in mind is to keep it relaxed and don’t hit the strings too hard. This is an easy trap to fall into when playing tight staccato rhythms. Finally, remember you can mute with both picking and/or fretting hands to control ringing strings. Hope you enjoy and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/dc_zd8h2olU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-3">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.45%;"><img id="7cREetMHuGPtYm2LPhzEBh" name="blues funk 536 fig1" alt="GIT536 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cREetMHuGPtYm2LPhzEBh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1049" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cREetMHuGPtYm2LPhzEBh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Almost every bar is 'locked down' with a double hit on an A5 power chord and a more rhythmic answering phrase in the subsequent three beats. </p><p>This can often be a repeated phrase, but it’s more useful to show you a range of options in this context. Though the muted hits are notated as faithfully as possible, this is not an exact science, so allow yourself a little flexibility, rather than attempting to duplicate anything precisely.</p><h2 id="example-2-3">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:51.64%;"><img id="x757u9eDywReFg8RCr7YDh" name="blues funk 536 fig2" alt="GIT536 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x757u9eDywReFg8RCr7YDh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1136" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x757u9eDywReFg8RCr7YDh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving to the IV chord (D), this second phrase plays around with the initial chord hits using a dotted rhythm. This is a bit of a liberty as the bass and drums stay with two straight quavers, but I think we'll get away with it... </p><p>Concentrate on the drums to aim your accents/pauses as precisely as possible, and note that not every 1-e-and-a’ space is filled, even if your picking hand does go through the motions to keep the timing.</p><h2 id="example-3-3">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:51.81%;"><img id="GGzGsAgrZsfFRoS2x6ka5h" name="blues funk 536 fig3" alt="GIT536 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGzGsAgrZsfFRoS2x6ka5h.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1088" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGzGsAgrZsfFRoS2x6ka5h.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The C and D chords use a similar pattern in this final example. Note the tied/held chords going across the rhythm – slow the whole thing down if that helps make sense of what’s happening on the various subdivisions of the beat. </p><p>Like Example 1 (and 2), the muted hits should be played without over-thinking which strings you’re hitting – just make sure everything is muted and it won’t matter too much. For the last bar, it was fun to change to the bridge pickup and go for a rockier feel. This is optional!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="john-mayer-trio-try">John Mayer Trio – Try!</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/s7KzzospHVY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Recorded live, this album is a particularly great example of what a trio can sound like – and it was a major inspiration for the example piece, especially <em>Who Did You Think I Was</em>. Also on this album, check out <em>I Got A Woman</em> and <em>Wait Until Tomorrow</em>. </p><p>Bonus mention goes to <em>Another Kind Of Green</em> for combining <em>Little Wing</em>-type chordwork with a funky shuffle feel. There are a good many ideas waiting to be used here – it’s an ample source of inspiration!</p><h2 id="jimi-hendrix-band-of-gypsys">Jimi Hendrix – Band of Gypsys</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wDvlErh5zcc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though he loved to overdub complementary rhythmic parts in the studio, Jimi was adept at making it work live, too. Check out out <em>Freedom</em> from <em>The Cry Of Love </em>for an example of his studio savvy, then compare with <em>Who Knows</em> from <em>Band Of Gypsys</em> to hear it live in a trio format. </p><p>Also, listen to <em>Message To Love</em> from the same album, with funky and unison riffing. This really makes the distinction between rhythm and lead guitar seem obsolete.</p><h2 id="nile-rodgers-various">Nile Rodgers – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/RLTDpewIpfw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>We’re going unapologetically funk for the last suggestion here – and Nile Rodgers is still the definitive example of a funk rhythm player. Check out his work with Chic: <em>Le Freak</em>, <em>Good Times</em> and <em>I Want Your Love</em>. </p><p>Alternatively, try Sister Sledge with <em>Thinking Of You</em>, <em>We Are Family</em> or <em>Lost In Music</em>. Elsewhere, why not check out <em>I’m Coming Out</em> by Diana Ross, or <em>Get Lucky</em> by Daft Punk. All these parts are based on the ‘1-e-and-a’ rhythm described earlier.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/how-to-funk-up-your-blues-solos</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Taking cues from John Mayer, Jimi Hendrix and Nile Rodgers, this lesson offers three examples of phrases that add rhythm and movement to blues ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">5EMbPnirYwtMzbZYmpjRfG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztruNP6B7WKnXJNaj83vef-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2026 08:44:50 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztruNP6B7WKnXJNaj83vef-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[John Mayer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[John Mayer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[John Mayer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztruNP6B7WKnXJNaj83vef-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When we talk about phrasing on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-blues-guitars">blues guitar</a>, this can often translate to rhythm. It’s possible to play a great solo without many notes if the rhythm is interesting. </p><p>Obviously, the same goes for rhythm parts – so the example piece concentrates on this area but using a hybrid ‘rhythm/lead’ approach favoured by John Mayer, SRV, Nile Rodgers and Jimi Hendrix, among others. Blurring the boundaries between the traditional distinctions of rhythm and lead guitar also serves a trio format well, and, as you’ll hear, the backing track consists of only bass and drums. </p><p>While we can be minimal at times, there is a responsibility (some might say freedom!) to fill the harmonic and/or rhythmic gaps. Not all blues is ‘funky’ per se, but there is a lot to be gained from understanding displaced/off-kilter rhythms, and this is what the example piece is designed to help you with. </p><p>A good starting point is to think of each beat in the bar as divided into four semiquavers. Initially, mute all of the strings then play alternating ‘down-up-down-up’ strokes, four per beat of the bar/16 to the whole bar. You’ll sometimes hear this described as a ‘1-e-and-a’ pattern. </p><p>Accent the first downstroke on each beat of the bar, then try moving the emphasis around, maybe to the ‘e’ or ‘a’ on the upstrokes. This is the basis of the approach used in the example piece, though you’ll notice I’m not playing every single semiquaver beat, even though my picking hand often goes through the motions.</p><p>Another thing to bear in mind is to keep it relaxed and don’t hit the strings too hard. This is an easy trap to fall into when playing tight staccato rhythms. Finally, remember you can mute with both picking and/or fretting hands to control ringing strings. Hope you enjoy and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/dc_zd8h2olU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-3">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.45%;"><img id="7cREetMHuGPtYm2LPhzEBh" name="blues funk 536 fig1" alt="GIT536 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cREetMHuGPtYm2LPhzEBh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1049" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cREetMHuGPtYm2LPhzEBh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Almost every bar is 'locked down' with a double hit on an A5 power chord and a more rhythmic answering phrase in the subsequent three beats. </p><p>This can often be a repeated phrase, but it’s more useful to show you a range of options in this context. Though the muted hits are notated as faithfully as possible, this is not an exact science, so allow yourself a little flexibility, rather than attempting to duplicate anything precisely.</p><h2 id="example-2-3">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:51.64%;"><img id="x757u9eDywReFg8RCr7YDh" name="blues funk 536 fig2" alt="GIT536 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x757u9eDywReFg8RCr7YDh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1136" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x757u9eDywReFg8RCr7YDh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving to the IV chord (D), this second phrase plays around with the initial chord hits using a dotted rhythm. This is a bit of a liberty as the bass and drums stay with two straight quavers, but I think we'll get away with it... </p><p>Concentrate on the drums to aim your accents/pauses as precisely as possible, and note that not every 1-e-and-a’ space is filled, even if your picking hand does go through the motions to keep the timing.</p><h2 id="example-3-3">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:51.81%;"><img id="GGzGsAgrZsfFRoS2x6ka5h" name="blues funk 536 fig3" alt="GIT536 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGzGsAgrZsfFRoS2x6ka5h.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1088" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGzGsAgrZsfFRoS2x6ka5h.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The C and D chords use a similar pattern in this final example. Note the tied/held chords going across the rhythm – slow the whole thing down if that helps make sense of what’s happening on the various subdivisions of the beat. </p><p>Like Example 1 (and 2), the muted hits should be played without over-thinking which strings you’re hitting – just make sure everything is muted and it won’t matter too much. For the last bar, it was fun to change to the bridge pickup and go for a rockier feel. This is optional!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="john-mayer-trio-try">John Mayer Trio – Try!</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/s7KzzospHVY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Recorded live, this album is a particularly great example of what a trio can sound like – and it was a major inspiration for the example piece, especially <em>Who Did You Think I Was</em>. Also on this album, check out <em>I Got A Woman</em> and <em>Wait Until Tomorrow</em>. </p><p>Bonus mention goes to <em>Another Kind Of Green</em> for combining <em>Little Wing</em>-type chordwork with a funky shuffle feel. There are a good many ideas waiting to be used here – it’s an ample source of inspiration!</p><h2 id="jimi-hendrix-band-of-gypsys">Jimi Hendrix – Band of Gypsys</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wDvlErh5zcc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though he loved to overdub complementary rhythmic parts in the studio, Jimi was adept at making it work live, too. Check out out <em>Freedom</em> from <em>The Cry Of Love </em>for an example of his studio savvy, then compare with <em>Who Knows</em> from <em>Band Of Gypsys</em> to hear it live in a trio format. </p><p>Also, listen to <em>Message To Love</em> from the same album, with funky and unison riffing. This really makes the distinction between rhythm and lead guitar seem obsolete.</p><h2 id="nile-rodgers-various">Nile Rodgers – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/RLTDpewIpfw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>We’re going unapologetically funk for the last suggestion here – and Nile Rodgers is still the definitive example of a funk rhythm player. Check out his work with Chic: <em>Le Freak</em>, <em>Good Times</em> and <em>I Want Your Love</em>. </p><p>Alternatively, try Sister Sledge with <em>Thinking Of You</em>, <em>We Are Family</em> or <em>Lost In Music</em>. Elsewhere, why not check out <em>I’m Coming Out</em> by Diana Ross, or <em>Get Lucky</em> by Daft Punk. All these parts are based on the ‘1-e-and-a’ rhythm described earlier.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “A great way to break away from the typical blues soloing sound of pentatonic scales”: How to use dominant 7 arpeggios in a blues guitar solo ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sFdUDbcFLyY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A great way to break away from the typical blues soloing sound of pentatonic scales is to incorporate dominant 7 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> into your improvised lines. As the name implies, a dominant 7 arpeggio is sounded by playing the notes of a dominant 7 chord, such as G7, C7 or D7, individually and in succession. </p><p>Let’s use the key of G as our point of reference: in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, a G7 chord is shown in 3rd position, followed by a G minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (G, Bb, C, D, F) played in the same position. </p><p>What I often like to do, in order to create more interesting solo lines, is combine the notes of the minor pentatonic scale with those of a dominant 7 arpeggio, which, as you’ll notice, share three notes – the root, 5th and minor, of “flat” 7th. </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a G7 arpeggio, built from the notes G, B, D and F. The first three notes give us a G major triad, and F is the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, which provides the dominant 7 sound. <strong>Figure 3</strong> shows the same notes played in a descending manner on the lower strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="bHgwezV5fKRbpggz6SRxyn" name="gwm603 corey column 1 2 3" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bHgwezV5fKRbpggz6SRxyn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bHgwezV5fKRbpggz6SRxyn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Articulation devices like finger slides and string bends offer great ways to incorporate the dominant 7 pitches into phrases. </p><p>For example, <strong>Figure 4</strong> begins with a series of slides into the notes G, B, D and F, all from a half step below, after which I finish the phrase with more typical blues lines based on the G blues scale (G, Bb, C, Db, D, F).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="fjiFVCZfRjpQPSuKUCJQvn" name="gwm603 corey column 4" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fjiFVCZfRjpQPSuKUCJQvn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fjiFVCZfRjpQPSuKUCJQvn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A great way to practice improvising with dominant 7 arpeggios is to loop a rhythm part then solo over it. <strong>Figure 5</strong> shows a simple shuffle-based rhythm part that sits on a G7 chord. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="zHBYcdLuxUaFhMRFXYyRvn" name="gwm603 corey column 5 6" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zHBYcdLuxUaFhMRFXYyRvn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zHBYcdLuxUaFhMRFXYyRvn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> sounds the notes of a G7 arpeggio played over the loop, first ascending then descending. </p><p>To some people, this is more of a “jazzy” sound; the reason for this is, as is often the case in jazz, the chord tones are emphasized when playing arpeggios. The inclusion of B, the major 3rd, in addition to F, the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, builds a strong connection to the harmony of the G7 chord.</p><p><strong>Figure 7</strong> offers a longer example of how to combine phrases built from the G minor pentatonic and G blues scales with G7 arpeggio shapes. Bars 1 and 2 emphasize the G blues scale, followed in bars 3 and 4 with emphasis on the major 3rd, B, which brings in the dominant 7 arpeggio sound. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.38%;"><img id="DmasRAdy7qMGqdWA2QKcAo" name="gwm603 corey column 7" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmasRAdy7qMGqdWA2QKcAo.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1833" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmasRAdy7qMGqdWA2QKcAo.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In bars 5-8, I move back and forth between straight G minor pentatonic and blues scale phrases and the inclusion of the major 3rd, B, in order to bring the arpeggio sound back to the forefront. Throughout the remainder of the example, I move freely between the two approaches, striving for musicality in the way the different elements work together. </p><p>As you work with this dualistic approach, think of it as an ongoing hand-off between scales and arpeggios. Use your ears to discern the differences in the musical effects created and to inform your note choices. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/how-to-use-dominant-7-arpeggios-in-blues-guitar-solos</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Because you can't have enough exit ramps from traditional blues phrases, here's how you can use the notes of a dominant 7 chord to spice up your solos ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JwEcHkEceZZ5Lai2G6jL86</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwv6jqTXPKSRGS43eh3XR3-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 09:56:58 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 27 May 2026 09:58:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwv6jqTXPKSRGS43eh3XR3-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s Guitar World video lesson in using dominant 7 chords in blues solos.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s Guitar World video lesson in using dominant 7 chords in blues solos.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s Guitar World video lesson in using dominant 7 chords in blues solos.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwv6jqTXPKSRGS43eh3XR3-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sFdUDbcFLyY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A great way to break away from the typical blues soloing sound of pentatonic scales is to incorporate dominant 7 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> into your improvised lines. As the name implies, a dominant 7 arpeggio is sounded by playing the notes of a dominant 7 chord, such as G7, C7 or D7, individually and in succession. </p><p>Let’s use the key of G as our point of reference: in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, a G7 chord is shown in 3rd position, followed by a G minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (G, Bb, C, D, F) played in the same position. </p><p>What I often like to do, in order to create more interesting solo lines, is combine the notes of the minor pentatonic scale with those of a dominant 7 arpeggio, which, as you’ll notice, share three notes – the root, 5th and minor, of “flat” 7th. </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a G7 arpeggio, built from the notes G, B, D and F. The first three notes give us a G major triad, and F is the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, which provides the dominant 7 sound. <strong>Figure 3</strong> shows the same notes played in a descending manner on the lower strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="bHgwezV5fKRbpggz6SRxyn" name="gwm603 corey column 1 2 3" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bHgwezV5fKRbpggz6SRxyn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bHgwezV5fKRbpggz6SRxyn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Articulation devices like finger slides and string bends offer great ways to incorporate the dominant 7 pitches into phrases. </p><p>For example, <strong>Figure 4</strong> begins with a series of slides into the notes G, B, D and F, all from a half step below, after which I finish the phrase with more typical blues lines based on the G blues scale (G, Bb, C, Db, D, F).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="fjiFVCZfRjpQPSuKUCJQvn" name="gwm603 corey column 4" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fjiFVCZfRjpQPSuKUCJQvn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fjiFVCZfRjpQPSuKUCJQvn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A great way to practice improvising with dominant 7 arpeggios is to loop a rhythm part then solo over it. <strong>Figure 5</strong> shows a simple shuffle-based rhythm part that sits on a G7 chord. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="zHBYcdLuxUaFhMRFXYyRvn" name="gwm603 corey column 5 6" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zHBYcdLuxUaFhMRFXYyRvn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zHBYcdLuxUaFhMRFXYyRvn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> sounds the notes of a G7 arpeggio played over the loop, first ascending then descending. </p><p>To some people, this is more of a “jazzy” sound; the reason for this is, as is often the case in jazz, the chord tones are emphasized when playing arpeggios. The inclusion of B, the major 3rd, in addition to F, the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, builds a strong connection to the harmony of the G7 chord.</p><p><strong>Figure 7</strong> offers a longer example of how to combine phrases built from the G minor pentatonic and G blues scales with G7 arpeggio shapes. Bars 1 and 2 emphasize the G blues scale, followed in bars 3 and 4 with emphasis on the major 3rd, B, which brings in the dominant 7 arpeggio sound. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.38%;"><img id="DmasRAdy7qMGqdWA2QKcAo" name="gwm603 corey column 7" alt="GWM603 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmasRAdy7qMGqdWA2QKcAo.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1833" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmasRAdy7qMGqdWA2QKcAo.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In bars 5-8, I move back and forth between straight G minor pentatonic and blues scale phrases and the inclusion of the major 3rd, B, in order to bring the arpeggio sound back to the forefront. Throughout the remainder of the example, I move freely between the two approaches, striving for musicality in the way the different elements work together. </p><p>As you work with this dualistic approach, think of it as an ongoing hand-off between scales and arpeggios. Use your ears to discern the differences in the musical effects created and to inform your note choices. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Reminiscent of Joni Mitchell’s jazzier moments… but no strings were retuned to create it!” 5 chords that sound like they’re in an open tuning (but aren’t) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As discussed <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-altered-chords-you-need-to-know">last time</a>, open/alternative tunings are a great way to expand our chordal horizons without getting our fingers in a twist. However, we also mentioned that there are quite a few expansive voicings available without having to retune. </p><p>There’s no doubt that open/alternative tunings facilitate some unique sounds, but in a world where artists such as Davey Graham (who introduced us to the DADGAD tuning in the 1960s) plus Joni Mitchell, Nick Drake, Jimmy Page and Keith Richards have all given their unique spin on multiple angles of this idea, perhaps exploring regular tuning is equally interesting! </p><p>The five examples are selected on a fairly random basis, but they could work together to create an interesting piece or accompaniment. It’s also worth mentioning that each example has the potential to yield some interesting variations, by shifting a note within each shape, or simply moving to a different position on the fretboard. The constant, if anything, is the inclusion of open strings.   </p><h2 id="example-1-g-m9">Example 1. G#m9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="snpTvnPkH6TEmq9LenYofh" name="git537 chords 1" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/snpTvnPkH6TEmq9LenYofh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/snpTvnPkH6TEmq9LenYofh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This G#m9 is a little reminiscent of Joni Mitchell’s jazzier moments (check out the 1980 <em>Shadows And Light</em> album), but no strings were retuned to create it! It’s important to mute the fifth string, but this can be a movable shape if you’re discerning. One useful idea is to shift it down a fret for a nice G9 chord.</p><h2 id="example-2-e5add9add-11">Example 2. E5add9add#11</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="GaSK8YSHP99rF6WxMQHcfh" name="git537 chords 2" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GaSK8YSHP99rF6WxMQHcfh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GaSK8YSHP99rF6WxMQHcfh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This E5add9add#11 (yes, that really is the simplest way to describe it!) is a handful at first. It’s the result of changing around the bass notes from Example 1 to give an E5 on the fifth and sixth strings. Keeping the same notes on top gives the add9 (F# on the fourth and first strings) and #11 (A# on the third string).</p><h2 id="example-3-c-m9">Example 3. C#m9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ZSf2mU6FBTnMXB4zNxjndh" name="git537 chords 3" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZSf2mU6FBTnMXB4zNxjndh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZSf2mU6FBTnMXB4zNxjndh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s a real stretch – until you find the optimum hand position. Try shifting your fretting hand thumb down to the centre of the back of the neck. This C#m9 is surprisingly useful as a movable chord, functioning similarly to an open tuning in that the open first and second strings function as a drone.</p><h2 id="example-4-esus2sus4">Example 4. Esus2sus4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="KQxvQUX4ddvuqjmwh4VALh" name="git537 chords 4" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KQxvQUX4ddvuqjmwh4VALh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KQxvQUX4ddvuqjmwh4VALh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are shades of Jimmy Page in Led Zeppelin’s <em>Ramble On</em> in this Esus2sus4, one of the only examples of a ‘double’ sus voicing we’ve ever come across. </p><p>Remember, these complex-sounding names are just music theory struggling to explain what is actually a very simple chord to play. Once again, treat this as a movable shape for some nice results.</p><h2 id="example-5-a7">Example 5. A7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="hyA39mNTkbL2qiCKVvcXKh" name="git537 chords 5" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hyA39mNTkbL2qiCKVvcXKh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hyA39mNTkbL2qiCKVvcXKh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This A7 is one of many similar shapes that can be moved up and down the fourth and second strings. The wonderful Gordon Giltrap used shapes like this (albeit in open A tuning) in his signature composition <em>Heartsong</em>. Be sure to mute the sixth string; it isn’t a horrible clash exactly, but it does mess with the resonance overall.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-chords-that-sound-like-theyre-in-open-tuning</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Because sometimes retuning your guitar is, well, a pain in the backside – and there are workarounds ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">W2wnE5Y6nBRhNfJ3RxqZmT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PWhHktsRRpRAkrvW9NGBVS-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 09:23:25 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PWhHktsRRpRAkrvW9NGBVS-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Graham Wiltshire/Redferns]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[The inclusion of open strings within chords played in standard tuning can produce unique and inspiring sonic variations, as players such as Keith Richards have shown.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Keith Richards plays Micawber: The inclusion of open strings within chords played in standard tuning can produce unique and inspiring sonic variations, as players such as Richards have shown]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Keith Richards plays Micawber: The inclusion of open strings within chords played in standard tuning can produce unique and inspiring sonic variations, as players such as Richards have shown]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PWhHktsRRpRAkrvW9NGBVS-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As discussed <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-altered-chords-you-need-to-know">last time</a>, open/alternative tunings are a great way to expand our chordal horizons without getting our fingers in a twist. However, we also mentioned that there are quite a few expansive voicings available without having to retune. </p><p>There’s no doubt that open/alternative tunings facilitate some unique sounds, but in a world where artists such as Davey Graham (who introduced us to the DADGAD tuning in the 1960s) plus Joni Mitchell, Nick Drake, Jimmy Page and Keith Richards have all given their unique spin on multiple angles of this idea, perhaps exploring regular tuning is equally interesting! </p><p>The five examples are selected on a fairly random basis, but they could work together to create an interesting piece or accompaniment. It’s also worth mentioning that each example has the potential to yield some interesting variations, by shifting a note within each shape, or simply moving to a different position on the fretboard. The constant, if anything, is the inclusion of open strings.   </p><h2 id="example-1-g-m9">Example 1. G#m9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="snpTvnPkH6TEmq9LenYofh" name="git537 chords 1" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/snpTvnPkH6TEmq9LenYofh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/snpTvnPkH6TEmq9LenYofh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This G#m9 is a little reminiscent of Joni Mitchell’s jazzier moments (check out the 1980 <em>Shadows And Light</em> album), but no strings were retuned to create it! It’s important to mute the fifth string, but this can be a movable shape if you’re discerning. One useful idea is to shift it down a fret for a nice G9 chord.</p><h2 id="example-2-e5add9add-11">Example 2. E5add9add#11</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="GaSK8YSHP99rF6WxMQHcfh" name="git537 chords 2" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GaSK8YSHP99rF6WxMQHcfh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GaSK8YSHP99rF6WxMQHcfh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This E5add9add#11 (yes, that really is the simplest way to describe it!) is a handful at first. It’s the result of changing around the bass notes from Example 1 to give an E5 on the fifth and sixth strings. Keeping the same notes on top gives the add9 (F# on the fourth and first strings) and #11 (A# on the third string).</p><h2 id="example-3-c-m9">Example 3. C#m9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ZSf2mU6FBTnMXB4zNxjndh" name="git537 chords 3" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZSf2mU6FBTnMXB4zNxjndh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZSf2mU6FBTnMXB4zNxjndh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s a real stretch – until you find the optimum hand position. Try shifting your fretting hand thumb down to the centre of the back of the neck. This C#m9 is surprisingly useful as a movable chord, functioning similarly to an open tuning in that the open first and second strings function as a drone.</p><h2 id="example-4-esus2sus4">Example 4. Esus2sus4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="KQxvQUX4ddvuqjmwh4VALh" name="git537 chords 4" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KQxvQUX4ddvuqjmwh4VALh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KQxvQUX4ddvuqjmwh4VALh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are shades of Jimmy Page in Led Zeppelin’s <em>Ramble On</em> in this Esus2sus4, one of the only examples of a ‘double’ sus voicing we’ve ever come across. </p><p>Remember, these complex-sounding names are just music theory struggling to explain what is actually a very simple chord to play. Once again, treat this as a movable shape for some nice results.</p><h2 id="example-5-a7">Example 5. A7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="hyA39mNTkbL2qiCKVvcXKh" name="git537 chords 5" alt="GIT537 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hyA39mNTkbL2qiCKVvcXKh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hyA39mNTkbL2qiCKVvcXKh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This A7 is one of many similar shapes that can be moved up and down the fourth and second strings. The wonderful Gordon Giltrap used shapes like this (albeit in open A tuning) in his signature composition <em>Heartsong</em>. Be sure to mute the sixth string; it isn’t a horrible clash exactly, but it does mess with the resonance overall.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “I asked my dad’s friend where guitarists like Mississippi John Hurt got the idea to play in this way, and he said, ‘I think they’re trying to imitate the sound of a player piano on ariverboat’”: Charlie Starr on how to play fingerstyle guitar ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I consider fingerpicking to be essential to my playing, as it’s a technique I have utilized in a variety of ways for many years. When recording, I often use my 1945 Gibson J-45 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>. If you’re familiar with this instrument, you know how wonderful it is to play and how great it sounds. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates a very basic fingerpicked pattern: while holding an E chord, my pick-hand thumb basically alternates between the 6th and 4th strings while the index, middle and ring fingers pick the higher strings. </p><p>The open low E bass note alternates with the higher notes in an eight-note rhythm. Note that the thumb often catches the next higher string, as demonstrated here.</p><p>Years ago, a friend of my dad’s came over and played some beautiful fingerpicking on a Martin D-28 acoustic, and I was blown away. He said, “That’s Mississippi John Hurt.” So I thought, well, I need to listen to more of that!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/-LrIw3lh61k" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>When I got hipped to this music, I discovered that the patterns were rooted in alternating bass notes sounded by the thumb while melodic patterns were fingerpicked on the higher strings in a syncopated rhythm. </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> offers an example of this style: bars 1 and 2 establish an eighth-note thumbpicking pattern, and in bars 3 and 4 a fingerpicked melody is introduced on the top three strings. As shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the thumb always keeps the rhythm of the bassline going, in this case in the key of G.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:41.50%;"><img id="wrmhnsyxecB9zpWjZarpjW" name="gwm603 star 123" alt="GWM603 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wrmhnsyxecB9zpWjZarpjW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="996" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wrmhnsyxecB9zpWjZarpjW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It will take dedicated practice to get the coordination together to execute the low-string/high-string syncopations properly, so start out slowly and focus on how the two parts work together. </p><p>The Blackberry Smoke song <em>Ain’t Got the Blues</em>, from our 2012 album, <br><em>The Whippoorwill</em>, is built from this style of fingerpicking. As shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, bar 1 establishes an alternating bass pattern on the tonic G chord, and in bar 2 I introduce a melody played on the G and B strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.50%;"><img id="6Ex55bxbokAp8F6eRDQFnW" name="gwm603 star 4" alt="GWM603 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex55bxbokAp8F6eRDQFnW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex55bxbokAp8F6eRDQFnW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In bar 4, I move to C, the IV (four) chord, and the melody is transposed up a 4th and played on the top two strings. In bars 7 and 8, the pattern is played over the V (five) chord, D, and in bars 9 and 10 I return to the tonic, G. </p><p>Another good example of this style of fingerpicking is a section I play in our song <em>Holding All the Roses</em>, which is in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-d-tuning">drop-D</a> tuning (low to high: D, A, D, G, B, E). <strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates the similar manner in which this is played. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.63%;"><img id="7Pd4piLDCHcunRiRyBfSNW" name="gwm603 star 5" alt="GWM603 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Pd4piLDCHcunRiRyBfSNW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="951" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Pd4piLDCHcunRiRyBfSNW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I asked my dad’s friend where guitarists like Mississippi John Hurt got the idea to play in this way, and he said. “I think they’re trying to imitate the sound of a player piano on a riverboat.” </p><p>I think that’s a good theory, because the type of fingerpicking you hear from the great “Piedmont”-style players, like Blind Blake, Blind Willie McTell and Reverend Gary Davis, does work in the same way as stride piano, with consistently alternating bass notes driving the rhythm and joined by syncopated melodies in a higher octave.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke frontman goes unplugged to give us a lesson in the fingerstyle techniques he applies in his day job ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">usB3psiDySUJMgtVu5Nqmn</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bnkEZorHTCNniuqTmomoXh-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 09:26:27 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bnkEZorHTCNniuqTmomoXh-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Joy Malone/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Star performs live with an acoustic guitar.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Star performs live with an acoustic guitar.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Star performs live with an acoustic guitar.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bnkEZorHTCNniuqTmomoXh-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I consider fingerpicking to be essential to my playing, as it’s a technique I have utilized in a variety of ways for many years. When recording, I often use my 1945 Gibson J-45 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>. If you’re familiar with this instrument, you know how wonderful it is to play and how great it sounds. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates a very basic fingerpicked pattern: while holding an E chord, my pick-hand thumb basically alternates between the 6th and 4th strings while the index, middle and ring fingers pick the higher strings. </p><p>The open low E bass note alternates with the higher notes in an eight-note rhythm. Note that the thumb often catches the next higher string, as demonstrated here.</p><p>Years ago, a friend of my dad’s came over and played some beautiful fingerpicking on a Martin D-28 acoustic, and I was blown away. He said, “That’s Mississippi John Hurt.” So I thought, well, I need to listen to more of that!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/-LrIw3lh61k" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>When I got hipped to this music, I discovered that the patterns were rooted in alternating bass notes sounded by the thumb while melodic patterns were fingerpicked on the higher strings in a syncopated rhythm. </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> offers an example of this style: bars 1 and 2 establish an eighth-note thumbpicking pattern, and in bars 3 and 4 a fingerpicked melody is introduced on the top three strings. As shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the thumb always keeps the rhythm of the bassline going, in this case in the key of G.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:41.50%;"><img id="wrmhnsyxecB9zpWjZarpjW" name="gwm603 star 123" alt="GWM603 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wrmhnsyxecB9zpWjZarpjW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="996" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wrmhnsyxecB9zpWjZarpjW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It will take dedicated practice to get the coordination together to execute the low-string/high-string syncopations properly, so start out slowly and focus on how the two parts work together. </p><p>The Blackberry Smoke song <em>Ain’t Got the Blues</em>, from our 2012 album, <br><em>The Whippoorwill</em>, is built from this style of fingerpicking. As shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, bar 1 establishes an alternating bass pattern on the tonic G chord, and in bar 2 I introduce a melody played on the G and B strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.50%;"><img id="6Ex55bxbokAp8F6eRDQFnW" name="gwm603 star 4" alt="GWM603 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex55bxbokAp8F6eRDQFnW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex55bxbokAp8F6eRDQFnW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In bar 4, I move to C, the IV (four) chord, and the melody is transposed up a 4th and played on the top two strings. In bars 7 and 8, the pattern is played over the V (five) chord, D, and in bars 9 and 10 I return to the tonic, G. </p><p>Another good example of this style of fingerpicking is a section I play in our song <em>Holding All the Roses</em>, which is in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-d-tuning">drop-D</a> tuning (low to high: D, A, D, G, B, E). <strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates the similar manner in which this is played. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.63%;"><img id="7Pd4piLDCHcunRiRyBfSNW" name="gwm603 star 5" alt="GWM603 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Pd4piLDCHcunRiRyBfSNW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="951" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Pd4piLDCHcunRiRyBfSNW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I asked my dad’s friend where guitarists like Mississippi John Hurt got the idea to play in this way, and he said. “I think they’re trying to imitate the sound of a player piano on a riverboat.” </p><p>I think that’s a good theory, because the type of fingerpicking you hear from the great “Piedmont”-style players, like Blind Blake, Blind Willie McTell and Reverend Gary Davis, does work in the same way as stride piano, with consistently alternating bass notes driving the rhythm and joined by syncopated melodies in a higher octave.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “I bent up from the 21st fret and broke the first string – I played the rest of the solo without it”: Hidden for four decades, the story behind the (almost) unheard outro solo on John Farnham’s smash hit, You’re the Voice ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5QLy9_IHom4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Brett Garsed is one of the guitar world's most revered triple threats. His virtuosity with legato, hybrid picking (he picks with his fourth finger, too) and slide is nothing short of masterful. His reputation goes all the way back to the '80s when his growing reputation resulted in him playing on John Farnham's 1986 album, <em>Whispering Jack</em>. </p><p>Handling all guitar duties on the biggest-selling album by an Australian in Australia's history, Brett's guitar chops were well used. None more so than the solo at the end of the album's huge hit single, <em>You're the Voice</em>. </p><p>How huge?</p><p>On last check, the numbers were 259M plays on Spotify and 35M views on YouTube.</p><p><em>You’re the Voice</em> is a rousing anthem written by British songwriters Chris Thompson, Andy Qunta and Maggie Ryder that incorporates rock and Celtic influences, plus an actual bagpipe solo. Asked to provide an outro guitar solo, Brett incorporated bagpipe-style phrasing, chord tone driven melodies and a blazing string skipped arpeggio.</p><p>Up until now, this stunning solo has gone unnoticed due to being so quiet in the mix. To remedy the situation, Brett agreed to deep dive what he played for <em>Guitar World</em>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="hpd7Y3omo45cfeExiD6qCA" name="JF@Billboard Nov_Dec 1985" alt="Brett Garsed" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:205,l:0,cw:4342,ch:2442,q:80/hpd7Y3omo45cfeExiD6qCA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4342" height="3157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:205,l:0,cw:4342,ch:2442,q:80/hpd7Y3omo45cfeExiD6qCA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Brett Garsed (left) performing with John Farnham in December 1985 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Brett Garsed)</span></figcaption></figure><p>“What you hear on the album is the first take, the only take we did,” Brett explains. “It’s a little haphazard in structure, but that’s the spontaneity of the moment. The fast section in the middle is an old faithful lick I used to simulate sweep picking arpeggios, but I did it with string skipping.”</p><p>Brett provides further insights into his solo: “I was, and still am, a completely ear-driven player, and I was trying to follow the chord progression F - Eb - Bb/D. Everything I’m playing is trying to follow those chords.</p><p>“You’ll hear a sliding ascending line in the solo featuring my old black Strat with a 21-fret neck. I bent up to the high F from the 21st fret and broke the first string! Since the Strat bridge couldn’t be pulled up it stayed in tune, so I played the rest of the solo with one less string!”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3671px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7pyfcUku6SDvxgEoTASc5Y" name="Whispering Jack recording session" alt="Brett Garsed at Metropolis Studios" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:779,l:0,cw:3671,ch:2065,q:80/7pyfcUku6SDvxgEoTASc5Y.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3671" height="3743" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:779,l:0,cw:3671,ch:2065,q:80/7pyfcUku6SDvxgEoTASc5Y.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Brett Garsed at Metropolis Studios (AAV Studios back then) in Melbourne during the Whispering Jack sessions </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Brett Garsed)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="f-major-arpeggio-the-fundamental-shape">F major arpeggio - the fundamental shape</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.23%;"><img id="RKrQViVg3w8XR2hCsVrjzd" name="Brett Garsed You're The Voice Example" alt="Brett Garsed You're The Voice Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RKrQViVg3w8XR2hCsVrjzd.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="367" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RKrQViVg3w8XR2hCsVrjzd.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Figure 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leon Todd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This outlines the basic string skipping F Major arpeggio (F A C) that Brett utilised for part of his solo on <em>You're The Voice</em>. Using the fourth (D), third (G) and first (high E) strings, it's a shape favoured by various players (including Paul Gilbert and Nuno Bettencourt) to replicate the sound of one note per string sweep picked arpeggios. </p><p>A useful approach to familiarize yourself with the shape is to play the first note on each string first before adding the higher notes on the third and first strings.  </p><p>Brett utilizes hybrid picking as shown under the tab (m = second finger pluck), along with hammer-ons and pull-offs.</p><h2 id="example-1-f-major-arpeggio-phrasing-4-35-in-the-video">Example 1 - F major arpeggio phrasing (4:35 in the video)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:116.25%;"><img id="bTLVgFGKtXyUfJ6dxcPE6e" name="Brett Garsed You're The Voice Example" alt="Brett Garsed's F major arpeggio phrasing" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bTLVgFGKtXyUfJ6dxcPE6e.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1116" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bTLVgFGKtXyUfJ6dxcPE6e.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Figure 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leon Todd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is what Brett demonstrates in the video, improvising around the F major arpeggio in a similar way to what he played during his <em>You're the Voice</em> solo. Hybrid picking makes crossing from the third string to the first string efficient and smooth. Pay close attention to the way the different rhythmic subdivisions and legato phrasing give this example a feeling of acceleration and excitement. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-brett-garsed-in-action"><span>Brett Garsed in action</span></h3><h2 id="john-farnham-you-re-the-voice">John Farnham - You're The Voice</h2><p>At 3:45 Brett's guitar solo begins. Masked by the big production and wall of euphoric vocals, he builds his phrases with masterful melodic moves with that stunning F major arpeggio happening at 4:09. The huge C# to F bend (21st fret to a virtual 25th fret!) which broke his first string occurs at 4:24. </p><p>In his <em>GW</em> video, Brett demonstrates this bend (without breaking a string!) using his fourth finger with other fingers behind to strengthen it. To make this  even more daunting to play, Brett uses 0.011 gauge strings in standard tuning. Gulp.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/tbkOZTSvrHs?start=217" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="brett-garsed-breathe">Brett Garsed - Breathe</h2><p>Breathe featured on Brett's <em>Big Sky</em> album from 2002. Throughout the performance, Brett demonstrates masterful melodic phrasing, tasty string bends, bluesy licks and impressive speed bursts. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ptmXwuoZML0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="brett-garsed-slam-bam">Brett Garsed - Slam Bam</h2><p>Here's Brett in an funk fusion workout, written for him by Jason Sidwell as part of a soloing series in <em>Guitar Techniques</em> from 2016. Brett twists, darts and blasts through this funk groover with an array of slippery legato and hybrid picked moves using bluesy licks, altered scales and tension/release note choices. Slamming indeed!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zJj7KLrdokU?start=211" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/brett-garsed-youre-the-voice-solo</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Celtic rock bagpipe phrasing, THAT blazing arpeggio and a crazy bend that broke a string – learn how Brett Garsed played his solo in this exclusive feature ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">RPywzhYKXqJzkAWgRUC2uH</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sL9bm2HJ2VghAiijqT8FhK-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 14:50:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Brett Garsed ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/o386EZxMTafNKxqdD7n2eV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Leon Todd ]]></dc:contributor>
                                            <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jason Sidwell ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sL9bm2HJ2VghAiijqT8FhK-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Press]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Brett Garsed]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Brett Garsed]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Brett Garsed]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sL9bm2HJ2VghAiijqT8FhK-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5QLy9_IHom4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Brett Garsed is one of the guitar world's most revered triple threats. His virtuosity with legato, hybrid picking (he picks with his fourth finger, too) and slide is nothing short of masterful. His reputation goes all the way back to the '80s when his growing reputation resulted in him playing on John Farnham's 1986 album, <em>Whispering Jack</em>. </p><p>Handling all guitar duties on the biggest-selling album by an Australian in Australia's history, Brett's guitar chops were well used. None more so than the solo at the end of the album's huge hit single, <em>You're the Voice</em>. </p><p>How huge?</p><p>On last check, the numbers were 259M plays on Spotify and 35M views on YouTube.</p><p><em>You’re the Voice</em> is a rousing anthem written by British songwriters Chris Thompson, Andy Qunta and Maggie Ryder that incorporates rock and Celtic influences, plus an actual bagpipe solo. Asked to provide an outro guitar solo, Brett incorporated bagpipe-style phrasing, chord tone driven melodies and a blazing string skipped arpeggio.</p><p>Up until now, this stunning solo has gone unnoticed due to being so quiet in the mix. To remedy the situation, Brett agreed to deep dive what he played for <em>Guitar World</em>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="hpd7Y3omo45cfeExiD6qCA" name="JF@Billboard Nov_Dec 1985" alt="Brett Garsed" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:205,l:0,cw:4342,ch:2442,q:80/hpd7Y3omo45cfeExiD6qCA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4342" height="3157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:205,l:0,cw:4342,ch:2442,q:80/hpd7Y3omo45cfeExiD6qCA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Brett Garsed (left) performing with John Farnham in December 1985 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Brett Garsed)</span></figcaption></figure><p>“What you hear on the album is the first take, the only take we did,” Brett explains. “It’s a little haphazard in structure, but that’s the spontaneity of the moment. The fast section in the middle is an old faithful lick I used to simulate sweep picking arpeggios, but I did it with string skipping.”</p><p>Brett provides further insights into his solo: “I was, and still am, a completely ear-driven player, and I was trying to follow the chord progression F - Eb - Bb/D. Everything I’m playing is trying to follow those chords.</p><p>“You’ll hear a sliding ascending line in the solo featuring my old black Strat with a 21-fret neck. I bent up to the high F from the 21st fret and broke the first string! Since the Strat bridge couldn’t be pulled up it stayed in tune, so I played the rest of the solo with one less string!”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3671px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7pyfcUku6SDvxgEoTASc5Y" name="Whispering Jack recording session" alt="Brett Garsed at Metropolis Studios" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:779,l:0,cw:3671,ch:2065,q:80/7pyfcUku6SDvxgEoTASc5Y.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3671" height="3743" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:779,l:0,cw:3671,ch:2065,q:80/7pyfcUku6SDvxgEoTASc5Y.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Brett Garsed at Metropolis Studios (AAV Studios back then) in Melbourne during the Whispering Jack sessions </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Brett Garsed)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="f-major-arpeggio-the-fundamental-shape">F major arpeggio - the fundamental shape</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.23%;"><img id="RKrQViVg3w8XR2hCsVrjzd" name="Brett Garsed You're The Voice Example" alt="Brett Garsed You're The Voice Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RKrQViVg3w8XR2hCsVrjzd.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="367" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RKrQViVg3w8XR2hCsVrjzd.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Figure 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leon Todd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This outlines the basic string skipping F Major arpeggio (F A C) that Brett utilised for part of his solo on <em>You're The Voice</em>. Using the fourth (D), third (G) and first (high E) strings, it's a shape favoured by various players (including Paul Gilbert and Nuno Bettencourt) to replicate the sound of one note per string sweep picked arpeggios. </p><p>A useful approach to familiarize yourself with the shape is to play the first note on each string first before adding the higher notes on the third and first strings.  </p><p>Brett utilizes hybrid picking as shown under the tab (m = second finger pluck), along with hammer-ons and pull-offs.</p><h2 id="example-1-f-major-arpeggio-phrasing-4-35-in-the-video">Example 1 - F major arpeggio phrasing (4:35 in the video)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:116.25%;"><img id="bTLVgFGKtXyUfJ6dxcPE6e" name="Brett Garsed You're The Voice Example" alt="Brett Garsed's F major arpeggio phrasing" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bTLVgFGKtXyUfJ6dxcPE6e.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1116" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bTLVgFGKtXyUfJ6dxcPE6e.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Figure 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leon Todd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is what Brett demonstrates in the video, improvising around the F major arpeggio in a similar way to what he played during his <em>You're the Voice</em> solo. Hybrid picking makes crossing from the third string to the first string efficient and smooth. Pay close attention to the way the different rhythmic subdivisions and legato phrasing give this example a feeling of acceleration and excitement. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-brett-garsed-in-action"><span>Brett Garsed in action</span></h3><h2 id="john-farnham-you-re-the-voice">John Farnham - You're The Voice</h2><p>At 3:45 Brett's guitar solo begins. Masked by the big production and wall of euphoric vocals, he builds his phrases with masterful melodic moves with that stunning F major arpeggio happening at 4:09. The huge C# to F bend (21st fret to a virtual 25th fret!) which broke his first string occurs at 4:24. </p><p>In his <em>GW</em> video, Brett demonstrates this bend (without breaking a string!) using his fourth finger with other fingers behind to strengthen it. To make this  even more daunting to play, Brett uses 0.011 gauge strings in standard tuning. Gulp.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/tbkOZTSvrHs?start=217" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="brett-garsed-breathe">Brett Garsed - Breathe</h2><p>Breathe featured on Brett's <em>Big Sky</em> album from 2002. Throughout the performance, Brett demonstrates masterful melodic phrasing, tasty string bends, bluesy licks and impressive speed bursts. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ptmXwuoZML0" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="brett-garsed-slam-bam">Brett Garsed - Slam Bam</h2><p>Here's Brett in an funk fusion workout, written for him by Jason Sidwell as part of a soloing series in <em>Guitar Techniques</em> from 2016. Brett twists, darts and blasts through this funk groover with an array of slippery legato and hybrid picked moves using bluesy licks, altered scales and tension/release note choices. Slamming indeed!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zJj7KLrdokU?start=211" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “For many players, including me, the variations in sound, feeland texture are indispensable”: Joe Bonamassa breaks down the differences between P-90s and PAF humbuckers ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/i865btT-PkY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A topic that’s near and dear to guitar players everywhere is pickups – what to use, what we love about them, and how to set them up for optimal performance. For our discussion, I’ll be using two examples of what is essentially the same guitar — a 1958 goldtop <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-gibson-les-pauls-for-every-budget">Gibson Les Paul</a> Standard with PAF <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucking pickups</a> and a 1956 goldtop Les Paul Standard with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-p90-pickups">P-90 pickups</a>. </p><p>Let’s first talk about setting up the pickups. I like the pickup height to be close to the strings, especially the bridge pickup. This results in the most output and brightness, which is the kind of attack I like to hear.</p><p>Pickup height is adjusted by using a screwdriver to turn the mounting screws clockwise or counterclockwise. With humbuckers, I like the front, or neck, pickup to be “wooly” – fat-sounding and with some distortion – but clear. </p><p>Be careful, however, not to raise it too close to the strings, as the magnets can start to interfere with the strings’ vibrations and cause notes to sound out of tune.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:22.58%;"><img id="neNa5iJZXGk5WWcKVp2dEZ" name="jobo pickups 1" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neNa5iJZXGk5WWcKVp2dEZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="542" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neNa5iJZXGk5WWcKVp2dEZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> is an E minor pentatonic-based phrase played with the neck humbucker. When I switch to the bridge pickup, as I do in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I like the output to be balanced with that of the neck pickup, so that the only thing changing is an increase in the amount of high end, which serves as a sort of solo boost.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, bars 1-5, I have both pickups on, which produces a nice blend between the fatness of the neck pickup and the “cut” of the bridge pickup. This example is played in the key of A, with lines based on the A minor pentatonic scale (A, C, D, E, G), with the inclusion of the major 3rd, C#,  alluding to an A7 chord. In bar 5, I switch to the bridge pickup only.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:78.38%;"><img id="yqof935VCC2LJvwcmeJiGZ" name="jobo pickups 2 3" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yqof935VCC2LJvwcmeJiGZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yqof935VCC2LJvwcmeJiGZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With some P-90-equipped guitars, the neck pickup is too close to the strings and the bridge pickup is too far away. If you were to leave it that way, the instrument will never sound sonically balanced, so follow the same height adjustment guidance given for humbuckers. </p><p>P-90s are <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single-coil pickups</a>, so their overall sound is more sparkly and clear than that of humbuckers, especially with a clean tone. But when overdriven, they will deliver a fat sound that’s killer. Being single-coil pickups, however, they can be prone to noise and hum, so you have to try and address that.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.96%;"><img id="MeNmpobaLpbz7mRcirXbEZ" name="jobo pickups 4" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MeNmpobaLpbz7mRcirXbEZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="527" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MeNmpobaLpbz7mRcirXbEZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> is played with the neck P-90, featuring lines based on the C# minor pentatonic scale (C#, E, F#, G,# B). </p><p>In <strong>Figure 5</strong>, I switch to the bridge pickup, and move from B7 to E7 with lines based on E minor pentatonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.75%;"><img id="ZG4L2hhbeZ5o5i6YHUggBZ" name="jobo pickups 5" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZG4L2hhbeZ5o5i6YHUggBZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="522" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZG4L2hhbeZ5o5i6YHUggBZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both humbuckers and P-90s have their ideal applications, and for many players, including me, the variations in sound, feel and texture are indispensable. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-p-90s-vs-paf-humbuckers</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In this lesson, the blues maestro demonstrates how pickup choice affects the tone and can be used for different purposes ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">xNs4qFMtFKSTQVziMFaEzE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4a6XHXm8q7CKYZoRC6WK9c-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 09:40:03 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4a6XHXm8q7CKYZoRC6WK9c-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa holds up two vintage Les Pauls]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa holds up two vintage Les Pauls]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa holds up two vintage Les Pauls]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4a6XHXm8q7CKYZoRC6WK9c-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/i865btT-PkY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A topic that’s near and dear to guitar players everywhere is pickups – what to use, what we love about them, and how to set them up for optimal performance. For our discussion, I’ll be using two examples of what is essentially the same guitar — a 1958 goldtop <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-gibson-les-pauls-for-every-budget">Gibson Les Paul</a> Standard with PAF <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucking pickups</a> and a 1956 goldtop Les Paul Standard with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-p90-pickups">P-90 pickups</a>. </p><p>Let’s first talk about setting up the pickups. I like the pickup height to be close to the strings, especially the bridge pickup. This results in the most output and brightness, which is the kind of attack I like to hear.</p><p>Pickup height is adjusted by using a screwdriver to turn the mounting screws clockwise or counterclockwise. With humbuckers, I like the front, or neck, pickup to be “wooly” – fat-sounding and with some distortion – but clear. </p><p>Be careful, however, not to raise it too close to the strings, as the magnets can start to interfere with the strings’ vibrations and cause notes to sound out of tune.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:22.58%;"><img id="neNa5iJZXGk5WWcKVp2dEZ" name="jobo pickups 1" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neNa5iJZXGk5WWcKVp2dEZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="542" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neNa5iJZXGk5WWcKVp2dEZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> is an E minor pentatonic-based phrase played with the neck humbucker. When I switch to the bridge pickup, as I do in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I like the output to be balanced with that of the neck pickup, so that the only thing changing is an increase in the amount of high end, which serves as a sort of solo boost.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, bars 1-5, I have both pickups on, which produces a nice blend between the fatness of the neck pickup and the “cut” of the bridge pickup. This example is played in the key of A, with lines based on the A minor pentatonic scale (A, C, D, E, G), with the inclusion of the major 3rd, C#,  alluding to an A7 chord. In bar 5, I switch to the bridge pickup only.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:78.38%;"><img id="yqof935VCC2LJvwcmeJiGZ" name="jobo pickups 2 3" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yqof935VCC2LJvwcmeJiGZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yqof935VCC2LJvwcmeJiGZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With some P-90-equipped guitars, the neck pickup is too close to the strings and the bridge pickup is too far away. If you were to leave it that way, the instrument will never sound sonically balanced, so follow the same height adjustment guidance given for humbuckers. </p><p>P-90s are <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single-coil pickups</a>, so their overall sound is more sparkly and clear than that of humbuckers, especially with a clean tone. But when overdriven, they will deliver a fat sound that’s killer. Being single-coil pickups, however, they can be prone to noise and hum, so you have to try and address that.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.96%;"><img id="MeNmpobaLpbz7mRcirXbEZ" name="jobo pickups 4" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MeNmpobaLpbz7mRcirXbEZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="527" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MeNmpobaLpbz7mRcirXbEZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> is played with the neck P-90, featuring lines based on the C# minor pentatonic scale (C#, E, F#, G,# B). </p><p>In <strong>Figure 5</strong>, I switch to the bridge pickup, and move from B7 to E7 with lines based on E minor pentatonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.75%;"><img id="ZG4L2hhbeZ5o5i6YHUggBZ" name="jobo pickups 5" alt="GWM603 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZG4L2hhbeZ5o5i6YHUggBZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="522" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZG4L2hhbeZ5o5i6YHUggBZ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both humbuckers and P-90s have their ideal applications, and for many players, including me, the variations in sound, feel and texture are indispensable. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The simple trick that adds sparkle to your songs: Nashville Tuning explained ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2pPVhdRjHLQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/11-alternate-tunings-every-guitarist-should-know">Alternate tunings</a> can be a gateway to creative ideas and new textures, but they often require re-orienting yourself with the fretboard. Nashville tuning, however, requires no such effort, as you can replicate anything you play in standard tuning. </p><p>There is one caveat: you have to restring the guitar in order to get this tuning. In practice, it’s not hard at all – you start with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-12-string-guitars">12-string</a> set and use the higher octave sixth, fifth, fourth and third strings in place of your standard gauge strings. The first and second strings remain the same.  </p><p>Get these strings in place and you’ll be greeted by a phenomenal sound – part 12-string, part high-strung guitar. The real magic comes in the relationship between the high octave strings and the standard gauge first and second strings. Even just strumming simple CAGED chords yields a unique timbre and this sound can add brightness and definition, particularly if a song is missing some high end sparkle and vitality.</p><p>A secret weapon of the country world (hence the Nashville monicker), you’ve heard this tuning many times, even if it’s not immediately apparent – everyone from Keith Richards (<em>Wild Horses</em>) and David Gilmour (<em>Comfortably Numb</em>) to Taylor Swift (<em>Love Story</em> features it in the band mix) has employed it.  </p><p>There are various reasons for using Nashville tuning, as you’ll discover in this lesson. Sometimes it’s a subtle layering tool, sitting back in a track or doubling a regular tuned guitar, whilst at other times it’s more upfront, adding brightness and energy to a track. </p><p>One of the great things about Nashville tuning is that it makes any guitar sound great. You don’t need an expensive instrument – a cheap, smaller-bodied guitar will come alive when strung in Nashville tuning. </p><p>Check out David Gilmour's Nashville-tuned guitar below and then delve into the following examples to see how it can inspire your own music-making.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/6Q9NOaskCY0?start=11" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-simple-chords-made-chimey-nashville-style">Example 1: Simple chords made chimey, Nashville style</h2><p>The open position is the obvious starting point for any new tuning and you’ll immediately hear how simple CAGED shape chords are given new life with the Nashville sheen and jangle. Indeed, many studio players are just overlaying chords like these onto a rhythm track when using Nashville tuning.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/tracks/soundcloud%253Atracks%253A2186892223&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.10%;"><img id="KMqx6dbb4SCUAEWchrVfC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KMqx6dbb4SCUAEWchrVfC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="337" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KMqx6dbb4SCUAEWchrVfC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-nashville-strumming">Example 2: Nashville strumming </h2><p>This simple strummed two chord pattern demonstrates how useful Nashville tuning can be when creating simple rhythm parts. Give the chords some added color with added 9ths or 11ths and you’ll basically hear the sound of modern country pop.</p><p>Use common tones (notes shared between the chords) for added glue. The first audio example is at 75bpm (beats per minute), the second at 112bpm.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093695728&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:71.56%;"><img id="M4RQpnT9YFdLSodRSdhwC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M4RQpnT9YFdLSodRSdhwC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M4RQpnT9YFdLSodRSdhwC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-nashville-picking">Example 3: Nashville picking </h2><p>Picked parts sound fantastic in Nashville tuning and can be useful when you want to bring the Nashville part to the fore. What’s more you can double these parts on a standard tuned guitar to get a faux 12-string effect. Indeed, doing this can even be easier than playing an actual 12-string guitar! </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093695973&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:70.73%;"><img id="C5wyRUSMR69NyfV3MfjgC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C5wyRUSMR69NyfV3MfjgC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C5wyRUSMR69NyfV3MfjgC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-nashville-doubling">Example 4: Nashville doubling</h2><p>Doubling simple strummed open chords is another great way to use Nashville tuning. On its own an <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic</a> guitar could sound overly full or even muddy when playing chords like these but introduce a Nashville guitar and pan both instruments and the sound will both thicken and brighten up.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093696368&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:70.42%;"><img id="YAeBmRrYZxB8pv2NEXTuC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAeBmRrYZxB8pv2NEXTuC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="676" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAeBmRrYZxB8pv2NEXTuC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-nashville-to-the-foreground">Example 5: Nashville to the foreground </h2><p>You can create more complex parts in Nashville tuning, and this Pat Metheny-inspired example shows how evocative the tuning can be when played on its own. Adding a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> introduces an even brighter, richer tonality. This could also be used in a track for more dramatic effect when you want the part to leap out.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093696998&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:148.44%;"><img id="9BsKQ5qLa3FGTcnVcLpyC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9BsKQ5qLa3FGTcnVcLpyC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1425" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9BsKQ5qLa3FGTcnVcLpyC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-exploring-all-the-benefits-of-nashville-tuning">Example 6: Exploring all the benefits of Nashville tuning</h2><p>This puts the previous examples into practice on a modern country pop-inspired track. Before playing this, have a listen to the full track and the backing track with the Nashville guitar removed so you can really appreciate what the high-strung guitar is bringing to the track.</p><p>As you’ll hear, it can work as both a blending tool with the other instruments or as a more prominent voice when arpeggiating higher up the neck. Listen to the full track first, then play along with the backing track using your Nashville tuned guitar. Enjoy!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093697388&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:187.08%;"><img id="N2bXgGmiZYxRLijz3we8D3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N2bXgGmiZYxRLijz3we8D3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1796" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N2bXgGmiZYxRLijz3we8D3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:188.85%;"><img id="XW8pySkkL9Fvxzu5MUQ7D3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XW8pySkkL9Fvxzu5MUQ7D3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1813" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-players-who-use-nashville-tuning"><span>Players who use Nashville tuning</span></h3><h2 id="pat-metheny-sueno-con-mexico">Pat Metheny - Sueño Con Mexico</h2><p>This is a great track for hearing Nashville tuning up front and center instead of as a layering tool. Metheny’s rich, picked <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggios</a> immediately get to the heart of the magic of this tuning. This tuning excels with rapid picked parts as there’s no low-end mud build up to worry about.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zSXPkMWxuns" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="taylor-swift-love-story">Taylor Swift - Love Story</h2><p>Swift’s modern pop classic showcases Nashville tuning in its more common format as a layering tool. In this track, it’s more subtle, adding a top-end sheen with simple chords but it’s the kind of thing you’ll miss if it’s removed. You’ll hear a similar effect on Lady A’s <em>Bartender</em>…and pretty much most modern country pop!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/8xg3vE8Ie_E" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="the-rolling-stones-wild-horses">The Rolling Stones - Wild Horses</h2><p>The combination of a 12-string and a Nashville-tuned acoustic give this track its super-rich sound. Keith Richards is a big fan of Nashville tuning though it’s possible that Mick Taylor was playing the Nashville guitar on this track. Listen to this one and the guitars are the very definition of ‘sheen’.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/nY_GgPi5eCM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/nashville-tuning-explained</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ David Gilmour, Keith Richards & Taylor Swift all do this… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ofm4Cas9CX8eGBQ75XvFFH</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CkyCbvULJGhWZAq2p4gEXP-1280-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2026 14:56:48 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stuart Ryan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GkTRGctya4YvNotyQbKuMR.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CkyCbvULJGhWZAq2p4gEXP-1280-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[David Gilmour and Keith Richards playing against the headline: &quot;Is this their secret sauce?&quot;]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[David Gilmour and Keith Richards playing against the headline: &quot;Is this their secret sauce?&quot;]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[David Gilmour and Keith Richards playing against the headline: &quot;Is this their secret sauce?&quot;]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CkyCbvULJGhWZAq2p4gEXP-1280-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2pPVhdRjHLQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/11-alternate-tunings-every-guitarist-should-know">Alternate tunings</a> can be a gateway to creative ideas and new textures, but they often require re-orienting yourself with the fretboard. Nashville tuning, however, requires no such effort, as you can replicate anything you play in standard tuning. </p><p>There is one caveat: you have to restring the guitar in order to get this tuning. In practice, it’s not hard at all – you start with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-12-string-guitars">12-string</a> set and use the higher octave sixth, fifth, fourth and third strings in place of your standard gauge strings. The first and second strings remain the same.  </p><p>Get these strings in place and you’ll be greeted by a phenomenal sound – part 12-string, part high-strung guitar. The real magic comes in the relationship between the high octave strings and the standard gauge first and second strings. Even just strumming simple CAGED chords yields a unique timbre and this sound can add brightness and definition, particularly if a song is missing some high end sparkle and vitality.</p><p>A secret weapon of the country world (hence the Nashville monicker), you’ve heard this tuning many times, even if it’s not immediately apparent – everyone from Keith Richards (<em>Wild Horses</em>) and David Gilmour (<em>Comfortably Numb</em>) to Taylor Swift (<em>Love Story</em> features it in the band mix) has employed it.  </p><p>There are various reasons for using Nashville tuning, as you’ll discover in this lesson. Sometimes it’s a subtle layering tool, sitting back in a track or doubling a regular tuned guitar, whilst at other times it’s more upfront, adding brightness and energy to a track. </p><p>One of the great things about Nashville tuning is that it makes any guitar sound great. You don’t need an expensive instrument – a cheap, smaller-bodied guitar will come alive when strung in Nashville tuning. </p><p>Check out David Gilmour's Nashville-tuned guitar below and then delve into the following examples to see how it can inspire your own music-making.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/6Q9NOaskCY0?start=11" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-simple-chords-made-chimey-nashville-style">Example 1: Simple chords made chimey, Nashville style</h2><p>The open position is the obvious starting point for any new tuning and you’ll immediately hear how simple CAGED shape chords are given new life with the Nashville sheen and jangle. Indeed, many studio players are just overlaying chords like these onto a rhythm track when using Nashville tuning.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/tracks/soundcloud%253Atracks%253A2186892223&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.10%;"><img id="KMqx6dbb4SCUAEWchrVfC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KMqx6dbb4SCUAEWchrVfC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="337" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KMqx6dbb4SCUAEWchrVfC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-nashville-strumming">Example 2: Nashville strumming </h2><p>This simple strummed two chord pattern demonstrates how useful Nashville tuning can be when creating simple rhythm parts. Give the chords some added color with added 9ths or 11ths and you’ll basically hear the sound of modern country pop.</p><p>Use common tones (notes shared between the chords) for added glue. The first audio example is at 75bpm (beats per minute), the second at 112bpm.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093695728&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:71.56%;"><img id="M4RQpnT9YFdLSodRSdhwC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M4RQpnT9YFdLSodRSdhwC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M4RQpnT9YFdLSodRSdhwC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-nashville-picking">Example 3: Nashville picking </h2><p>Picked parts sound fantastic in Nashville tuning and can be useful when you want to bring the Nashville part to the fore. What’s more you can double these parts on a standard tuned guitar to get a faux 12-string effect. Indeed, doing this can even be easier than playing an actual 12-string guitar! </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093695973&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:70.73%;"><img id="C5wyRUSMR69NyfV3MfjgC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C5wyRUSMR69NyfV3MfjgC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C5wyRUSMR69NyfV3MfjgC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-nashville-doubling">Example 4: Nashville doubling</h2><p>Doubling simple strummed open chords is another great way to use Nashville tuning. On its own an <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic</a> guitar could sound overly full or even muddy when playing chords like these but introduce a Nashville guitar and pan both instruments and the sound will both thicken and brighten up.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093696368&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:70.42%;"><img id="YAeBmRrYZxB8pv2NEXTuC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAeBmRrYZxB8pv2NEXTuC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="676" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAeBmRrYZxB8pv2NEXTuC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-nashville-to-the-foreground">Example 5: Nashville to the foreground </h2><p>You can create more complex parts in Nashville tuning, and this Pat Metheny-inspired example shows how evocative the tuning can be when played on its own. Adding a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> introduces an even brighter, richer tonality. This could also be used in a track for more dramatic effect when you want the part to leap out.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093696998&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:148.44%;"><img id="9BsKQ5qLa3FGTcnVcLpyC3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9BsKQ5qLa3FGTcnVcLpyC3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1425" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9BsKQ5qLa3FGTcnVcLpyC3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-exploring-all-the-benefits-of-nashville-tuning">Example 6: Exploring all the benefits of Nashville tuning</h2><p>This puts the previous examples into practice on a modern country pop-inspired track. Before playing this, have a listen to the full track and the backing track with the Nashville guitar removed so you can really appreciate what the high-strung guitar is bringing to the track.</p><p>As you’ll hear, it can work as both a blending tool with the other instruments or as a more prominent voice when arpeggiating higher up the neck. Listen to the full track first, then play along with the backing track using your Nashville tuned guitar. Enjoy!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093697388&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:187.08%;"><img id="N2bXgGmiZYxRLijz3we8D3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N2bXgGmiZYxRLijz3we8D3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1796" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N2bXgGmiZYxRLijz3we8D3.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:188.85%;"><img id="XW8pySkkL9Fvxzu5MUQ7D3" name="Nashville Tuning Example" alt="Nashville Tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XW8pySkkL9Fvxzu5MUQ7D3.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1813" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Stuart Ryan)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-players-who-use-nashville-tuning"><span>Players who use Nashville tuning</span></h3><h2 id="pat-metheny-sueno-con-mexico">Pat Metheny - Sueño Con Mexico</h2><p>This is a great track for hearing Nashville tuning up front and center instead of as a layering tool. Metheny’s rich, picked <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggios</a> immediately get to the heart of the magic of this tuning. This tuning excels with rapid picked parts as there’s no low-end mud build up to worry about.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zSXPkMWxuns" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="taylor-swift-love-story">Taylor Swift - Love Story</h2><p>Swift’s modern pop classic showcases Nashville tuning in its more common format as a layering tool. In this track, it’s more subtle, adding a top-end sheen with simple chords but it’s the kind of thing you’ll miss if it’s removed. You’ll hear a similar effect on Lady A’s <em>Bartender</em>…and pretty much most modern country pop!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/8xg3vE8Ie_E" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="the-rolling-stones-wild-horses">The Rolling Stones - Wild Horses</h2><p>The combination of a 12-string and a Nashville-tuned acoustic give this track its super-rich sound. Keith Richards is a big fan of Nashville tuning though it’s possible that Mick Taylor was playing the Nashville guitar on this track. Listen to this one and the guitars are the very definition of ‘sheen’.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/nY_GgPi5eCM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Without the added bends, this riff would sound a little stale and boring”: Spiritbox's Mike Stringer shows you how syncopated bends can add extra spice to your metal playing ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sXNDzR1Nl7k" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A key element in many of the riffs I write is rhythmic string bending. A good example of this can be found in the main riff to <em>Holy Roller</em>, which I recorded with Spiritbox for our 2021 album, <em>Eternal Blue</em>. </p><p>As was the case <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-spiritbox-jaded">last month with <em>Jaded</em></a>, I perform this song on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> tuned to drop-F# (low to high: F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#), which is drop-A tuning transposed down a minor 3rd, or one and one half steps, so everything sounds a minor 3rd lower.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the main riff to <em>Holy Roller</em>, which I play during the intro and outro. The first six bars are performed entirely on the 7th string and feature repeating pull-down bends and releases. </p><p>I begin in bar 1 with two unbent eighth notes at the 12th and 9th frets, followed in beats 2 and 3 by two quick ¾-step bends and releases at the 13th fret, phrased in a 16th-note rhythm. The bar ends with a return to the unbent notes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.19%;"><img id="PtfB6oCfvXKKtwM9L9pMxW" name="603 stringer 1" alt="GWM603 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PtfB6oCfvXKKtwM9L9pMxW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1369" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PtfB6oCfvXKKtwM9L9pMxW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Syncopation (emphasizing the upbeats, or “weak” parts of the beat) comes into play in bar 2, where, on beat 3, I bend the 9th-fret note up a half step and hold the bend into beat 4. The final note in bar 2 is tied (held over) to the beat 1 of bar 3, which creates more syncopation, then bent up a half step. Bars 3 and 4 mostly replicate bars 1 and 2, but bar 4 ends with a pair of palm-muted eighth notes on an open A5 chord. </p><p>Bars 5 and 6 essentially restate bars 1 and 2, after which I play a big F#sus2 barre chord across all seven strings, which I shift up and down the neck in a syncopated dotted-eighth rhythm, holding each chord for one and one half beats, which, when done in succession like this, creates a jarring effect. </p><p>The riff ends with another pair of palm-muted open A5 chords, followed by high natural harmonics (N.H.) chords on the top three strings, strummed as 16th notes with alternate (down-up) strumming. </p><p>To sound the harmonics, lightly rest your fret-hand pinkie across the top three strings at the “3.2” location indicated, which is a little ways past the 3rd fret.</p><p>As is the case with many of the riffs I write, without the added bends, this riff would sound a little stale and boring. When performing the 13th-fret bends here, strive to consistently raise the pitch 3/4 of a step, which is midway between a half step (equal to one fret) and a whole step (equal to two frets). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.14%;"><img id="uNhNq7BcFyk8fn4V966gjX" name="603 stringer 2" alt="GWM603 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNhNq7BcFyk8fn4V966gjX.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1200" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNhNq7BcFyk8fn4V966gjX.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the song’s breakdown verse riff, which is built from a two-note F/A chord played on the bottom two strings and strummed in a syncopated rhythm with palm-muting (P.M.). I use all downstrokes here, except for the pairs of 16th notes, which are strummed down-up. </p><p>The syncopation is created by accentuating certain eighth-note upbeats (the “and” counts) and holding the chord into the following downbeat. To properly feel and internalize the phrasing, play through the figure while tapping your foot squarely on each beat. Start out slowly then gradually ramp up the tempo to that of the recording.</p><p>In bar 8, I play “3.2” natural harmonics again, this time across the top six strings. I strum the harmonics with upstrokes on each eighth-note upbeat. The key to getting the desired sharp pick attack here is to get a little bit of the flesh of your thumb into the strum. Doing so will also help bring out the harmonics. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-spiritbox-syncopated-bending</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Your 21st-century metal workshop is in session, as Stringer shows you how to play Spiritbox's Holy Roller ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">QDb52jyL9t4pjzeNMFyXPD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fDP5U9L2rFjFENY8JrwtLQ-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2026 14:34:07 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fDP5U9L2rFjFENY8JrwtLQ-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Spiritbox Official / YouTube]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Mike Stringer of Spiritbox]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Mike Stringer of Spiritbox]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Mike Stringer of Spiritbox]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fDP5U9L2rFjFENY8JrwtLQ-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sXNDzR1Nl7k" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A key element in many of the riffs I write is rhythmic string bending. A good example of this can be found in the main riff to <em>Holy Roller</em>, which I recorded with Spiritbox for our 2021 album, <em>Eternal Blue</em>. </p><p>As was the case <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-spiritbox-jaded">last month with <em>Jaded</em></a>, I perform this song on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> tuned to drop-F# (low to high: F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#), which is drop-A tuning transposed down a minor 3rd, or one and one half steps, so everything sounds a minor 3rd lower.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the main riff to <em>Holy Roller</em>, which I play during the intro and outro. The first six bars are performed entirely on the 7th string and feature repeating pull-down bends and releases. </p><p>I begin in bar 1 with two unbent eighth notes at the 12th and 9th frets, followed in beats 2 and 3 by two quick ¾-step bends and releases at the 13th fret, phrased in a 16th-note rhythm. The bar ends with a return to the unbent notes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.19%;"><img id="PtfB6oCfvXKKtwM9L9pMxW" name="603 stringer 1" alt="GWM603 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PtfB6oCfvXKKtwM9L9pMxW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1369" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PtfB6oCfvXKKtwM9L9pMxW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Syncopation (emphasizing the upbeats, or “weak” parts of the beat) comes into play in bar 2, where, on beat 3, I bend the 9th-fret note up a half step and hold the bend into beat 4. The final note in bar 2 is tied (held over) to the beat 1 of bar 3, which creates more syncopation, then bent up a half step. Bars 3 and 4 mostly replicate bars 1 and 2, but bar 4 ends with a pair of palm-muted eighth notes on an open A5 chord. </p><p>Bars 5 and 6 essentially restate bars 1 and 2, after which I play a big F#sus2 barre chord across all seven strings, which I shift up and down the neck in a syncopated dotted-eighth rhythm, holding each chord for one and one half beats, which, when done in succession like this, creates a jarring effect. </p><p>The riff ends with another pair of palm-muted open A5 chords, followed by high natural harmonics (N.H.) chords on the top three strings, strummed as 16th notes with alternate (down-up) strumming. </p><p>To sound the harmonics, lightly rest your fret-hand pinkie across the top three strings at the “3.2” location indicated, which is a little ways past the 3rd fret.</p><p>As is the case with many of the riffs I write, without the added bends, this riff would sound a little stale and boring. When performing the 13th-fret bends here, strive to consistently raise the pitch 3/4 of a step, which is midway between a half step (equal to one fret) and a whole step (equal to two frets). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.14%;"><img id="uNhNq7BcFyk8fn4V966gjX" name="603 stringer 2" alt="GWM603 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNhNq7BcFyk8fn4V966gjX.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1200" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNhNq7BcFyk8fn4V966gjX.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the song’s breakdown verse riff, which is built from a two-note F/A chord played on the bottom two strings and strummed in a syncopated rhythm with palm-muting (P.M.). I use all downstrokes here, except for the pairs of 16th notes, which are strummed down-up. </p><p>The syncopation is created by accentuating certain eighth-note upbeats (the “and” counts) and holding the chord into the following downbeat. To properly feel and internalize the phrasing, play through the figure while tapping your foot squarely on each beat. Start out slowly then gradually ramp up the tempo to that of the recording.</p><p>In bar 8, I play “3.2” natural harmonics again, this time across the top six strings. I strum the harmonics with upstrokes on each eighth-note upbeat. The key to getting the desired sharp pick attack here is to get a little bit of the flesh of your thumb into the strum. Doing so will also help bring out the harmonics. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Dare you join us at the crossroads? Welcome to the acoustic blues masterclass ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One of the wonderful things about the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> is its ability to be completely self-sufficient. More than that, in the right hands it can even give the illusion of two or more guitars playing together. Nobody knew this better than players such as Lightnin’ Hopkins, Big Bill Broonzy and, of course, Robert Johnson. </p><p>The demo piece isn’t modeled on any particular one of these, but it borrows from that country/folk-blues style that inspired a surprising amount of the ’60s Blues Invasion and rock bands of the ’70s.</p><p>As a general rule, the picking-hand thumb plays the bass part and establishes the rhythm, with the remaining fingers adding chords and/or melody on top. </p><p>However, if you watch Big Bill Broonzy’s picking hand, he’ll play simultaneous notes in a triad like a classical player, use his index finger in a flicking motion across the strings, and occasionally strum across a chord with his thumb. There are also times when he’ll accent a downwards strum in an almost flamenco style.</p><p>It’s hard to say how systematic or methodical he was about his technique – it was most likely developed by instinct over time – but it is very effective. That’s not to say we can’t pick up tips and tricks by watching or listening carefully, though.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xESbLXc85JM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>For this reason, the picking-hand technique is left to you in the example piece, but there is a logic to assigning the bass notes to your thumb. </p><p>Going on from there, treat this as a starting point for your own experiments. Key considerations are to establish a strong rhythm before getting too fancy with licks, and keep it simple when accompanying a vocal. See you next time!  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:118.70%;"><img id="XDLg2mkMuBa7Kf2Lmf9cYT" name="git535 blues lesson" alt="GIT535 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XDLg2mkMuBa7Kf2Lmf9cYT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2546" height="3022" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XDLg2mkMuBa7Kf2Lmf9cYT.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We start with a classic descending chord line, using syncopation between the bass line and top triads. It’s also nice to give those triads a little vibrato if you can. This leads to an abrupt stop on the A7, followed by the piano-style lick that will lead us to the IV chord (D7). You might need to work up some stamina in your fretting hand for those hammer-on and pull-off licks. </p><p>However many arguments exist for the superior tone of heavy <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitar-strings">acoustic guitar strings</a> and a high action, this stuff works better with a lighter touch – there’s a happy medium to be had with action height and string gauge. </p><p>Bars 4 to 8 spend most of the time sticking to rhythmic patterns, though there are a couple of flourishes. Note that open strings are often used to facilitate more seamless position changes, such as the one down to A, where there are a few quick-fire changes – almost a chord melody approach here. </p><p>Bars 8 to 12 borrow more classic moves, but there is a bit of a shift in the syncopation at times, maybe more than you might typically hear, but this piece tries to cover much ground in a short time.</p><p>The final descending chords take some inspiration from Jimmy Page’s ending to <em>Babe I’m Gonna Leave You</em>. The swung feel stops and we slow down for that last rake across A major.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="big-bill-broonzy-the-bill-broonzy-story">Big Bill Broonzy – The Bill Broonzy Story</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/N-pShRISHnQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A strongly rhythmic player, Big Bill was very adept at creating the illusion of bass/rhythm, choppy chords and ringing top notes. Seek out his performances of <em>Hey Hey</em>, <em>Worried Man Blues</em> and <em>This Train</em>. </p><p>There is some really clear footage of his playing available online, which is great for analysing his technique and learning his approach. It sounds (and looks) as though he was able to coax a lot of volume out of the guitar with quite a relaxed technique.</p><h2 id="lightnin-hopkins-lightnin-and-the-blues">Lightnin’ Hopkins – Lightnin’ And The Blues</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/lK5zYI86wIw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though he used a thumb-pick, Hopkins used thumb and fingers to create simultaneous rhythm and melody like Big Bill Broonzy. Hearing him play <em>Baby Please Don’t Go</em>, <em>Have You Ever Loved A Woman</em> and <em>Ain’t It Crazy</em>, it’s easy to imagine a young Van Morrison, Jimmy Page and others getting hooked on this style and wanting to emulate it. </p><p>However, there is a suggestion of power in the solo acoustic guitar, which arguably doesn’t need a loud rock ’n’ roll band to back it up.  </p><h2 id="robert-johnson-the-complete-recordings">Robert Johnson – The Complete Recordings</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Yg81Rvwdotw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Regarded by many, including Eric Clapton, as the definitive solo blues guitarist, quite a mythology has developed around Robert Johnson. Having a listen to <em>Sweet Home Chicago</em>, <em>Me And The Devil Blues</em> or <em>Devil Got My Woman</em> should explain why. </p><p>The recordings are slightly ‘grainy’, but the power of his playing and deftness of touch come through loud and clear. Perhaps more than anyone’s, Johnson’s music inspired the generations that were to follow.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/acoustic-blues-masterclass</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Inspired by Big Bill Broonzy, Lightnin' Hopkins and the O.G. blues great Robert Johnson, this lesson just requires an acoustic guitar. Heartbreak optional ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Z8zkXvYZh5SGtwFvxMxwTc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p3v8dyBSt9Lohi7Zg74KfB-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 11:52:33 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 11:54:10 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p3v8dyBSt9Lohi7Zg74KfB-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Big Bill Broonzy plays some acoustic blues in this deep contrast B/W archive image.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Big Bill Broonzy plays some acoustic blues in this deep contrast B/W archive image.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Big Bill Broonzy plays some acoustic blues in this deep contrast B/W archive image.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p3v8dyBSt9Lohi7Zg74KfB-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One of the wonderful things about the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> is its ability to be completely self-sufficient. More than that, in the right hands it can even give the illusion of two or more guitars playing together. Nobody knew this better than players such as Lightnin’ Hopkins, Big Bill Broonzy and, of course, Robert Johnson. </p><p>The demo piece isn’t modeled on any particular one of these, but it borrows from that country/folk-blues style that inspired a surprising amount of the ’60s Blues Invasion and rock bands of the ’70s.</p><p>As a general rule, the picking-hand thumb plays the bass part and establishes the rhythm, with the remaining fingers adding chords and/or melody on top. </p><p>However, if you watch Big Bill Broonzy’s picking hand, he’ll play simultaneous notes in a triad like a classical player, use his index finger in a flicking motion across the strings, and occasionally strum across a chord with his thumb. There are also times when he’ll accent a downwards strum in an almost flamenco style.</p><p>It’s hard to say how systematic or methodical he was about his technique – it was most likely developed by instinct over time – but it is very effective. That’s not to say we can’t pick up tips and tricks by watching or listening carefully, though.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xESbLXc85JM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>For this reason, the picking-hand technique is left to you in the example piece, but there is a logic to assigning the bass notes to your thumb. </p><p>Going on from there, treat this as a starting point for your own experiments. Key considerations are to establish a strong rhythm before getting too fancy with licks, and keep it simple when accompanying a vocal. See you next time!  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:118.70%;"><img id="XDLg2mkMuBa7Kf2Lmf9cYT" name="git535 blues lesson" alt="GIT535 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XDLg2mkMuBa7Kf2Lmf9cYT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2546" height="3022" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XDLg2mkMuBa7Kf2Lmf9cYT.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We start with a classic descending chord line, using syncopation between the bass line and top triads. It’s also nice to give those triads a little vibrato if you can. This leads to an abrupt stop on the A7, followed by the piano-style lick that will lead us to the IV chord (D7). You might need to work up some stamina in your fretting hand for those hammer-on and pull-off licks. </p><p>However many arguments exist for the superior tone of heavy <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitar-strings">acoustic guitar strings</a> and a high action, this stuff works better with a lighter touch – there’s a happy medium to be had with action height and string gauge. </p><p>Bars 4 to 8 spend most of the time sticking to rhythmic patterns, though there are a couple of flourishes. Note that open strings are often used to facilitate more seamless position changes, such as the one down to A, where there are a few quick-fire changes – almost a chord melody approach here. </p><p>Bars 8 to 12 borrow more classic moves, but there is a bit of a shift in the syncopation at times, maybe more than you might typically hear, but this piece tries to cover much ground in a short time.</p><p>The final descending chords take some inspiration from Jimmy Page’s ending to <em>Babe I’m Gonna Leave You</em>. The swung feel stops and we slow down for that last rake across A major.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="big-bill-broonzy-the-bill-broonzy-story">Big Bill Broonzy – The Bill Broonzy Story</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/N-pShRISHnQ" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>A strongly rhythmic player, Big Bill was very adept at creating the illusion of bass/rhythm, choppy chords and ringing top notes. Seek out his performances of <em>Hey Hey</em>, <em>Worried Man Blues</em> and <em>This Train</em>. </p><p>There is some really clear footage of his playing available online, which is great for analysing his technique and learning his approach. It sounds (and looks) as though he was able to coax a lot of volume out of the guitar with quite a relaxed technique.</p><h2 id="lightnin-hopkins-lightnin-and-the-blues">Lightnin’ Hopkins – Lightnin’ And The Blues</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/lK5zYI86wIw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though he used a thumb-pick, Hopkins used thumb and fingers to create simultaneous rhythm and melody like Big Bill Broonzy. Hearing him play <em>Baby Please Don’t Go</em>, <em>Have You Ever Loved A Woman</em> and <em>Ain’t It Crazy</em>, it’s easy to imagine a young Van Morrison, Jimmy Page and others getting hooked on this style and wanting to emulate it. </p><p>However, there is a suggestion of power in the solo acoustic guitar, which arguably doesn’t need a loud rock ’n’ roll band to back it up.  </p><h2 id="robert-johnson-the-complete-recordings">Robert Johnson – The Complete Recordings</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Yg81Rvwdotw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Regarded by many, including Eric Clapton, as the definitive solo blues guitarist, quite a mythology has developed around Robert Johnson. Having a listen to <em>Sweet Home Chicago</em>, <em>Me And The Devil Blues</em> or <em>Devil Got My Woman</em> should explain why. </p><p>The recordings are slightly ‘grainy’, but the power of his playing and deftness of touch come through loud and clear. Perhaps more than anyone’s, Johnson’s music inspired the generations that were to follow.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Think The Pretenders, Tom Petty or Sam Fender”: 5 easy open-position alternate chord voicings that will give you extra jangle ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Sometimes open-position chords are just the job for filling out an accompaniment or providing the sole backing for a singer. </p><p>However, what if there could be a few extra touches to elevate your accompaniment, without sounding like you’d swallowed a jazz chordbook for breakfast? </p><p>To demonstrate some possibilities, we’ve taken the commonly heard C-G-Am-F (or I-V-VI-IV) progression and given it a twist. Think The Pretenders, Tom Petty or Sam Fender. </p><p>As we’re playing in open position, the open strings add a nice jangle, which we’re looking to maximise. Another feature is the G at the 3rd fret of the first string. This remains constant through all of the examples, giving a nice ‘shine’ in whatever order you play these chords.</p><p>A hint of overdrive can really help smooth out any unwanted spiky transients, while emphasising the sparkle and adding a bit of texture to push you forward in the mix. For the full Pretenders experience, add a bit of chorus, too!   </p><h2 id="example-1-c">Example 1. C</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="9asT3k4X4T6eFkgmrVcS5F" name="GIT535 Example 1" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9asT3k4X4T6eFkgmrVcS5F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9asT3k4X4T6eFkgmrVcS5F.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A regular C chord, but adding G on the first string really emphasises the upper part of the chord, particularly effective for asserting the guitar’s place in a band mix.</p><p>As well as making this a more ‘jangly’ chord, the G on top carries over to the other examples, offering a sense of continuity.</p><h2 id="example-2-g">Example 2. G</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="g8s2dQDJtQUqtF2HXnYN5F" name="GIT535 Example 2" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g8s2dQDJtQUqtF2HXnYN5F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g8s2dQDJtQUqtF2HXnYN5F.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is the first of two possibilities for the G (V) chord. There’s a reason why this is played with two fingers, omitting the fifth string, but you’ll need to look at Example 3 to see what that reason is… In the meantime, this is one of the best open chords on the fretboard.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-g">Example 3. C/G</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="WFf6RbfMQsFbRQT4ybUK5F" name="GIT535 Example 3" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WFf6RbfMQsFbRQT4ybUK5F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WFf6RbfMQsFbRQT4ybUK5F.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C/G could also be called G6sus4 – both names are technically correct. It’s meant to be added as a momentary embellishment, rather than a replacement for Example 2.</p><p>To hear this voicing in the wild, check out the intros to the Eagles’ <em>Take It Easy</em> or Bowie’s <em>John, I’m Only Dancing</em>.</p><h2 id="example-4-am7">Example 4. Am7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="KJxvLEf7qLvAUG3EXQx2gE" name="GIT535 Example 4jpg" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJxvLEf7qLvAUG3EXQx2gE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJxvLEf7qLvAUG3EXQx2gE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Am7 continues the same jangly theme. It’s a great substitute for a regular Am chord, or can combine well if there’s another guitar playing Am.</p><p>Check out James Honeyman-Scott’s distinctive playing on The Pretenders’ <em>Talk of the Town</em> to hear this in action, complete with just the right amount of overdrive and chorus.</p><h2 id="example-5-fsus2">Example 5. Fsus2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="BXdNHtD64Z2oCazsAAkPiE" name="GIT535 Example 5" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXdNHtD64Z2oCazsAAkPiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXdNHtD64Z2oCazsAAkPiE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Fsus2 further continues the jangly theme, with the G on the first string, plus another from the open third string.</p><p>The F (Root) on the sixth string is optional. If you can get your fretting-hand thumb to oblige, great! Otherwise, it can still sound pretty full using the C on the fifth string as the lowest note.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-easy-open-position-alternate-chord-voicings</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ James Honeyman-Scott of The Pretenders was a master at creating interesting parts from simple alternate chords. We look at five you can use in your playing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">b5sfmpuyonuMcSrKJ5tYyj</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gjVMB9hgar3RUzhpMKRUsf-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 09:10:21 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gjVMB9hgar3RUzhpMKRUsf-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Gary Gershoff/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[James Honeyman-Scott plays a red Hamer doublecut]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[James Honeyman-Scott plays a red Hamer doublecut]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[James Honeyman-Scott plays a red Hamer doublecut]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gjVMB9hgar3RUzhpMKRUsf-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Sometimes open-position chords are just the job for filling out an accompaniment or providing the sole backing for a singer. </p><p>However, what if there could be a few extra touches to elevate your accompaniment, without sounding like you’d swallowed a jazz chordbook for breakfast? </p><p>To demonstrate some possibilities, we’ve taken the commonly heard C-G-Am-F (or I-V-VI-IV) progression and given it a twist. Think The Pretenders, Tom Petty or Sam Fender. </p><p>As we’re playing in open position, the open strings add a nice jangle, which we’re looking to maximise. Another feature is the G at the 3rd fret of the first string. This remains constant through all of the examples, giving a nice ‘shine’ in whatever order you play these chords.</p><p>A hint of overdrive can really help smooth out any unwanted spiky transients, while emphasising the sparkle and adding a bit of texture to push you forward in the mix. For the full Pretenders experience, add a bit of chorus, too!   </p><h2 id="example-1-c">Example 1. C</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="9asT3k4X4T6eFkgmrVcS5F" name="GIT535 Example 1" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9asT3k4X4T6eFkgmrVcS5F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9asT3k4X4T6eFkgmrVcS5F.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A regular C chord, but adding G on the first string really emphasises the upper part of the chord, particularly effective for asserting the guitar’s place in a band mix.</p><p>As well as making this a more ‘jangly’ chord, the G on top carries over to the other examples, offering a sense of continuity.</p><h2 id="example-2-g">Example 2. G</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="g8s2dQDJtQUqtF2HXnYN5F" name="GIT535 Example 2" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g8s2dQDJtQUqtF2HXnYN5F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g8s2dQDJtQUqtF2HXnYN5F.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is the first of two possibilities for the G (V) chord. There’s a reason why this is played with two fingers, omitting the fifth string, but you’ll need to look at Example 3 to see what that reason is… In the meantime, this is one of the best open chords on the fretboard.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-g">Example 3. C/G</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="WFf6RbfMQsFbRQT4ybUK5F" name="GIT535 Example 3" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WFf6RbfMQsFbRQT4ybUK5F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WFf6RbfMQsFbRQT4ybUK5F.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C/G could also be called G6sus4 – both names are technically correct. It’s meant to be added as a momentary embellishment, rather than a replacement for Example 2.</p><p>To hear this voicing in the wild, check out the intros to the Eagles’ <em>Take It Easy</em> or Bowie’s <em>John, I’m Only Dancing</em>.</p><h2 id="example-4-am7">Example 4. Am7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="KJxvLEf7qLvAUG3EXQx2gE" name="GIT535 Example 4jpg" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJxvLEf7qLvAUG3EXQx2gE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJxvLEf7qLvAUG3EXQx2gE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Am7 continues the same jangly theme. It’s a great substitute for a regular Am chord, or can combine well if there’s another guitar playing Am.</p><p>Check out James Honeyman-Scott’s distinctive playing on The Pretenders’ <em>Talk of the Town</em> to hear this in action, complete with just the right amount of overdrive and chorus.</p><h2 id="example-5-fsus2">Example 5. Fsus2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="BXdNHtD64Z2oCazsAAkPiE" name="GIT535 Example 5" alt="GIT535 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXdNHtD64Z2oCazsAAkPiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXdNHtD64Z2oCazsAAkPiE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Fsus2 further continues the jangly theme, with the G on the first string, plus another from the open third string.</p><p>The F (Root) on the sixth string is optional. If you can get your fretting-hand thumb to oblige, great! Otherwise, it can still sound pretty full using the C on the fifth string as the lowest note.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It can be at least as fast as straight flatpicking, if not faster, and also easier to do”: Used by everyone from Brad Paisley to Buckethead, hybrid picking makes impossible-sounding licks a reality – here's how to introduce it into your lead playing ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/fw3bjqRDtmo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Hello, and welcome to my new column for <em>Guitar World</em>! Over the course of these lessons, I will be sharing many of the techniques and approaches I use for creating effective melodies and rhythm guitar parts for both recording sessions and live performances. </p><p>I’d like to kick things off with a look at some of the ways in which I incorporate the technique of hybrid picking into my playing. As you may know, hybrid picking combines flatpicking with fingerpicking and can be used to create and perform otherwise impossible sounds and techniques. </p><p>Hybrid picking is a big part of country guitar playing, and I’ve studied a lot of country players, but I’m primarily a blues-rock/Americana player, along with R&B and jazz. I’ve developed an approach to hybrid picking that I think you will be able to apply fairly quickly to what you’re already comfortable with. </p><p>A good place to start is with chords, as demonstrated in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. For each chord – Dm, A and C – the low root note is flatpicked with a downstroke while the higher three notes are picked upward with the bare middle and ring fingers and pinkie. </p><p>This produces a piano-like simultaneous note attack and a different sound than a strum, which is an arpeggiation, no matter how quickly you perform it.</p><p>For single-note playing, a great way to practice hybrid picking is to play a simple A minor pentatonic scale (A, C, D, E, G) and alternate between the pick and a finger repeatedly. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2208px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:24.37%;"><img id="GsRHPGTQK3wC5RPCdqmn89" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 1" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GsRHPGTQK3wC5RPCdqmn89.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2208" height="538" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GsRHPGTQK3wC5RPCdqmn89.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, all of the notes that fall on the downbeats are flatpicked and all the notes on the upbeats are picked with the middle finger. My goal here is to achieve a smooth, uniform note attack, so that there’s almost no difference between the sound of the flatpicked and fingerpicked notes.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I demonstrate how I can get some speed with hybrid picking. Alternating between the pick and a finger in this way can be at least as fast as straight flatpicking, if not faster, and also easier to do.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.54%;"><img id="uwA2HkjW5A7E2yGrik8449" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 3" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uwA2HkjW5A7E2yGrik8449.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="445" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uwA2HkjW5A7E2yGrik8449.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My incorporation of hybrid picking started when I was about 15 years old. I’d been emulating Jimi Hendrix and Stevie Ray Vaughan with licks like <strong>Figure 4</strong>, using only a pick. I then switched to using fingerpicking on the top two strings, with my middle and ring fingers, respectively, as shown in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.17%;"><img id="756vWqxDDRjgKzDUSfDb39" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 4 to 5" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/756vWqxDDRjgKzDUSfDb39.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="484" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/756vWqxDDRjgKzDUSfDb39.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I find hybrid picking especially useful for faster tempos, such as the country/rock-type riff shown in <strong>Figure 6</strong>. As I play the solo line in <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I articulate the notes on the lower strings with the pick and the notes on the higher strings with my available fingers. </p><p>Hybrid picking also works very well with double-stops (two-note chords), especially if I want the sound to be very pinpoint and accurate. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.88%;"><img id="6qDxqbxFVyrhFPY6cRXo89" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 6 to 7" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qDxqbxFVyrhFPY6cRXo89.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="861" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qDxqbxFVyrhFPY6cRXo89.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I fingerpick the double-stops on the B and G strings and flatpick the single notes on the D string. In <strong>Figure 9</strong>, I move more freely between flatpicking and fingerpicking, which I think yields an expressive sound.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.38%;"><img id="7bKUZwRRvUXSAu5Kht3zm8" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 8" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7bKUZwRRvUXSAu5Kht3zm8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7bKUZwRRvUXSAu5Kht3zm8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is a great way to get started with hybrid picking; move from scales into more inventive lines, and you will discover many great sounds that this technique will facilitate. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/how-to-introduce-hybrid-picking-into-your-lead-playing</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In his inaugural Guitar World column, the great Corey Congilio demonstrates how all players can benefit from a technique borrowed from country players ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CQamme5xedganax6JaKMhP</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PFYakGLCwJ6ieHbhz3w7QE-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 17:17:58 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PFYakGLCwJ6ieHbhz3w7QE-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Jamie Glasgow]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Corey Congilio]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Corey Congilio]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Corey Congilio]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PFYakGLCwJ6ieHbhz3w7QE-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/fw3bjqRDtmo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Hello, and welcome to my new column for <em>Guitar World</em>! Over the course of these lessons, I will be sharing many of the techniques and approaches I use for creating effective melodies and rhythm guitar parts for both recording sessions and live performances. </p><p>I’d like to kick things off with a look at some of the ways in which I incorporate the technique of hybrid picking into my playing. As you may know, hybrid picking combines flatpicking with fingerpicking and can be used to create and perform otherwise impossible sounds and techniques. </p><p>Hybrid picking is a big part of country guitar playing, and I’ve studied a lot of country players, but I’m primarily a blues-rock/Americana player, along with R&B and jazz. I’ve developed an approach to hybrid picking that I think you will be able to apply fairly quickly to what you’re already comfortable with. </p><p>A good place to start is with chords, as demonstrated in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. For each chord – Dm, A and C – the low root note is flatpicked with a downstroke while the higher three notes are picked upward with the bare middle and ring fingers and pinkie. </p><p>This produces a piano-like simultaneous note attack and a different sound than a strum, which is an arpeggiation, no matter how quickly you perform it.</p><p>For single-note playing, a great way to practice hybrid picking is to play a simple A minor pentatonic scale (A, C, D, E, G) and alternate between the pick and a finger repeatedly. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2208px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:24.37%;"><img id="GsRHPGTQK3wC5RPCdqmn89" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 1" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GsRHPGTQK3wC5RPCdqmn89.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2208" height="538" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GsRHPGTQK3wC5RPCdqmn89.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, all of the notes that fall on the downbeats are flatpicked and all the notes on the upbeats are picked with the middle finger. My goal here is to achieve a smooth, uniform note attack, so that there’s almost no difference between the sound of the flatpicked and fingerpicked notes.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I demonstrate how I can get some speed with hybrid picking. Alternating between the pick and a finger in this way can be at least as fast as straight flatpicking, if not faster, and also easier to do.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.54%;"><img id="uwA2HkjW5A7E2yGrik8449" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 3" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uwA2HkjW5A7E2yGrik8449.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="445" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uwA2HkjW5A7E2yGrik8449.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My incorporation of hybrid picking started when I was about 15 years old. I’d been emulating Jimi Hendrix and Stevie Ray Vaughan with licks like <strong>Figure 4</strong>, using only a pick. I then switched to using fingerpicking on the top two strings, with my middle and ring fingers, respectively, as shown in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.17%;"><img id="756vWqxDDRjgKzDUSfDb39" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 4 to 5" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/756vWqxDDRjgKzDUSfDb39.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="484" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/756vWqxDDRjgKzDUSfDb39.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I find hybrid picking especially useful for faster tempos, such as the country/rock-type riff shown in <strong>Figure 6</strong>. As I play the solo line in <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I articulate the notes on the lower strings with the pick and the notes on the higher strings with my available fingers. </p><p>Hybrid picking also works very well with double-stops (two-note chords), especially if I want the sound to be very pinpoint and accurate. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.88%;"><img id="6qDxqbxFVyrhFPY6cRXo89" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 6 to 7" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qDxqbxFVyrhFPY6cRXo89.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="861" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qDxqbxFVyrhFPY6cRXo89.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I fingerpick the double-stops on the B and G strings and flatpick the single notes on the D string. In <strong>Figure 9</strong>, I move more freely between flatpicking and fingerpicking, which I think yields an expressive sound.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.38%;"><img id="7bKUZwRRvUXSAu5Kht3zm8" name="gwm502 pick and fingers 8" alt="GWM502 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7bKUZwRRvUXSAu5Kht3zm8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7bKUZwRRvUXSAu5Kht3zm8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is a great way to get started with hybrid picking; move from scales into more inventive lines, and you will discover many great sounds that this technique will facilitate. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Ithought, ‘Is the guitar in open G tuning?’ But I soon discovered it wasn’t a standard guitar at all”: Charlie Starr on the magic of the B-Bender – and 5 bender-inspired licks you can play on any electric ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xpudZxHbdk4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>When I was about 12, my friend’s dad was hipping me to all kinds of incredible music. </p><p>He gave me the 1974 Gram Parsons album <em>Grievous Angel</em>, which includes <em>Ooh Las Vegas</em>, a song that features some really cool pedal steel guitar licks that can be replicated with a Parsons/White <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-the-b-bender-a-guitarists-ultimate-secret-weapon">B-Bender</a>-equipped Fender Telecaster, which I talked about <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-b-bender-licks-on-regular-guitar">last time</a>. In this column, I’d like to share what I learned from all this. </p><p>The track kicks off with a lick played in the key of E, along the lines of <strong>Figure 1</strong>. Here, I begin with a slide up to B on my G string’s 4th fret, followed by a C#-to-D hammer-on the B string then the open high E string.</p><p>I <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid-pick</a> this lick, flatpicking the G string and fingerpicking the notes on the top two strings, and allow the notes to ring together as much as possible.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:25.33%;"><img id="sTxdCtMtQ7QXYusL9UZerG" name="gwm602 starr 1" alt="GWM502 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTxdCtMtQ7QXYusL9UZerG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="608" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTxdCtMtQ7QXYusL9UZerG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s another part of the song, also performed with hybrid picking, along the lines of <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Here, the open low E string repeatedly alternates against E-to-D pull-offs on the D string, followed by a double pull-off at the end of bar 2, C#-B-A. </p><p>What I didn’t know at the time was that that particular lick was not played on a conventional guitar, but rather on a pedal steel, by Al Perkins. I had assumed it was played by James Burton on his <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Telecaster</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.71%;"><img id="EsbBG7jbcrVZcq5WPHsyfG" name="gwm602 starr 2" alt="GWM502 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsbBG7jbcrVZcq5WPHsyfG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="521" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsbBG7jbcrVZcq5WPHsyfG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tone of the pedal steel on this track is so clear, clean and bright and sounded to me like a Tele! <strong>Figure 3</strong> is played in the style of this solo, kicking off in bar 1 with a quick ascending lick based on the E major <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (E, F#, G#, B, C#) and followed in bars 2-4 with a phrase based on oblique bends. </p><p>An oblique bend is performed by combining bent and unbent strings. Here, the G string is bent up a whole step while notes on the top two strings remain stationary. Essential to playing this lick is the use of hybrid picking, as the notes on the top two strings repeatedly alternate with the bent G string. </p><p>What makes the lick challenging to execute is the note on the high E string is at the 10th fret, while the note on the B string is at the 12th fret.</p><p>At first, I thought, “Is the guitar in open G tuning?” But I soon discovered that it wasn’t a standard guitar at all – it was the pedal steel. And this was the beginning of my journey of trying to replicate pedal steel licks on Telecasters.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:87.46%;"><img id="XX45XpQaEVCcGq7Znz7THH" name="gwm602 starr 3 to 5" alt="GWM502 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XX45XpQaEVCcGq7Znz7THH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="2099" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XX45XpQaEVCcGq7Znz7THH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the end of the tune, James comes in with a funky chordal lick based on an E7 voicing, not unlike <strong>Figure 4</strong>. </p><p>When I got a hold of a B-Bender guitar, I started to write songs with it, such as <em>Pretty Little Lie </em>[from <em>The Whippoorwill</em>].</p><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> replicates the opening B-Bender lick on standard guitar; many of the slide and hammer-on articulations here were actually sounded by pulling down on the B-Bender. Our song <em>Lonesome for a Living</em> features both B-Bender guitar and pedal steel.</p><p>If you want to hear some great B-Bender playing by Clarence White, check out the Byrds’ <em>Live at the Fillmore – February 1969</em> and <em>Dr. Byrds & Mr. Hyde</em>. </p><p>White’s guitar now belongs to the great Marty Stuart, who has taken the art of B-Bender playing even further. And for a B-Bender masterclass, listen to Albert Lee’s playing on Dave Edmunds’ <em>Sweet Little Lisa</em>. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-b-bender-style-licks</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke guitarist gives us a lesson in how to sound like you've got a B-Bender, even if you don't ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">AsVhbiFUEzdSAMYGgYrJNJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYrM7Fm4miDjjFwV4GTUq7-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 13:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYrM7Fm4miDjjFwV4GTUq7-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[ Sergione Infuso/Corbis via Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Starr wears shades and plays a Gibson Les Paul Junior onstage with Blackberry Smoke]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Starr wears shades and plays a Gibson Les Paul Junior onstage with Blackberry Smoke]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Starr wears shades and plays a Gibson Les Paul Junior onstage with Blackberry Smoke]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYrM7Fm4miDjjFwV4GTUq7-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xpudZxHbdk4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>When I was about 12, my friend’s dad was hipping me to all kinds of incredible music. </p><p>He gave me the 1974 Gram Parsons album <em>Grievous Angel</em>, which includes <em>Ooh Las Vegas</em>, a song that features some really cool pedal steel guitar licks that can be replicated with a Parsons/White <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-the-b-bender-a-guitarists-ultimate-secret-weapon">B-Bender</a>-equipped Fender Telecaster, which I talked about <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-b-bender-licks-on-regular-guitar">last time</a>. In this column, I’d like to share what I learned from all this. </p><p>The track kicks off with a lick played in the key of E, along the lines of <strong>Figure 1</strong>. Here, I begin with a slide up to B on my G string’s 4th fret, followed by a C#-to-D hammer-on the B string then the open high E string.</p><p>I <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid-pick</a> this lick, flatpicking the G string and fingerpicking the notes on the top two strings, and allow the notes to ring together as much as possible.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:25.33%;"><img id="sTxdCtMtQ7QXYusL9UZerG" name="gwm602 starr 1" alt="GWM502 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTxdCtMtQ7QXYusL9UZerG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="608" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTxdCtMtQ7QXYusL9UZerG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s another part of the song, also performed with hybrid picking, along the lines of <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Here, the open low E string repeatedly alternates against E-to-D pull-offs on the D string, followed by a double pull-off at the end of bar 2, C#-B-A. </p><p>What I didn’t know at the time was that that particular lick was not played on a conventional guitar, but rather on a pedal steel, by Al Perkins. I had assumed it was played by James Burton on his <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Telecaster</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.71%;"><img id="EsbBG7jbcrVZcq5WPHsyfG" name="gwm602 starr 2" alt="GWM502 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsbBG7jbcrVZcq5WPHsyfG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="521" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsbBG7jbcrVZcq5WPHsyfG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tone of the pedal steel on this track is so clear, clean and bright and sounded to me like a Tele! <strong>Figure 3</strong> is played in the style of this solo, kicking off in bar 1 with a quick ascending lick based on the E major <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (E, F#, G#, B, C#) and followed in bars 2-4 with a phrase based on oblique bends. </p><p>An oblique bend is performed by combining bent and unbent strings. Here, the G string is bent up a whole step while notes on the top two strings remain stationary. Essential to playing this lick is the use of hybrid picking, as the notes on the top two strings repeatedly alternate with the bent G string. </p><p>What makes the lick challenging to execute is the note on the high E string is at the 10th fret, while the note on the B string is at the 12th fret.</p><p>At first, I thought, “Is the guitar in open G tuning?” But I soon discovered that it wasn’t a standard guitar at all – it was the pedal steel. And this was the beginning of my journey of trying to replicate pedal steel licks on Telecasters.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:87.46%;"><img id="XX45XpQaEVCcGq7Znz7THH" name="gwm602 starr 3 to 5" alt="GWM502 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XX45XpQaEVCcGq7Znz7THH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="2099" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XX45XpQaEVCcGq7Znz7THH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the end of the tune, James comes in with a funky chordal lick based on an E7 voicing, not unlike <strong>Figure 4</strong>. </p><p>When I got a hold of a B-Bender guitar, I started to write songs with it, such as <em>Pretty Little Lie </em>[from <em>The Whippoorwill</em>].</p><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> replicates the opening B-Bender lick on standard guitar; many of the slide and hammer-on articulations here were actually sounded by pulling down on the B-Bender. Our song <em>Lonesome for a Living</em> features both B-Bender guitar and pedal steel.</p><p>If you want to hear some great B-Bender playing by Clarence White, check out the Byrds’ <em>Live at the Fillmore – February 1969</em> and <em>Dr. Byrds & Mr. Hyde</em>. </p><p>White’s guitar now belongs to the great Marty Stuart, who has taken the art of B-Bender playing even further. And for a B-Bender masterclass, listen to Albert Lee’s playing on Dave Edmunds’ <em>Sweet Little Lisa</em>. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Philip Sayce: The 5 techniques that define my sound ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/kJVW10a0Y14" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Few blues guitarists are as fiery on the fretboard as Philip Sayce. Having worked with many great artists (from Jeff Healey to Jimmy Barnes) and been influenced by more (SRV, Hendrix, the three Kings all spring to mind), Philip has recorded 11 outstanding albums as a bandleader and stuns wherever he plays.</p><p>To coincide with his upcoming live album, <em>Scorched Earth: Volume 2 Live in LA / London</em>, Philip took time out with <em>GW</em> to cover the five vital components that make up his signature style.</p><p>Throughout, Philip is in Eb tuning (Eb Ab Db Gb Bb Eb) for the video performance – like standard tuning (E A D G B E) but detuned by one semitone. This provides a fat <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-stratocasters-top-fender-stratocasters-for-every-budget">Stratocaster</a> <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single coil</a> tone and reduces the string tension – an approach favoured by many greats including Jimi Hendrix and SRV. </p><p>In the video, the licks are played in free time with no backing track or metronome click. We have used a 4/4 time signature with all the rhythms 'rounded up' so it's easier to learn from. If you're keen to duplicate Philip's micro rhythmic nuances after referencing the tab, consult the video.  </p><p>The five core elements are based around various tonalities including C# and B. He skilfully combines the major and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">minor pentatonic</a> scales with color tones added. Throughout, you'll see how he combines these with fretting hand slurs, bends and vibrato with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a> that blends pick attack with snappy finger picking. </p><p>Philip <a href="https://www.philipsayce.com/" target="_blank">tours the UK</a> from May 19th to June 3rd. For more on his album and tour visit <a href="https://www.philipsayce.com/">www.philpsayce.com</a></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4662px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="7DFxfBb6McXquuqqhz7a3i" name="Screenshot 2026-03-17 at 17.21.51" alt="philip sayce" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:130,l:136,cw:4662,ch:2622,q:80/7DFxfBb6McXquuqqhz7a3i.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5120" height="2880" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:130,l:136,cw:4662,ch:2622,q:80/7DFxfBb6McXquuqqhz7a3i.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Big Bends = Big Emotion! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: philip sayce)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1-warm-up-stretching-0-46-in-the-video">Example 1. Warm-up stretching (0:46 in the video)</h2><p>While Philip is in Eb tuning for all examples, we're presenting in standard E tuning as E major or E minor is easier to read than Eb major or Eb minor. The tab is exactly as Philip plays on the fretboard so detuned or in standard, the examples should prove very beneficial to work from.</p><p>If you are a pro athlete you always stretch, and guitar playing is no different. Here, Philip demonstrates his favorite warm-up stretching. This comes in the form of a five-string chord that is played over an open sixth string pedal note. The chord is first played high up the neck and then as the fingering is moved down the neck the stretch increases.</p><p>We recommend pointing the headstock up in the air so the neck is at 45 degrees – this will help promote good posture.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:87.81%;"><img id="dzuGWJ2zdmVmkRxruDgegN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzuGWJ2zdmVmkRxruDgegN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="843" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzuGWJ2zdmVmkRxruDgegN.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-singing-vibrato-2-00-in-the-video">Example 2. Singing vibrato (2:00 in the video)</h2><p>Here, Philip demonstrates how he uses a singing finger vibrato to grab the ear of the listener. The finger vibrato can be added to a string bend or to a normally fretted note. Adding finger vibrato whilst bending can be tough initially (ie speed of bend, when to apply vibrato), so we recommend developing your finger vibrato technique on a normally fretted note first. The action of rubbing the string against the fretwire aids sustain - explore how hard you press down and the results of different finger pressures.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.67%;"><img id="2Kk4cZ7rWu377L3t8edbcN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2Kk4cZ7rWu377L3t8edbcN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="784" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2Kk4cZ7rWu377L3t8edbcN.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-enhanced-singing-vibrato-3-09-in-the-video">Example 3. Enhanced singing vibrato (3:09 in the video)</h2><p>Here Philip demonstrates an Eric Clapton style singing finger vibrato. For this one the whole of the fretting hand grip can be removed from the neck, so the only point touching the neck is the finger on the fretted note.</p><p>This allows for a free flowing, vocal style vibrato. The only issue with this technique is it can be difficult to maintain control and consistency during the early stages.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.88%;"><img id="WGaRceUqinjbuSbZ7LnekN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WGaRceUqinjbuSbZ7LnekN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="786" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WGaRceUqinjbuSbZ7LnekN.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-galloping-rhythmic-lead-4-06-in-the-video">Example 4. Galloping rhythmic lead (4:06 in the video)</h2><p>This one is inspired by guitarists like Jimi Hendrix and Stevie Ray Vaughan, and is a combination of rhythm and lead. Philip uses a great sounding fingering for C#7#9 with an octave in the bass. The thumb of the fretting hand can be used to fret the sixth string.</p><p>The galloping rhythm is the key here and we’d recommend building this up slowly so you can build stamina and be accurate at higher tempos.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.42%;"><img id="3rBNTBjXUxSqPqscnBgABP" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3rBNTBjXUxSqPqscnBgABP.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1108" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4833px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="XWeE8ENdsrU2C69WKyeLwU" name="Screenshot 2026-03-17 at 17.33.49" alt="Philip Sayce" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:119,l:0,cw:4833,ch:2719,q:80/XWeE8ENdsrU2C69WKyeLwU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5120" height="2880" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:119,l:0,cw:4833,ch:2719,q:80/XWeE8ENdsrU2C69WKyeLwU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using pick plus fingers allows Philip to achieve the bite and speed that enhances his blues rock phrasing </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Philip Sayce)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5a-burning-blues-lead-pick-only-4-38-in-the-video">Example 5a. Burning blues lead (pick only) (4:38 in the video)</h2><p>These two examples are closely linked. Philip plays the first fully picked example to provide an example of how the phrase sounds with all picking.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.15%;"><img id="jD9r3uc8M9PdrmqCv4M5nN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jD9r3uc8M9PdrmqCv4M5nN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="731" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5b-burning-blues-lead-pick-and-fingers-4-51-in-the-video">Example 5b. Burning blues lead (pick and fingers) (4:51 in the video)</h2><p>The second version uses hybrid picking (pick and fingers together), so Philip uses the the picking hand's second finger (shown as 'm' under the tab) to pluck various notes, especially for string crossing moments. This provides some tonal light and shade and helps the notes to pop out. We have notated sections of picking (shown under the tab) so you can duplicate what Philip plays.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.94%;"><img id="PAxexQDCHaYUTEaJT2tG9P" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PAxexQDCHaYUTEaJT2tG9P.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1449" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-philip-sayce-in-action"><span>Philip Sayce in action</span></h3><h2 id="philip-sayce-morning-star">Philip Sayce - Morning Star</h2><p>Taken from Philip's new live album, <em>Morning Star</em> features his trademark tone, burning bends and singing vibrato. As for the solo at 2:43 - phew, what a scorcher!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/f1KbgL_FNfY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="philip-sayce-morning-star-and-spanish-castle-magic">Philip Sayce - Morning Star and Spanish Castle Magic</h2><p>This two song mashup showcases his stunning guitar chops that blend Jeff Healey, Hendrix, SRV and Freddie King influences to create his own arresting style. Tone, taste and fire in equal measure!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ze4pVRl1Rg8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/philip-sayce-the-5-techniques-that-define-my-sound</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Turbocharge your fretting hand stretches, screaming bends and blues-rock intensity with the core techniques that shaped Philip Sayce’s signature sound ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dCRXRboB9JsuBk4XxE6nQG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9e2UqpXge4YuV3CeuJn5bi-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 10:54:32 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Philip Sayce ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xULA4fDRhG5FCmTsRfUaJn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jon Bishop ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9e2UqpXge4YuV3CeuJn5bi-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Philip Sayce]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Philip Sayce]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Philip Sayce]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9e2UqpXge4YuV3CeuJn5bi-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/kJVW10a0Y14" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Few blues guitarists are as fiery on the fretboard as Philip Sayce. Having worked with many great artists (from Jeff Healey to Jimmy Barnes) and been influenced by more (SRV, Hendrix, the three Kings all spring to mind), Philip has recorded 11 outstanding albums as a bandleader and stuns wherever he plays.</p><p>To coincide with his upcoming live album, <em>Scorched Earth: Volume 2 Live in LA / London</em>, Philip took time out with <em>GW</em> to cover the five vital components that make up his signature style.</p><p>Throughout, Philip is in Eb tuning (Eb Ab Db Gb Bb Eb) for the video performance – like standard tuning (E A D G B E) but detuned by one semitone. This provides a fat <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-stratocasters-top-fender-stratocasters-for-every-budget">Stratocaster</a> <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single coil</a> tone and reduces the string tension – an approach favoured by many greats including Jimi Hendrix and SRV. </p><p>In the video, the licks are played in free time with no backing track or metronome click. We have used a 4/4 time signature with all the rhythms 'rounded up' so it's easier to learn from. If you're keen to duplicate Philip's micro rhythmic nuances after referencing the tab, consult the video.  </p><p>The five core elements are based around various tonalities including C# and B. He skilfully combines the major and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">minor pentatonic</a> scales with color tones added. Throughout, you'll see how he combines these with fretting hand slurs, bends and vibrato with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a> that blends pick attack with snappy finger picking. </p><p>Philip <a href="https://www.philipsayce.com/" target="_blank">tours the UK</a> from May 19th to June 3rd. For more on his album and tour visit <a href="https://www.philipsayce.com/">www.philpsayce.com</a></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4662px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="7DFxfBb6McXquuqqhz7a3i" name="Screenshot 2026-03-17 at 17.21.51" alt="philip sayce" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:130,l:136,cw:4662,ch:2622,q:80/7DFxfBb6McXquuqqhz7a3i.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5120" height="2880" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:130,l:136,cw:4662,ch:2622,q:80/7DFxfBb6McXquuqqhz7a3i.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Big Bends = Big Emotion! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: philip sayce)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1-warm-up-stretching-0-46-in-the-video">Example 1. Warm-up stretching (0:46 in the video)</h2><p>While Philip is in Eb tuning for all examples, we're presenting in standard E tuning as E major or E minor is easier to read than Eb major or Eb minor. The tab is exactly as Philip plays on the fretboard so detuned or in standard, the examples should prove very beneficial to work from.</p><p>If you are a pro athlete you always stretch, and guitar playing is no different. Here, Philip demonstrates his favorite warm-up stretching. This comes in the form of a five-string chord that is played over an open sixth string pedal note. The chord is first played high up the neck and then as the fingering is moved down the neck the stretch increases.</p><p>We recommend pointing the headstock up in the air so the neck is at 45 degrees – this will help promote good posture.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:87.81%;"><img id="dzuGWJ2zdmVmkRxruDgegN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzuGWJ2zdmVmkRxruDgegN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="843" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzuGWJ2zdmVmkRxruDgegN.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-singing-vibrato-2-00-in-the-video">Example 2. Singing vibrato (2:00 in the video)</h2><p>Here, Philip demonstrates how he uses a singing finger vibrato to grab the ear of the listener. The finger vibrato can be added to a string bend or to a normally fretted note. Adding finger vibrato whilst bending can be tough initially (ie speed of bend, when to apply vibrato), so we recommend developing your finger vibrato technique on a normally fretted note first. The action of rubbing the string against the fretwire aids sustain - explore how hard you press down and the results of different finger pressures.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.67%;"><img id="2Kk4cZ7rWu377L3t8edbcN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2Kk4cZ7rWu377L3t8edbcN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="784" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2Kk4cZ7rWu377L3t8edbcN.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-enhanced-singing-vibrato-3-09-in-the-video">Example 3. Enhanced singing vibrato (3:09 in the video)</h2><p>Here Philip demonstrates an Eric Clapton style singing finger vibrato. For this one the whole of the fretting hand grip can be removed from the neck, so the only point touching the neck is the finger on the fretted note.</p><p>This allows for a free flowing, vocal style vibrato. The only issue with this technique is it can be difficult to maintain control and consistency during the early stages.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.88%;"><img id="WGaRceUqinjbuSbZ7LnekN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WGaRceUqinjbuSbZ7LnekN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="786" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WGaRceUqinjbuSbZ7LnekN.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-galloping-rhythmic-lead-4-06-in-the-video">Example 4. Galloping rhythmic lead (4:06 in the video)</h2><p>This one is inspired by guitarists like Jimi Hendrix and Stevie Ray Vaughan, and is a combination of rhythm and lead. Philip uses a great sounding fingering for C#7#9 with an octave in the bass. The thumb of the fretting hand can be used to fret the sixth string.</p><p>The galloping rhythm is the key here and we’d recommend building this up slowly so you can build stamina and be accurate at higher tempos.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.42%;"><img id="3rBNTBjXUxSqPqscnBgABP" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3rBNTBjXUxSqPqscnBgABP.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1108" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4833px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="XWeE8ENdsrU2C69WKyeLwU" name="Screenshot 2026-03-17 at 17.33.49" alt="Philip Sayce" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:119,l:0,cw:4833,ch:2719,q:80/XWeE8ENdsrU2C69WKyeLwU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5120" height="2880" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:119,l:0,cw:4833,ch:2719,q:80/XWeE8ENdsrU2C69WKyeLwU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using pick plus fingers allows Philip to achieve the bite and speed that enhances his blues rock phrasing </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Philip Sayce)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5a-burning-blues-lead-pick-only-4-38-in-the-video">Example 5a. Burning blues lead (pick only) (4:38 in the video)</h2><p>These two examples are closely linked. Philip plays the first fully picked example to provide an example of how the phrase sounds with all picking.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.15%;"><img id="jD9r3uc8M9PdrmqCv4M5nN" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jD9r3uc8M9PdrmqCv4M5nN.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="731" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5b-burning-blues-lead-pick-and-fingers-4-51-in-the-video">Example 5b. Burning blues lead (pick and fingers) (4:51 in the video)</h2><p>The second version uses hybrid picking (pick and fingers together), so Philip uses the the picking hand's second finger (shown as 'm' under the tab) to pluck various notes, especially for string crossing moments. This provides some tonal light and shade and helps the notes to pop out. We have notated sections of picking (shown under the tab) so you can duplicate what Philip plays.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.94%;"><img id="PAxexQDCHaYUTEaJT2tG9P" name="Philip Sayce Example" alt="Philip Sayce Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PAxexQDCHaYUTEaJT2tG9P.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1449" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-philip-sayce-in-action"><span>Philip Sayce in action</span></h3><h2 id="philip-sayce-morning-star">Philip Sayce - Morning Star</h2><p>Taken from Philip's new live album, <em>Morning Star</em> features his trademark tone, burning bends and singing vibrato. As for the solo at 2:43 - phew, what a scorcher!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/f1KbgL_FNfY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="philip-sayce-morning-star-and-spanish-castle-magic">Philip Sayce - Morning Star and Spanish Castle Magic</h2><p>This two song mashup showcases his stunning guitar chops that blend Jeff Healey, Hendrix, SRV and Freddie King influences to create his own arresting style. Tone, taste and fire in equal measure!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ze4pVRl1Rg8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It will take time to build up the accuracy that the riff demands”: Welcome to Mike Stringer’s downpicking bootcamp ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Hello everyone, and welcome to my new <em>Guitar World</em> instructional column. In this series of lessons, I will be sharing and demonstrating some of my approaches to playing <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> and the various ways I use the instrument to craft the riffs that I write for my band, Spiritbox.</p><p>I’d like to kick things off with a look at some of the technical and musical elements I employ in our song <em>Jaded</em>, which we recorded for our 2023 EP, <em>The Fear of Fear</em>.  </p><p>Essential to playing <em>Jaded </em>correctly is the tuning I use, which is drop-F# (low to high): F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#. This is drop-A tuning (A, E, A, D, G, B, E), down one and one half steps, or a minor 3rd. </p><p>When transposing a tuning like this, some players prefer to think of the notes “normally,” meaning as if their guitar were in drop-A, with the understanding that everything sounds in a lower key. </p><p>Others acknowledge the absolute, concert-key pitches. I myself just visualize the shapes on the fretboard and play by ear without thinking about the note names.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Nk0ALRb_8JY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I perform the intro riff that begins at 0:22 on my guitar’s bottom four strings, using mostly downstrokes – the only exceptions being the pairs of 16th notes, which I pick down-up.</p><p>As you can see, there’s a lot of string-skipping between the 7th string and either the 5th or 4th string. Doing so requires both precision and stamina with the pick hand, and it will take time to build up the accuracy that the riff demands.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:86.50%;"><img id="h9VccpQjeBdcVdwvshdAmL" name="gwm602 stringer 1" alt="GWM602 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h9VccpQjeBdcVdwvshdAmL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1730" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h9VccpQjeBdcVdwvshdAmL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I begin high up on the neck, at the 15th fret, and proceed to jump back and forth between high and low notes, with some very wide intervals, which I think creates an interesting, angular melodic contour that “pops” nicely.</p><p>Notice that I briefly apply <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm-muting</a> (P.M.) to the 16th notes on the open 7th-string, which makes them sound tight and percussive. Also notice, in bars 1, 3, 5 and 7, the long finger slides on the 5th string, from the 8th fret to the 14th, which is another important articulation element of the riff. </p><p>So, in addition to all the string-skips, there are a lot of quick position shifts, especially with the octave jumps in bar 9, which make the riff challenging to perform cleanly and consistently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:80.30%;"><img id="G9gaMEqmZFZ6zXjiquJdbL" name="gwm602 stringer 2" alt="GWM602 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G9gaMEqmZFZ6zXjiquJdbL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1606" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G9gaMEqmZFZ6zXjiquJdbL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the song’s pre-chorus riff (0:59), which is very similar to the intro. There are slight differences between the first ending (bars 7 and 8) and the second ending (bars 9 and 10). Both times, I play strummed octaves on the 7th and 5th strings, again with some sliding and shifting, but notice that I change the order of the notes in the final bar, adding a slight twist to cap off the riff.</p><p>When playing both figures, strive for accuracy and economy of movement with the pick hand while also delivering the desired intense, aggressive feel. As with anything, practice it slowly at first, to establish the muscle, visual and auditory memory, then gradually increase the tempo to match that of the recording. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-spiritbox-jaded</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In his debut GW column, the prog-metal master teaches you the punishing seven-string string-skipping techniques behind Spiritbox’s Jaded ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">xQeiiWt32yB8peirNmPNWQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AL3Ej8U5fgBuqAukTBDGSN-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AL3Ej8U5fgBuqAukTBDGSN-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Kyle Joinson]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Mike Stringer wear a black hoodie and stands in a field of straw-colored long grass with trees in the background. He is holding an Aristides seven-string guitar.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Mike Stringer wear a black hoodie and stands in a field of straw-colored long grass with trees in the background. He is holding an Aristides seven-string guitar.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Mike Stringer wear a black hoodie and stands in a field of straw-colored long grass with trees in the background. He is holding an Aristides seven-string guitar.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AL3Ej8U5fgBuqAukTBDGSN-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Hello everyone, and welcome to my new <em>Guitar World</em> instructional column. In this series of lessons, I will be sharing and demonstrating some of my approaches to playing <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> and the various ways I use the instrument to craft the riffs that I write for my band, Spiritbox.</p><p>I’d like to kick things off with a look at some of the technical and musical elements I employ in our song <em>Jaded</em>, which we recorded for our 2023 EP, <em>The Fear of Fear</em>.  </p><p>Essential to playing <em>Jaded </em>correctly is the tuning I use, which is drop-F# (low to high): F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#. This is drop-A tuning (A, E, A, D, G, B, E), down one and one half steps, or a minor 3rd. </p><p>When transposing a tuning like this, some players prefer to think of the notes “normally,” meaning as if their guitar were in drop-A, with the understanding that everything sounds in a lower key. </p><p>Others acknowledge the absolute, concert-key pitches. I myself just visualize the shapes on the fretboard and play by ear without thinking about the note names.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Nk0ALRb_8JY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I perform the intro riff that begins at 0:22 on my guitar’s bottom four strings, using mostly downstrokes – the only exceptions being the pairs of 16th notes, which I pick down-up.</p><p>As you can see, there’s a lot of string-skipping between the 7th string and either the 5th or 4th string. Doing so requires both precision and stamina with the pick hand, and it will take time to build up the accuracy that the riff demands.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:86.50%;"><img id="h9VccpQjeBdcVdwvshdAmL" name="gwm602 stringer 1" alt="GWM602 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h9VccpQjeBdcVdwvshdAmL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1730" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h9VccpQjeBdcVdwvshdAmL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I begin high up on the neck, at the 15th fret, and proceed to jump back and forth between high and low notes, with some very wide intervals, which I think creates an interesting, angular melodic contour that “pops” nicely.</p><p>Notice that I briefly apply <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm-muting</a> (P.M.) to the 16th notes on the open 7th-string, which makes them sound tight and percussive. Also notice, in bars 1, 3, 5 and 7, the long finger slides on the 5th string, from the 8th fret to the 14th, which is another important articulation element of the riff. </p><p>So, in addition to all the string-skips, there are a lot of quick position shifts, especially with the octave jumps in bar 9, which make the riff challenging to perform cleanly and consistently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:80.30%;"><img id="G9gaMEqmZFZ6zXjiquJdbL" name="gwm602 stringer 2" alt="GWM602 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G9gaMEqmZFZ6zXjiquJdbL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1606" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G9gaMEqmZFZ6zXjiquJdbL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the song’s pre-chorus riff (0:59), which is very similar to the intro. There are slight differences between the first ending (bars 7 and 8) and the second ending (bars 9 and 10). Both times, I play strummed octaves on the 7th and 5th strings, again with some sliding and shifting, but notice that I change the order of the notes in the final bar, adding a slight twist to cap off the riff.</p><p>When playing both figures, strive for accuracy and economy of movement with the pick hand while also delivering the desired intense, aggressive feel. As with anything, practice it slowly at first, to establish the muscle, visual and auditory memory, then gradually increase the tempo to match that of the recording. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Paul Gilbert: What I learned and taught at GIT ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/qv_1X7AWops" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Paul Gilbert is a rare example of a musician who has pushed the envelope of his instrument while also achieving commercial success.</p><p>He's a virtuoso guitarist who is respected worldwide for his work with shred metal pioneers Racer X. He's a bona fide rockstar who has topped the charts and filled arenas with Mr. Big, as well as maintaining a prolific and varied solo career. His latest album, <em>WROC</em> (which stands for Washington's Rules of Civility), could be his most outlandish offering to date.</p><p>Before all this though, Paul was a student and a tutor at LA's G.I.T. (Guitar Institute of Technology, later Musicians Institute) who stunned and informed '80s students with his speed and precision. He was the Yoda of rock for countless Jedi Padawans.</p><p>We asked him to look back at his trademark G.I.T. era licks, taking them from technique-building exercises to effective musical phrases. So grab your guitar and amp for this fun deep dive into the heady days of '80s shred licks to boost your chops and musicality! </p><h2 id="example-1a-a-dorian-lick-0-21-in-the-video">Example 1a: A Dorian lick (0:21 in the video)</h2><p>This example features the A Dorian mode (A B C D E F# G) and is played using <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a> (fretting hand hammer-ons and pull-offs) and outside picking (up-pick the first string, <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpick</a> the second string – the pick to string contact is outside the strings). </p><p>The sequence stays the same on the second string while the note on the first (high E) string moves up and down the scale. For the highest note (C on the 8th fret, first string), you will fret with the fourth finger and then roll it across so it frets the G note (8th fret, second string). </p><p>The first string notes are played with an upstroke, while the lone picked note on the second string is played with a downstroke. Paul suggests digging in hard to the picked notes to draw out pinched harmonics. This lick also works great with every note picked using strict up-down <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-alternate-pick-on-guitar">alternate picking</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:36.67%;"><img id="Je5k86v3wbcJ52XfPMxsvS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Je5k86v3wbcJ52XfPMxsvS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="352" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Je5k86v3wbcJ52XfPMxsvS.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1b-a-dorian-lick-version-2-6-35-in-the-video">Example 1b: A Dorian Lick, version 2 (6:35 in the video)</h2><p>The same phrasing and picking articulation from exercise 1a can be extended to other note groupings from the A Dorian mode. Moving the sequence up a minor third introduces larger stretches that Paul frets with the first, third and fourth fingers again.</p><p>Experiment with the second finger in place of the third finger if this is uncomfortable, but be sure to pay attention to the wrist and elbow positioning.</p><p>As Paul points out in the video, the whole arm and hand play an important role in accessing speed and dexterity, a commonly overlooked part of good guitar technique.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:37.71%;"><img id="4X4T8Mgyu2NmoaRwsNM9xS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4X4T8Mgyu2NmoaRwsNM9xS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="362" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4X4T8Mgyu2NmoaRwsNM9xS.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1c-chromatic-lick-7-50-in-the-video">Example 1c: Chromatic lick (7:50 in the video)</h2><p>To demonstrate that this concept can work with any scale or set of notes, we have a chromatic version of the original exercise. Consider expanding this by starting on the third or fourth strings and introduce string skips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:36.35%;"><img id="FYQq7J7CoQTQMf28FwGTyS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FYQq7J7CoQTQMf28FwGTyS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="349" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FYQq7J7CoQTQMf28FwGTyS.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5088px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.83%;"><img id="BfymbTfN3uZuA8gepuUqe5" name="Screenshot 2026-03-10 at 17.23.36" alt="Paul Gilbert" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BfymbTfN3uZuA8gepuUqe5.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5088" height="2790" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Paul has his thumb over the fretboard for bluesy phrasing, ready for sustaining a string bend with added vibrato </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-e-minor-pentatonic-lick-8-33-in-the-video">Example 2a: E minor pentatonic lick (8:33 in the video)</h2><p>This begins with an ascending E minor pentatonic (E G A B D) sequence favored by Jimmy Page and Ace Frehley who were big influences on Paul. It moves into classic Gilbert territory by adding the second degree of the minor scale, and a repeating pull-off motif on the top two strings.</p><p>The wrist roll from the first exercise is again employed. The liberal use of pull-offs makes the picking less of a concern, but players who want to replicate Paul’s approach (he often uses outside picking to cross strings) will want to play close attention to the pick strokes indicated below the tab.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:107.71%;"><img id="YuPdeQpo82ZZ2xuPFEjR6T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YuPdeQpo82ZZ2xuPFEjR6T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1034" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-e-minor-blues-lick-14-45-in-the-video">Example 2b: E minor blues lick (14:45 in the video)</h2><p>Here's a great minor blues companion to exercise 2a that features rolls, bends, hammer-ons and pull-offs. Mr. Big recordings and Paul's more recent solo albums feature plenty of ideas like this, and players such as Nuno Bettencourt, Zakk Wylde and John Sykes use similar concepts. </p><p>Take your time and work in small sections before piecing it all together – a common approach to shred guitar creativity.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:184.17%;"><img id="bHoecsEQCD6CZJUUGAeVET" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bHoecsEQCD6CZJUUGAeVET.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1768" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:107.81%;"><img id="assGB2DV5bxvfwyApmUw8T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/assGB2DV5bxvfwyApmUw8T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1035" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-e-minor-blues-lick-version-2-15-00-in-the-video">Example 2c: E minor blues lick, version 2 (15:00 in the video)</h2><p>This variation of Paul's previous minor blues lick breaks up the phrasing with strategic rest strokes and staccato picking. All three exercises here demonstrate the power of rearranging familiar pentatonic box shape with select notes from the minor, Dorian and blues scales. Lots of fresh options and lots of fun!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:187.71%;"><img id="kFsgqTcQA2cTFKT6EQwiET" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kFsgqTcQA2cTFKT6EQwiET.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1802" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.40%;"><img id="pSttn59Mby2HLMcUDqzVzS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pSttn59Mby2HLMcUDqzVzS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="311" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.95%;"><img id="4HQoKaRYrXUWSK7cS4MTje" name="Screenshot 2026-03-10 at 17.31.20" alt="Paul Gilbert" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4HQoKaRYrXUWSK7cS4MTje.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5096" height="2800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Fingers and fretboards - where Paul Gilbert excels! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3a-the-hip-a7-scale-a-mixolydian-b3-b5-16-48-in-the-video">Example 3a: The Hip A7 scale: A Mixolydian+b3+b5 (16:48 in the video)</h2><p>Paul’s creative approach to playing over dominant chords often features a hybrid Mixolydian, Dorian and Blues scale he simply calls 'The Hip A7 Scale'. It's A Mixolydian (A B C# D E F# G) plus b3 (C note) and b5 (Eb note).</p><p>The example below simply lays the notes out on the fretboard - learn this first then you'll appreciate the next example on a deeper theoretical level. This fully rounded approach to tuition was a key element of G.I.T – expand student's theory and technique for wider musical expression.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:72.08%;"><img id="S7QbF5KPzwrLp9urRzQe2T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7QbF5KPzwrLp9urRzQe2T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="692" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-the-hip-a7-lick-15-31-in-the-video">Example 3: The Hip A7 lick (15:31 in the video)</h2><p>Paul's Hip A7 lick is a perfect example of venturing beyond rigid scale shapes and embracing the bluesy foundations of rock guitar, where conviction and style reign supreme.</p><p>Building on the ingredients from exercise 3a, this sequence sounds sophisticated by contrasting chord tones from A7 (the notes are A C# E G) with extensions and alterations like the minor third (#9 - C), flattened fifth (#11 - Eb) and sixth (13th - F#).</p><p>Adding these notes to a dominant 7th chord's notes (or even the minor or major pentatonics) is a great way to morph rock and blues licks into jazz and fusion lines.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:108.75%;"><img id="kEnxPCEj8hPUujDAHLWb4T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kEnxPCEj8hPUujDAHLWb4T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1044" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="paul-gilbert-discusses-his-fretting-hand-technique">Paul Gilbert discusses his fretting hand technique</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5088px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.95%;"><img id="m6AuGjT8a5uiqGANmJ8HnF" name="Paul Gilbert screengrab" alt="Paul Gilbert" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m6AuGjT8a5uiqGANmJ8HnF.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5088" height="2796" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Paul stretches out with his trademark three-note-per-string fretting </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>How did your fretting hand’s third and fourth fingers get strong and independent of each other?</strong></p><p>My first two years on guitar were all self-taught. For some reason, I only used my middle finger. When I finally started taking lessons, my teacher suggested an exercise to get my other fingers moving. The exercise was one-finger-per-fret, across all six strings, starting on the 1st fret. I had big hands as an 11-year-old, so I could handle playing F, F#, G, G# with all four fingers on the sixth string. That became a habit.</p><p>So when I learned an A minor scale with A, B, C on the first string, I used my first finger, third finger, and pinky (fourth finger). It worked right away, so I never considered an alternative. I must admit that few of my '70s guitar heroes use this fingering, and I certainly wouldn't have them change anything. In most cases, I don't think there is a particular advantage. It's more a personal quirk. But once in a while that fingering will offer something unique, plus I'm just used to it.</p><p><strong>How did you develop strength and stamina for big stretches?  </strong></p><p>I used to play [Van Halen's] <em>Spanish Fly</em> over and over again when I was a teenager. That was my daily warm-up. I also practiced trills between all my fingers. A trill between the third finger and fourth finger takes some doing! And I would even practice these on a bass, to build more stamina. I was 18 years old. Now if I need stamina, I just use 7s!</p><p><strong>How did you develop your fourth finger vibrato?</strong></p><p>I do pinky vibrato all the time, with help from the other fingers! And it's actually the wrist (a much larger and powerful body part) that's driving the whole thing. I wouldn't dare send the energy of my wrist into my pinky by itself. I'd get an injury, fast! So the pinky is just getting the note, and the other fingers are providing more skin and stability.</p><p><strong>What is good rock vibrato?</strong></p><p>Let's take a look at bad vibrato first, as we can learn from it. The most common bad vibrato is when the vibrato starts fast... then freezes. To fix it, just flip the order around. Start with no vibrato. Then gradually speed it up. Then you need to have a stylish transition out of it. That can be a slide, a pitch scratch, an intentional stop, or a muted sweep into the next chord. Use anything to get out of the vibrato before it freezes! </p><p>In terms of technique, frozen notes typically come from the wrist being in a classical position under the neck. Look up some photos of the vibrato masters of the '70s. Jimi Hendrix, Brian May, Gary Moore, Jimmy Page, Ace Frehley, and Leslie West all have their thumbs hanging over the top of the neck. This is an indication of where the wrist is. The wrist drives the vibrato. The wrist is powerful! Frozen notes disappear!</p><p>Nobody told me any of that when I was a kid. I just wanted to look and sound like Jimmy Page. And the low-slung guitar helped, as it banished classical hand position. For rock vibrato, the low-slung guitar gets the wrist in just the right place. I wear my guitar up a bit higher these days, but my vibrato technique was honed with a long <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-guitar-straps-for-every-budget">guitar strap</a> and '70s heroes in my ears.  </p><p><strong>What is a common fretting hand problem you could help everyone solve?</strong></p><p>So much of my style is dependent on a "wrist up" rock wrist position. Besides the power and control of wrist-driven vibrato, it also makes it easier to do finger rolls from string to string on the same fret. It makes noise-control easier, as it gets you in position to mute adjacent strings to the one you're playing. And I believe the rock wrist position gives extra strength and speed to hammer-ons and pull-offs as well.</p><p>The only time I make an exception is on barre chords, or big stretches on the lower strings. For those, I just tilt the neck up a bit to get my wrist in temporary classical position until the phrase is done, and then I'm back to rock wrist. For all of this, the most important part of your hand is... your ears!</p><p><strong>Paul Gilbert's new album, </strong><a href="https://lnk.to/PaulGilbert" target="_blank"><em><strong>WROC</strong></em></a><strong>, is out now.</strong></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-more-paul-gilbert"><span>More Paul Gilbert!</span></h3><h2 id="racer-x-street-lethal">Racer X - Street Lethal</h2><p>While Mr Big launched Paul to bona fide rock god status, the title track of the debut Racer X album established him as a shred superhero. Blistering three-notes-per-string sequences, intense vibrato and surgical diad riffing make <em>Street Lethal</em> stand out!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/bh-FGiQE4Lo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="paul-gilbert-go-not-thither">Paul Gilbert - Go Not Thither</h2><p>Paul channels the pentatonic swagger of Mahogany Rush, Pat Travers and Montrose with this uptempo groove from his latest album <em>WROC</em>. The solo seamlessly blends Mixolydian, Dorian and blues scale phrases with a syrupy tone and vibrato which highlights the influence of Robin Trower.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/visjhSZl8xo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/paul-gilbert-git-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Paul was a student and a tutor at LA's G.I.T. (Guitar Institute of Technology). Here are the shred secrets he learned there – and taught ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">buTM3gegNzYtLexgxnSsEJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MZ7MwLH2dW69PnmLfEvdQ8-1280-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Paul Gilbert ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EfyEoXJTgTCWXoyWuDfW9L.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Leon Todd ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MZ7MwLH2dW69PnmLfEvdQ8-1280-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Joby Sessions/Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Paul Gilbert with an Ibanez guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Paul Gilbert with an Ibanez guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Paul Gilbert with an Ibanez guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MZ7MwLH2dW69PnmLfEvdQ8-1280-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/qv_1X7AWops" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Paul Gilbert is a rare example of a musician who has pushed the envelope of his instrument while also achieving commercial success.</p><p>He's a virtuoso guitarist who is respected worldwide for his work with shred metal pioneers Racer X. He's a bona fide rockstar who has topped the charts and filled arenas with Mr. Big, as well as maintaining a prolific and varied solo career. His latest album, <em>WROC</em> (which stands for Washington's Rules of Civility), could be his most outlandish offering to date.</p><p>Before all this though, Paul was a student and a tutor at LA's G.I.T. (Guitar Institute of Technology, later Musicians Institute) who stunned and informed '80s students with his speed and precision. He was the Yoda of rock for countless Jedi Padawans.</p><p>We asked him to look back at his trademark G.I.T. era licks, taking them from technique-building exercises to effective musical phrases. So grab your guitar and amp for this fun deep dive into the heady days of '80s shred licks to boost your chops and musicality! </p><h2 id="example-1a-a-dorian-lick-0-21-in-the-video">Example 1a: A Dorian lick (0:21 in the video)</h2><p>This example features the A Dorian mode (A B C D E F# G) and is played using <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a> (fretting hand hammer-ons and pull-offs) and outside picking (up-pick the first string, <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpick</a> the second string – the pick to string contact is outside the strings). </p><p>The sequence stays the same on the second string while the note on the first (high E) string moves up and down the scale. For the highest note (C on the 8th fret, first string), you will fret with the fourth finger and then roll it across so it frets the G note (8th fret, second string). </p><p>The first string notes are played with an upstroke, while the lone picked note on the second string is played with a downstroke. Paul suggests digging in hard to the picked notes to draw out pinched harmonics. This lick also works great with every note picked using strict up-down <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-alternate-pick-on-guitar">alternate picking</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:36.67%;"><img id="Je5k86v3wbcJ52XfPMxsvS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Je5k86v3wbcJ52XfPMxsvS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="352" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Je5k86v3wbcJ52XfPMxsvS.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1b-a-dorian-lick-version-2-6-35-in-the-video">Example 1b: A Dorian Lick, version 2 (6:35 in the video)</h2><p>The same phrasing and picking articulation from exercise 1a can be extended to other note groupings from the A Dorian mode. Moving the sequence up a minor third introduces larger stretches that Paul frets with the first, third and fourth fingers again.</p><p>Experiment with the second finger in place of the third finger if this is uncomfortable, but be sure to pay attention to the wrist and elbow positioning.</p><p>As Paul points out in the video, the whole arm and hand play an important role in accessing speed and dexterity, a commonly overlooked part of good guitar technique.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:37.71%;"><img id="4X4T8Mgyu2NmoaRwsNM9xS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4X4T8Mgyu2NmoaRwsNM9xS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="362" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4X4T8Mgyu2NmoaRwsNM9xS.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1c-chromatic-lick-7-50-in-the-video">Example 1c: Chromatic lick (7:50 in the video)</h2><p>To demonstrate that this concept can work with any scale or set of notes, we have a chromatic version of the original exercise. Consider expanding this by starting on the third or fourth strings and introduce string skips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:36.35%;"><img id="FYQq7J7CoQTQMf28FwGTyS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FYQq7J7CoQTQMf28FwGTyS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="349" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FYQq7J7CoQTQMf28FwGTyS.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5088px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.83%;"><img id="BfymbTfN3uZuA8gepuUqe5" name="Screenshot 2026-03-10 at 17.23.36" alt="Paul Gilbert" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BfymbTfN3uZuA8gepuUqe5.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5088" height="2790" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Paul has his thumb over the fretboard for bluesy phrasing, ready for sustaining a string bend with added vibrato </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-e-minor-pentatonic-lick-8-33-in-the-video">Example 2a: E minor pentatonic lick (8:33 in the video)</h2><p>This begins with an ascending E minor pentatonic (E G A B D) sequence favored by Jimmy Page and Ace Frehley who were big influences on Paul. It moves into classic Gilbert territory by adding the second degree of the minor scale, and a repeating pull-off motif on the top two strings.</p><p>The wrist roll from the first exercise is again employed. The liberal use of pull-offs makes the picking less of a concern, but players who want to replicate Paul’s approach (he often uses outside picking to cross strings) will want to play close attention to the pick strokes indicated below the tab.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:107.71%;"><img id="YuPdeQpo82ZZ2xuPFEjR6T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YuPdeQpo82ZZ2xuPFEjR6T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1034" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-e-minor-blues-lick-14-45-in-the-video">Example 2b: E minor blues lick (14:45 in the video)</h2><p>Here's a great minor blues companion to exercise 2a that features rolls, bends, hammer-ons and pull-offs. Mr. Big recordings and Paul's more recent solo albums feature plenty of ideas like this, and players such as Nuno Bettencourt, Zakk Wylde and John Sykes use similar concepts. </p><p>Take your time and work in small sections before piecing it all together – a common approach to shred guitar creativity.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:184.17%;"><img id="bHoecsEQCD6CZJUUGAeVET" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bHoecsEQCD6CZJUUGAeVET.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1768" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:107.81%;"><img id="assGB2DV5bxvfwyApmUw8T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/assGB2DV5bxvfwyApmUw8T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1035" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-e-minor-blues-lick-version-2-15-00-in-the-video">Example 2c: E minor blues lick, version 2 (15:00 in the video)</h2><p>This variation of Paul's previous minor blues lick breaks up the phrasing with strategic rest strokes and staccato picking. All three exercises here demonstrate the power of rearranging familiar pentatonic box shape with select notes from the minor, Dorian and blues scales. Lots of fresh options and lots of fun!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:187.71%;"><img id="kFsgqTcQA2cTFKT6EQwiET" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kFsgqTcQA2cTFKT6EQwiET.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1802" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.40%;"><img id="pSttn59Mby2HLMcUDqzVzS" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pSttn59Mby2HLMcUDqzVzS.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="311" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.95%;"><img id="4HQoKaRYrXUWSK7cS4MTje" name="Screenshot 2026-03-10 at 17.31.20" alt="Paul Gilbert" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4HQoKaRYrXUWSK7cS4MTje.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5096" height="2800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Fingers and fretboards - where Paul Gilbert excels! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3a-the-hip-a7-scale-a-mixolydian-b3-b5-16-48-in-the-video">Example 3a: The Hip A7 scale: A Mixolydian+b3+b5 (16:48 in the video)</h2><p>Paul’s creative approach to playing over dominant chords often features a hybrid Mixolydian, Dorian and Blues scale he simply calls 'The Hip A7 Scale'. It's A Mixolydian (A B C# D E F# G) plus b3 (C note) and b5 (Eb note).</p><p>The example below simply lays the notes out on the fretboard - learn this first then you'll appreciate the next example on a deeper theoretical level. This fully rounded approach to tuition was a key element of G.I.T – expand student's theory and technique for wider musical expression.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:72.08%;"><img id="S7QbF5KPzwrLp9urRzQe2T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7QbF5KPzwrLp9urRzQe2T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="692" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-the-hip-a7-lick-15-31-in-the-video">Example 3: The Hip A7 lick (15:31 in the video)</h2><p>Paul's Hip A7 lick is a perfect example of venturing beyond rigid scale shapes and embracing the bluesy foundations of rock guitar, where conviction and style reign supreme.</p><p>Building on the ingredients from exercise 3a, this sequence sounds sophisticated by contrasting chord tones from A7 (the notes are A C# E G) with extensions and alterations like the minor third (#9 - C), flattened fifth (#11 - Eb) and sixth (13th - F#).</p><p>Adding these notes to a dominant 7th chord's notes (or even the minor or major pentatonics) is a great way to morph rock and blues licks into jazz and fusion lines.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:108.75%;"><img id="kEnxPCEj8hPUujDAHLWb4T" name="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" alt="Paul Gilbert Shred Lick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kEnxPCEj8hPUujDAHLWb4T.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1044" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="paul-gilbert-discusses-his-fretting-hand-technique">Paul Gilbert discusses his fretting hand technique</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5088px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.95%;"><img id="m6AuGjT8a5uiqGANmJ8HnF" name="Paul Gilbert screengrab" alt="Paul Gilbert" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m6AuGjT8a5uiqGANmJ8HnF.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5088" height="2796" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Paul stretches out with his trademark three-note-per-string fretting </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Paul Gilbert)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>How did your fretting hand’s third and fourth fingers get strong and independent of each other?</strong></p><p>My first two years on guitar were all self-taught. For some reason, I only used my middle finger. When I finally started taking lessons, my teacher suggested an exercise to get my other fingers moving. The exercise was one-finger-per-fret, across all six strings, starting on the 1st fret. I had big hands as an 11-year-old, so I could handle playing F, F#, G, G# with all four fingers on the sixth string. That became a habit.</p><p>So when I learned an A minor scale with A, B, C on the first string, I used my first finger, third finger, and pinky (fourth finger). It worked right away, so I never considered an alternative. I must admit that few of my '70s guitar heroes use this fingering, and I certainly wouldn't have them change anything. In most cases, I don't think there is a particular advantage. It's more a personal quirk. But once in a while that fingering will offer something unique, plus I'm just used to it.</p><p><strong>How did you develop strength and stamina for big stretches?  </strong></p><p>I used to play [Van Halen's] <em>Spanish Fly</em> over and over again when I was a teenager. That was my daily warm-up. I also practiced trills between all my fingers. A trill between the third finger and fourth finger takes some doing! And I would even practice these on a bass, to build more stamina. I was 18 years old. Now if I need stamina, I just use 7s!</p><p><strong>How did you develop your fourth finger vibrato?</strong></p><p>I do pinky vibrato all the time, with help from the other fingers! And it's actually the wrist (a much larger and powerful body part) that's driving the whole thing. I wouldn't dare send the energy of my wrist into my pinky by itself. I'd get an injury, fast! So the pinky is just getting the note, and the other fingers are providing more skin and stability.</p><p><strong>What is good rock vibrato?</strong></p><p>Let's take a look at bad vibrato first, as we can learn from it. The most common bad vibrato is when the vibrato starts fast... then freezes. To fix it, just flip the order around. Start with no vibrato. Then gradually speed it up. Then you need to have a stylish transition out of it. That can be a slide, a pitch scratch, an intentional stop, or a muted sweep into the next chord. Use anything to get out of the vibrato before it freezes! </p><p>In terms of technique, frozen notes typically come from the wrist being in a classical position under the neck. Look up some photos of the vibrato masters of the '70s. Jimi Hendrix, Brian May, Gary Moore, Jimmy Page, Ace Frehley, and Leslie West all have their thumbs hanging over the top of the neck. This is an indication of where the wrist is. The wrist drives the vibrato. The wrist is powerful! Frozen notes disappear!</p><p>Nobody told me any of that when I was a kid. I just wanted to look and sound like Jimmy Page. And the low-slung guitar helped, as it banished classical hand position. For rock vibrato, the low-slung guitar gets the wrist in just the right place. I wear my guitar up a bit higher these days, but my vibrato technique was honed with a long <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-guitar-straps-for-every-budget">guitar strap</a> and '70s heroes in my ears.  </p><p><strong>What is a common fretting hand problem you could help everyone solve?</strong></p><p>So much of my style is dependent on a "wrist up" rock wrist position. Besides the power and control of wrist-driven vibrato, it also makes it easier to do finger rolls from string to string on the same fret. It makes noise-control easier, as it gets you in position to mute adjacent strings to the one you're playing. And I believe the rock wrist position gives extra strength and speed to hammer-ons and pull-offs as well.</p><p>The only time I make an exception is on barre chords, or big stretches on the lower strings. For those, I just tilt the neck up a bit to get my wrist in temporary classical position until the phrase is done, and then I'm back to rock wrist. For all of this, the most important part of your hand is... your ears!</p><p><strong>Paul Gilbert's new album, </strong><a href="https://lnk.to/PaulGilbert" target="_blank"><em><strong>WROC</strong></em></a><strong>, is out now.</strong></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-more-paul-gilbert"><span>More Paul Gilbert!</span></h3><h2 id="racer-x-street-lethal">Racer X - Street Lethal</h2><p>While Mr Big launched Paul to bona fide rock god status, the title track of the debut Racer X album established him as a shred superhero. Blistering three-notes-per-string sequences, intense vibrato and surgical diad riffing make <em>Street Lethal</em> stand out!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/bh-FGiQE4Lo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="paul-gilbert-go-not-thither">Paul Gilbert - Go Not Thither</h2><p>Paul channels the pentatonic swagger of Mahogany Rush, Pat Travers and Montrose with this uptempo groove from his latest album <em>WROC</em>. The solo seamlessly blends Mixolydian, Dorian and blues scale phrases with a syrupy tone and vibrato which highlights the influence of Robin Trower.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/visjhSZl8xo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “There are many approaches Slash could have taken for his solo – I thought it was cool he did his own thing”: How Joe Bonamassa and Slash channeled B.B. King and the Edge for an iconic cover of an iconic tune ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/rMoANp0fr2Q" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the standout tracks from my new album, <em>B.B. King: Blues Summit 100</em>, is a cover of the iconic tune <em>When Love Comes to Town</em>, which is a song King had recorded with U2 in 1988, an unlikely pairing that worked out phenomenally well and became very popular when it was released the following year. </p><p>Bono had written the song specifically with B.B. in mind, and they recorded it together at Sun Studios in Memphis. B.B. would subsequently perform the song live with U2 nearly 50 times.</p><p>There are many really cool guitar parts in this song, not only from B.B. but also from the Edge, who played a solo, which was delightfully surprising, as it is very unusual to hear him play in this type of blues context.</p><p>The Edge’s solo has his signature ethereal sound, so in approximating it, we plugged in a TC Electronic 2290, an AMS reverb – using anything we could find from that era at Sunset Sound in L.A. – and the results are sonically appropriate.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/4c79WZYiXaw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Using that sound, I played a solo in his style, along the lines of <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The solo is based on simple combinations of quarter and eighth notes, incorporating the open low and high E strings and the open B string, as well as a strummed E5 chord, with all notes allowed to ring into each other. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.96%;"><img id="PkAJrchNebKmn9njdyHFs3" name="GWM602 jobo u2 king 1" alt="gwm602 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PkAJrchNebKmn9njdyHFs3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="479" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PkAJrchNebKmn9njdyHFs3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it’s B.B.’s turn to solo, he gets right to classic B.B.-style phrasing, like <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Played in the “B.B. box,” the fret-hand is rooted in 5th position, starting with a big vibrato on an E root note and followed by succinct phrases that draw notes from both E major pentatonic (E, F#, G#, B, C#) and E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D).</p><p><strong>Figures 3 and 4</strong> are based on the same approach, this time moving from the tonic chord, E, to the IV (four) chord, A, without changing positions. All of these improvised melodies are played in the same 5th-position box.</p><p>The original track offers a great lesson in the power of simplicity in the parts of both guitarists. The Edge played in his style and B.B. played in his, and the two work so well together. </p><p>When we set about to record our version of the song, we invited Slash, Miles Kennedy and Shemekia Copeland to contribute their talents, and they all did a fantastic job, putting their own stamp on this classic song. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:112.90%;"><img id="6oHUWSAoVrG4oeYwPCSgD4" name="GWM602 jobo u2 king 2 TO 5" alt="gwm602 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6oHUWSAoVrG4oeYwPCSgD4.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2258" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6oHUWSAoVrG4oeYwPCSgD4.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many approaches Slash could have taken for his solo, and I thought it was cool that he did his own thing, utilizing his signature “rock” approach along the lines of <strong>Figure 5</strong>. </p><p>In this example, the first three bars are based on E minor pentatonic in 12th position, shifting in bar 4 up to 15th position then back to 12th position heading into bar 5. Moving into bar 6, the lines shift up to 17th position then back down to 5th position at the end of the bar.</p><p>The beauty of soloing over this song’s progression is you can stick with E-scale riffs the entire time, moving simply between the I and IV chords, as the tune never goes to the V (five) chord, B. I encourage you to make it your own, which is the approach Slash took quite effectively here.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-u2-bb-king-when-love-comes-to-town</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In his latest lesson for GW, Joe Bonamassa celebrates B.B. King’s late '80s collaboration with U2 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">9Kj4kuitSZ2ef5fj58Kqx6</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yT3MjsbGiLkyqJZmGdCS4-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 16:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yT3MjsbGiLkyqJZmGdCS4-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s BB King-inspired lesson in Guitar World issue 602.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s BB King-inspired lesson in Guitar World issue 602.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s BB King-inspired lesson in Guitar World issue 602.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yT3MjsbGiLkyqJZmGdCS4-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/rMoANp0fr2Q" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the standout tracks from my new album, <em>B.B. King: Blues Summit 100</em>, is a cover of the iconic tune <em>When Love Comes to Town</em>, which is a song King had recorded with U2 in 1988, an unlikely pairing that worked out phenomenally well and became very popular when it was released the following year. </p><p>Bono had written the song specifically with B.B. in mind, and they recorded it together at Sun Studios in Memphis. B.B. would subsequently perform the song live with U2 nearly 50 times.</p><p>There are many really cool guitar parts in this song, not only from B.B. but also from the Edge, who played a solo, which was delightfully surprising, as it is very unusual to hear him play in this type of blues context.</p><p>The Edge’s solo has his signature ethereal sound, so in approximating it, we plugged in a TC Electronic 2290, an AMS reverb – using anything we could find from that era at Sunset Sound in L.A. – and the results are sonically appropriate.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/4c79WZYiXaw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Using that sound, I played a solo in his style, along the lines of <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The solo is based on simple combinations of quarter and eighth notes, incorporating the open low and high E strings and the open B string, as well as a strummed E5 chord, with all notes allowed to ring into each other. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.96%;"><img id="PkAJrchNebKmn9njdyHFs3" name="GWM602 jobo u2 king 1" alt="gwm602 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PkAJrchNebKmn9njdyHFs3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="479" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PkAJrchNebKmn9njdyHFs3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it’s B.B.’s turn to solo, he gets right to classic B.B.-style phrasing, like <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Played in the “B.B. box,” the fret-hand is rooted in 5th position, starting with a big vibrato on an E root note and followed by succinct phrases that draw notes from both E major pentatonic (E, F#, G#, B, C#) and E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D).</p><p><strong>Figures 3 and 4</strong> are based on the same approach, this time moving from the tonic chord, E, to the IV (four) chord, A, without changing positions. All of these improvised melodies are played in the same 5th-position box.</p><p>The original track offers a great lesson in the power of simplicity in the parts of both guitarists. The Edge played in his style and B.B. played in his, and the two work so well together. </p><p>When we set about to record our version of the song, we invited Slash, Miles Kennedy and Shemekia Copeland to contribute their talents, and they all did a fantastic job, putting their own stamp on this classic song. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:112.90%;"><img id="6oHUWSAoVrG4oeYwPCSgD4" name="GWM602 jobo u2 king 2 TO 5" alt="gwm602 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6oHUWSAoVrG4oeYwPCSgD4.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2258" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6oHUWSAoVrG4oeYwPCSgD4.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many approaches Slash could have taken for his solo, and I thought it was cool that he did his own thing, utilizing his signature “rock” approach along the lines of <strong>Figure 5</strong>. </p><p>In this example, the first three bars are based on E minor pentatonic in 12th position, shifting in bar 4 up to 15th position then back to 12th position heading into bar 5. Moving into bar 6, the lines shift up to 17th position then back down to 5th position at the end of the bar.</p><p>The beauty of soloing over this song’s progression is you can stick with E-scale riffs the entire time, moving simply between the I and IV chords, as the tune never goes to the V (five) chord, B. I encourage you to make it your own, which is the approach Slash took quite effectively here.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “With the solo, my mindset is that we’re at the start of a musical journey, and it’s my mission to tell a story”: Jared James Nichols on his melodic soloing ideas every guitar player can take from Eric Clapton, Joe Bonamassa and SRV ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YGyW75QJ1uE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Last month, I discussed some of the advantages of playing in a power trio, such as the open harmonic canvas that it affords me as a guitar player. <em>Threw Me to the Wolves</em> is a song of mine that presents many opportunities to explore and exploit the creative freedom that the three-piece ensemble allows. </p><p>With the song’s solo section, my mindset is that we’re at the start of a musical journey, and it’s my mission to “tell a story” that will take the audience from one place to another. In this lesson, I’d like to share how I go about doing that.</p><p>Let’s first look at the solo section’s chord progression. As shown in <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>1</strong>, we’re in the key of A minor, and the progression begins with the bVI (flat six) chord, F(sus2), which moves to the bVII (flat seven) chord, G5, then resolves to the tonic, or root, chord, Am. Each chord lasts for two beats, so the first bar is Fsus2 to G5, and the second bar is Am to G5. This two-bar pattern then repeats throughout the solo.</p><p>For the F and G chords, no 3rd is played, which gives me more melodic freedom when soloing. This sense of “open harmony” allows me to hold long, sustaining notes over all three chords, and then travel through the progression with melodic freedom, in my quest for memorable, singable solos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.92%;"><img id="2LqasKhZorE4iTEKmXZPee" name="gwm601 JJN 1" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2LqasKhZorE4iTEKmXZPee.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2LqasKhZorE4iTEKmXZPee.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure</strong> <strong>2</strong> illustrates how I get into the solo. Taking an Eric Clapton/Albert King-inspired approach, I begin with a whole-step bend from D, the 4th, up to E, the 5th, which I hold and shake, after which I slowly move back down to the A root note via the notes D and C, as well as the 2nd, B. The overall scale I rely on here is A minor hextatonic (A, B, C, D, E, G), which is A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G) with the note B, the 2nd, or 9th, added. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.71%;"><img id="Y4kc8TMnGARUp7iHALtm7f" name="gwm601 JJN 2" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4kc8TMnGARUp7iHALtm7f.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1361" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4kc8TMnGARUp7iHALtm7f.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another thing I love to do here is reference the chord progression with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a>, specifically 6th intervals, or 6ths. <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>3</strong> has me sliding into a C-A double-stop over Fsus2, a D-B double-stop over G5 and an E-C double-stop over Am.</p><p><strong>Figure</strong> <strong>4</strong> demonstrates a neat little trick I picked up from Joe Bonamassa: when playing a 6th or 10th interval as a double-stop, instead of fretting the higher note normally, play it one fret lower then bend it up a half step and add some vibrato, to make it really sing. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.04%;"><img id="N9Y8gSZJFTZrTsECVktBze" name="gwm601 JJN 3 and 4" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N9Y8gSZJFTZrTsECVktBze.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="457" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N9Y8gSZJFTZrTsECVktBze.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another cool way to elaborate on 6ths is to create a “pedal tone”-type melody. In <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>5</strong>, I begin with straight 6ths over Fsus2 and G5 then use the lower note as a rearticulated pedal tone against a melodic line played on higher strings.</p><p>I also like to reference each chord with simple triad <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a>. In <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>6</strong>, I play F, G and Am triads on the top three strings while adding vibrato in an Otis Rush-type manner.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.92%;"><img id="hSugwZ6TTSEVX5Nu6PB62f" name="gwm601 JJN 5 and 6" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSugwZ6TTSEVX5Nu6PB62f.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSugwZ6TTSEVX5Nu6PB62f.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 7 and 8</strong> illustrate a tremolo strumming technique I picked up from Stevie Ray Vaughan: Figure 7 shows Am, Bm, Csus2 and Dsus2 triads played on the top three strings. In Figure 8, I create a tremolo effect by lightly strumming the strings with the tip of my pick-hand index finger as quickly as possible.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.54%;"><img id="3uHRLpKEyX7ophs8HPG4ne" name="gwm601 JJN 7 and 8" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uHRLpKEyX7ophs8HPG4ne.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="445" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uHRLpKEyX7ophs8HPG4ne.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is the last installment of Hardwired for now. I hope you’ve been able to incorporate some of my ideas into your own playing and hope to see you at a show soon! </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/jared-james-nicholes-melodic-soloing-like-eric-clapton</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In his latest Guitar World column, the blues powerhouse channels Slowhand (and uses his own track Threw Me to the Wolves) for a lesson in lyrical leads ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ZHbnkebXZ3vzSZTfWykV8W</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yQVdxuS4JiYa3BF4qLW8Fd-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 14:21:54 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jared James Nichols ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yQVdxuS4JiYa3BF4qLW8Fd-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Jared James Nichols plays a Gibson Explorer in a still from his Guitar World lesson video.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Jared James Nichols plays a Gibson Explorer in a still from his Guitar World lesson video.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Jared James Nichols plays a Gibson Explorer in a still from his Guitar World lesson video.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yQVdxuS4JiYa3BF4qLW8Fd-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YGyW75QJ1uE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Last month, I discussed some of the advantages of playing in a power trio, such as the open harmonic canvas that it affords me as a guitar player. <em>Threw Me to the Wolves</em> is a song of mine that presents many opportunities to explore and exploit the creative freedom that the three-piece ensemble allows. </p><p>With the song’s solo section, my mindset is that we’re at the start of a musical journey, and it’s my mission to “tell a story” that will take the audience from one place to another. In this lesson, I’d like to share how I go about doing that.</p><p>Let’s first look at the solo section’s chord progression. As shown in <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>1</strong>, we’re in the key of A minor, and the progression begins with the bVI (flat six) chord, F(sus2), which moves to the bVII (flat seven) chord, G5, then resolves to the tonic, or root, chord, Am. Each chord lasts for two beats, so the first bar is Fsus2 to G5, and the second bar is Am to G5. This two-bar pattern then repeats throughout the solo.</p><p>For the F and G chords, no 3rd is played, which gives me more melodic freedom when soloing. This sense of “open harmony” allows me to hold long, sustaining notes over all three chords, and then travel through the progression with melodic freedom, in my quest for memorable, singable solos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.92%;"><img id="2LqasKhZorE4iTEKmXZPee" name="gwm601 JJN 1" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2LqasKhZorE4iTEKmXZPee.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2LqasKhZorE4iTEKmXZPee.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure</strong> <strong>2</strong> illustrates how I get into the solo. Taking an Eric Clapton/Albert King-inspired approach, I begin with a whole-step bend from D, the 4th, up to E, the 5th, which I hold and shake, after which I slowly move back down to the A root note via the notes D and C, as well as the 2nd, B. The overall scale I rely on here is A minor hextatonic (A, B, C, D, E, G), which is A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G) with the note B, the 2nd, or 9th, added. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.71%;"><img id="Y4kc8TMnGARUp7iHALtm7f" name="gwm601 JJN 2" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4kc8TMnGARUp7iHALtm7f.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1361" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4kc8TMnGARUp7iHALtm7f.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another thing I love to do here is reference the chord progression with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a>, specifically 6th intervals, or 6ths. <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>3</strong> has me sliding into a C-A double-stop over Fsus2, a D-B double-stop over G5 and an E-C double-stop over Am.</p><p><strong>Figure</strong> <strong>4</strong> demonstrates a neat little trick I picked up from Joe Bonamassa: when playing a 6th or 10th interval as a double-stop, instead of fretting the higher note normally, play it one fret lower then bend it up a half step and add some vibrato, to make it really sing. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.04%;"><img id="N9Y8gSZJFTZrTsECVktBze" name="gwm601 JJN 3 and 4" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N9Y8gSZJFTZrTsECVktBze.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="457" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N9Y8gSZJFTZrTsECVktBze.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another cool way to elaborate on 6ths is to create a “pedal tone”-type melody. In <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>5</strong>, I begin with straight 6ths over Fsus2 and G5 then use the lower note as a rearticulated pedal tone against a melodic line played on higher strings.</p><p>I also like to reference each chord with simple triad <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a>. In <strong>Figure</strong> <strong>6</strong>, I play F, G and Am triads on the top three strings while adding vibrato in an Otis Rush-type manner.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.92%;"><img id="hSugwZ6TTSEVX5Nu6PB62f" name="gwm601 JJN 5 and 6" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSugwZ6TTSEVX5Nu6PB62f.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSugwZ6TTSEVX5Nu6PB62f.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 7 and 8</strong> illustrate a tremolo strumming technique I picked up from Stevie Ray Vaughan: Figure 7 shows Am, Bm, Csus2 and Dsus2 triads played on the top three strings. In Figure 8, I create a tremolo effect by lightly strumming the strings with the tip of my pick-hand index finger as quickly as possible.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.54%;"><img id="3uHRLpKEyX7ophs8HPG4ne" name="gwm601 JJN 7 and 8" alt="GWM601 Jared James Nichols Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uHRLpKEyX7ophs8HPG4ne.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="445" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uHRLpKEyX7ophs8HPG4ne.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is the last installment of Hardwired for now. I hope you’ve been able to incorporate some of my ideas into your own playing and hope to see you at a show soon! </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “It’s about building intensity… think of Jeff Beck shifting to Billy Gibbons!” How to solo over one-chord blues ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>In a world where we’re so often encouraged to expand our vocabulary, learn more scales, play over complex changes and improve our technique, this example solo takes the contrary approach of exploring simple bluesy ideas over a single chord. </p><p>It does venture a little outside of the regular pentatonic shapes towards the end (check out Example 3), but this is the exception, rather than the rule. In this section we’re looking for interesting melodic lines instead of deliberately referring to specific chord tones, but – deliberately or not – this is what’s going on during the last four bars…</p><p>One of the advantages of staying with a one-chord ‘drone’ backing such as this is that we can experiment with different melodic ideas without having to consider the constantly ‘shifting sands’ of changing chords. </p><p>This concentration on the melodic possibilities in a narrower context can be gradually expanded from a single chord to some straightforward changes at first, then gradually building in complexity as you become more conversant with the various possibilities. </p><p>Let’s talk a little more about the example solo. It was played in a single pass but is divided up here into three four-bar sections. The first two of these stay within the accepted parameters of blues playing (albeit with a little more distortion than a ‘classic’ blues). </p><p>After establishing a riff in Example 1, Example 2 plays around with the shape 1 A minor pentatonic box. None of this requires a huge vocabulary or theoretical knowledge; it’s much more about melody and rhythm. While it’s always good to expand our horizons, most classic solos aren’t derived from esoteric scales and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggios</a>! </p><p>That said, Example 3 does deliberately (and repeatedly) refer to the 6th (F#), culminating in a fiddly Am6 arpeggio idea. Hope you enjoy and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_l7w3dtKAmw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-4">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.46%;"><img id="AMohv36wkKKJy5jGdBVHWG" name="534 blues 1" alt="GIT534 Blues Lesson 1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AMohv36wkKKJy5jGdBVHWG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1259" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AMohv36wkKKJy5jGdBVHWG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This introductory phrase establishes a riff based around an A chord, though it progresses towards a more pentatonic ‘lead guitar’ approach by the time we reach bar 4. In terms of pentatonic positions, you could say this is based predominantly around shape 5 until bar 4, when we shift up to shape 1. </p><p>I’m using fingerstyle to play this, but any version of hybrid or even flatpicking can be made to work. Try them all and see what you prefer.</p><h2 id="example-2-4">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.29%;"><img id="8sZGYN4nb2THmCxjs3tPWG" name="534 blues 2" alt="GIT534 Blues Lesson 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8sZGYN4nb2THmCxjs3tPWG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8sZGYN4nb2THmCxjs3tPWG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having established that bluesy groove, we’re now ‘lifting off’ with some solo playing. We stay pretty constantly with the shape 1 A minor pentatonic we shifted to at the end of Example 1. </p><p>This phrase isn’t looking to push any boundaries harmonically – it’s about building intensity via that repeated string-bending lick, then breaking it up with some rhythmic doublestops. Maybe a good way of viewing this is to think of Jeff Beck shifting to Billy Gibbons!</p><h2 id="example-3-4">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.29%;"><img id="2s9nm9UF4WGqQjRo39dVKG" name="534 blues 3" alt="GIT534 Blues Lesson 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2s9nm9UF4WGqQjRo39dVKG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2s9nm9UF4WGqQjRo39dVKG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s where we change from a more pentatonic-based approach to experimenting with ‘outside’ ideas – not in the hard bebop sense but non-pentatonic and arpeggio-based shapes based around Am6. </p><p>This translates as including lots of F# (the 6th), along with the other notes from A minor (A-C-E). Looking closely, you’ll also spot a good chunk of the shape 3 A minor pentatonic in there, too. </p><p>Once again, it’s your choice whether to use fingerstyle, pick or <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a>. Arguably, once you add enough gain, the tone difference is minimal, but how you attack the notes will influence your phrasing.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h2><h2 id="jeff-beck-jeff-beck-s-guitar-shop">Jeff Beck – Jeff Beck’s Guitar Shop</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/y2tLM69MhFw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The title track of 1989’s <em>Jeff Beck’s Guitar Shop</em> was definitely an inspiration for the riff in Example 1 of this issue’s piece, though <em>Stand On It</em> is also in there, too. Staying with that same album, <em>Two Rivers</em> explores some unusual non-pentatonic ideas. </p><p>Elsewhere, check out <em>Cause We’ve Ended As Lovers</em> from 75’s <em>Blow By Blow</em> as this contains a mixture of melodic exploration and more recognisably pentatonic themes. A little of this creeps into Example 2 with its repeated string-bend lick.</p><h2 id="zz-top-eliminator">ZZ Top – Eliminator</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/7wRHBLwpASw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Billy Gibbons manages to take blues ideas and incorporate them into a non-traditional context without losing their essence. His riffs and solos on the tracks <em>Legs</em> and <em>Sharp Dressed Man</em> from 1983’s <em>Eliminator</em> illustrate this particularly well, as all the other instruments sound very programmed and ‘1980s’. </p><p>The same is true of <em>Rough Boy</em> from <em>Afterburner</em> (1985): the two solos in this track really show Billy stretching out and soloing in a way he doesn’t allow himself on the other two examples.</p><h2 id="oz-noy-who-gives-a-funk">Oz Noy – Who Gives A Funk</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ua_Mx69ruMI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though he definitely comes from the more technical end of the spectrum, Oz Noy has an understanding of what makes the blues the blues, in the same way that Robben Ford does. In fact, you can check them out playing together on his version of <em>Ice Man</em> from 2016’s <em>Who Gives A Funk album</em>. </p><p>Elsewhere, check out <em>Come Dance With Me</em> from <em>Twisted Blues Vol 2</em>, released in 2014, or his incredible soloing on <em>Sit Tight</em> from the <em>Ha!</em> album, from earlier in his career in 2005.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/how-to-solo-over-one-chord-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Soloing over changes is cool, but sometimes the blues is  all about exploring melody over a single chord ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">HMhNkmSmCHzSbM9qmJdK6P</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yqgHbzkyiTKCdr6QRknAG-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 12:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yqgHbzkyiTKCdr6QRknAG-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Solomon N’Jie/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Billy Gibbons of ZZ Top plays a zebra-striped custom electric live at Wembley in the mid &#039;80s.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Billy Gibbons of ZZ Top plays a zebra-striped custom electric live at Wembley in the mid &#039;80s.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Billy Gibbons of ZZ Top plays a zebra-striped custom electric live at Wembley in the mid &#039;80s.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yqgHbzkyiTKCdr6QRknAG-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>In a world where we’re so often encouraged to expand our vocabulary, learn more scales, play over complex changes and improve our technique, this example solo takes the contrary approach of exploring simple bluesy ideas over a single chord. </p><p>It does venture a little outside of the regular pentatonic shapes towards the end (check out Example 3), but this is the exception, rather than the rule. In this section we’re looking for interesting melodic lines instead of deliberately referring to specific chord tones, but – deliberately or not – this is what’s going on during the last four bars…</p><p>One of the advantages of staying with a one-chord ‘drone’ backing such as this is that we can experiment with different melodic ideas without having to consider the constantly ‘shifting sands’ of changing chords. </p><p>This concentration on the melodic possibilities in a narrower context can be gradually expanded from a single chord to some straightforward changes at first, then gradually building in complexity as you become more conversant with the various possibilities. </p><p>Let’s talk a little more about the example solo. It was played in a single pass but is divided up here into three four-bar sections. The first two of these stay within the accepted parameters of blues playing (albeit with a little more distortion than a ‘classic’ blues). </p><p>After establishing a riff in Example 1, Example 2 plays around with the shape 1 A minor pentatonic box. None of this requires a huge vocabulary or theoretical knowledge; it’s much more about melody and rhythm. While it’s always good to expand our horizons, most classic solos aren’t derived from esoteric scales and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggios</a>! </p><p>That said, Example 3 does deliberately (and repeatedly) refer to the 6th (F#), culminating in a fiddly Am6 arpeggio idea. Hope you enjoy and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_l7w3dtKAmw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-4">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.46%;"><img id="AMohv36wkKKJy5jGdBVHWG" name="534 blues 1" alt="GIT534 Blues Lesson 1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AMohv36wkKKJy5jGdBVHWG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1259" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AMohv36wkKKJy5jGdBVHWG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This introductory phrase establishes a riff based around an A chord, though it progresses towards a more pentatonic ‘lead guitar’ approach by the time we reach bar 4. In terms of pentatonic positions, you could say this is based predominantly around shape 5 until bar 4, when we shift up to shape 1. </p><p>I’m using fingerstyle to play this, but any version of hybrid or even flatpicking can be made to work. Try them all and see what you prefer.</p><h2 id="example-2-4">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.29%;"><img id="8sZGYN4nb2THmCxjs3tPWG" name="534 blues 2" alt="GIT534 Blues Lesson 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8sZGYN4nb2THmCxjs3tPWG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8sZGYN4nb2THmCxjs3tPWG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having established that bluesy groove, we’re now ‘lifting off’ with some solo playing. We stay pretty constantly with the shape 1 A minor pentatonic we shifted to at the end of Example 1. </p><p>This phrase isn’t looking to push any boundaries harmonically – it’s about building intensity via that repeated string-bending lick, then breaking it up with some rhythmic doublestops. Maybe a good way of viewing this is to think of Jeff Beck shifting to Billy Gibbons!</p><h2 id="example-3-4">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.29%;"><img id="2s9nm9UF4WGqQjRo39dVKG" name="534 blues 3" alt="GIT534 Blues Lesson 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2s9nm9UF4WGqQjRo39dVKG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2s9nm9UF4WGqQjRo39dVKG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s where we change from a more pentatonic-based approach to experimenting with ‘outside’ ideas – not in the hard bebop sense but non-pentatonic and arpeggio-based shapes based around Am6. </p><p>This translates as including lots of F# (the 6th), along with the other notes from A minor (A-C-E). Looking closely, you’ll also spot a good chunk of the shape 3 A minor pentatonic in there, too. </p><p>Once again, it’s your choice whether to use fingerstyle, pick or <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a>. Arguably, once you add enough gain, the tone difference is minimal, but how you attack the notes will influence your phrasing.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h2><h2 id="jeff-beck-jeff-beck-s-guitar-shop">Jeff Beck – Jeff Beck’s Guitar Shop</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/y2tLM69MhFw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The title track of 1989’s <em>Jeff Beck’s Guitar Shop</em> was definitely an inspiration for the riff in Example 1 of this issue’s piece, though <em>Stand On It</em> is also in there, too. Staying with that same album, <em>Two Rivers</em> explores some unusual non-pentatonic ideas. </p><p>Elsewhere, check out <em>Cause We’ve Ended As Lovers</em> from 75’s <em>Blow By Blow</em> as this contains a mixture of melodic exploration and more recognisably pentatonic themes. A little of this creeps into Example 2 with its repeated string-bend lick.</p><h2 id="zz-top-eliminator">ZZ Top – Eliminator</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/7wRHBLwpASw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Billy Gibbons manages to take blues ideas and incorporate them into a non-traditional context without losing their essence. His riffs and solos on the tracks <em>Legs</em> and <em>Sharp Dressed Man</em> from 1983’s <em>Eliminator</em> illustrate this particularly well, as all the other instruments sound very programmed and ‘1980s’. </p><p>The same is true of <em>Rough Boy</em> from <em>Afterburner</em> (1985): the two solos in this track really show Billy stretching out and soloing in a way he doesn’t allow himself on the other two examples.</p><h2 id="oz-noy-who-gives-a-funk">Oz Noy – Who Gives A Funk</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ua_Mx69ruMI" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though he definitely comes from the more technical end of the spectrum, Oz Noy has an understanding of what makes the blues the blues, in the same way that Robben Ford does. In fact, you can check them out playing together on his version of <em>Ice Man</em> from 2016’s <em>Who Gives A Funk album</em>. </p><p>Elsewhere, check out <em>Come Dance With Me</em> from <em>Twisted Blues Vol 2</em>, released in 2014, or his incredible soloing on <em>Sit Tight</em> from the <em>Ha!</em> album, from earlier in his career in 2005.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Legend has it that, while recording, Clarence said, ‘Hey, I need another finger to play this chord!’” Charlie Starr on the origins of the B-Bender – and how you can play those licks without one ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A staple of many great country and country rock songs – and, in the hands of Jimmy Page and Albert Lee, rock songs – is the sound of the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-the-b-bender-a-guitarists-ultimate-secret-weapon">B-Bender</a>. </p><p>For those unfamiliar, a B-Bender is a string-pulling device built into a guitar, most often a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Fender Telecaster</a>, that allows the player to raise the pitch of the B string by simply pulling down on the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-guitar-straps-for-every-budget">guitar strap</a>. This enables one to emulate the pitch-bending sound of a pedal steel guitar, which works in a similar way, with pedals used to raise the pitches of individual strings or groups of strings.</p><p>The B-Bender was originally known as the “Parsons/White Pull-String,” because it was the brainchild of guitarist Clarence White and drummer Gene Parsons of the Byrds and Nashville West.</p><p>Legend has it that, while recording, Clarence said, “Hey, I need another finger to play this chord! Gene, come over here and push down on my B string behind the nut to raise the pitch.” Gene reportedly said, “You know, I can build a device that will do that for you.” And thus the Parsons/White B-Bender was born. </p><p>Part of the guitar’s body is hollowed out for a pulley system: a rod is attached to the strap button above the neck, and when this rod is pulled downward (by pulling on the strap), the pulley system raises the pitch of the B string inside the bridge up to one whole step.  </p><p>As a young guitarist, I was completely under the spell of all of the fantastic B-Bender players, including White, Marty Stuart, Lee and Page, who used a B-Bender guitar brilliantly on the 1979 Led Zeppelin album <em>In Through the Out Door</em>. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/62iw0oIIAjY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Like most players, I was forced to learn how to attain the B-Bender sounds on a standard guitar long before I attained one equipped with a B-Bender. </p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, while holding down the notes B and F# at the 7th fret on the top two strings, I can bend the F# up to G#. This technique, where one note rises while another remains stationary, is known as an oblique bend.</p><p>We have a Blackberry Smoke song called <em>Sleeping Dogs</em>, in which I play B-Bender-type licks on a standard guitar. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, there’s a turnaround in the song that goes D5 - E (or E7) - G7 - D. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.50%;"><img id="QtxfF23vmh5NyV6oHK5cLQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 1" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtxfF23vmh5NyV6oHK5cLQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="516" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtxfF23vmh5NyV6oHK5cLQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figures</strong> <strong>3 and 4</strong> illustrate the licks I play over these chords, for which I bend my G string downward to raise an E note up to F#. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.50%;"><img id="KzTn46thAXcNkwLxFW9tTQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 3 TO 5" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KzTn46thAXcNkwLxFW9tTQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="948" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KzTn46thAXcNkwLxFW9tTQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Years ago I’d go see Rick Richards from the Georgia Satellites, who played a Les Paul Junior through a dimed Hiwatt amp. He was the king of Chuck Berry-style licks, like the one shown in <strong>Figure 5</strong>, and he’d play beautiful licks like <strong>Figures 6 and 7</strong> that emulated the B-Bender sound by bending his G string while holding two-note forms on the top two strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.50%;"><img id="tuUBPRerNsjkJcqMqqtULQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 6" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tuUBPRerNsjkJcqMqqtULQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="492" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tuUBPRerNsjkJcqMqqtULQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.38%;"><img id="oiFVDLcaYNdFUDo7HspkEQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 7" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oiFVDLcaYNdFUDo7HspkEQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="489" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oiFVDLcaYNdFUDo7HspkEQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I begin by bending into an E major triad (E, G#, B) and then play a lick based on E major pentatonic (E, F#, G#, B, C#) combined with the E blues scale (E, G, A, Bb, B, D). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.42%;"><img id="dVQgnecPUctvLrLu4cfv5Q" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 8" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dVQgnecPUctvLrLu4cfv5Q.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dVQgnecPUctvLrLu4cfv5Q.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 9</strong>, the oblique bend technique is applied to the top two strings with the bends on the B and G strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.63%;"><img id="LRgKgtpY4mcPPcc43qZEVP" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 9" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRgKgtpY4mcPPcc43qZEVP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="471" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRgKgtpY4mcPPcc43qZEVP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-b-bender-licks-on-regular-guitar</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ No B-Bender, no problem, as the Blackberry Smoke frontman shows us 9 licks for that faux pedal-steel sound ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EDbrqiD9SZ73SCjWceh7Yo</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vH573errRXdWvxhDrhRYGi-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 16:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vH573errRXdWvxhDrhRYGi-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Iwi Onodera/Redferns]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Starr of Blackberry Smoke performs live with his custom Tele]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Starr of Blackberry Smoke performs live with his custom Tele]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Starr of Blackberry Smoke performs live with his custom Tele]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vH573errRXdWvxhDrhRYGi-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A staple of many great country and country rock songs – and, in the hands of Jimmy Page and Albert Lee, rock songs – is the sound of the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-the-b-bender-a-guitarists-ultimate-secret-weapon">B-Bender</a>. </p><p>For those unfamiliar, a B-Bender is a string-pulling device built into a guitar, most often a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Fender Telecaster</a>, that allows the player to raise the pitch of the B string by simply pulling down on the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-guitar-straps-for-every-budget">guitar strap</a>. This enables one to emulate the pitch-bending sound of a pedal steel guitar, which works in a similar way, with pedals used to raise the pitches of individual strings or groups of strings.</p><p>The B-Bender was originally known as the “Parsons/White Pull-String,” because it was the brainchild of guitarist Clarence White and drummer Gene Parsons of the Byrds and Nashville West.</p><p>Legend has it that, while recording, Clarence said, “Hey, I need another finger to play this chord! Gene, come over here and push down on my B string behind the nut to raise the pitch.” Gene reportedly said, “You know, I can build a device that will do that for you.” And thus the Parsons/White B-Bender was born. </p><p>Part of the guitar’s body is hollowed out for a pulley system: a rod is attached to the strap button above the neck, and when this rod is pulled downward (by pulling on the strap), the pulley system raises the pitch of the B string inside the bridge up to one whole step.  </p><p>As a young guitarist, I was completely under the spell of all of the fantastic B-Bender players, including White, Marty Stuart, Lee and Page, who used a B-Bender guitar brilliantly on the 1979 Led Zeppelin album <em>In Through the Out Door</em>. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/62iw0oIIAjY" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Like most players, I was forced to learn how to attain the B-Bender sounds on a standard guitar long before I attained one equipped with a B-Bender. </p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, while holding down the notes B and F# at the 7th fret on the top two strings, I can bend the F# up to G#. This technique, where one note rises while another remains stationary, is known as an oblique bend.</p><p>We have a Blackberry Smoke song called <em>Sleeping Dogs</em>, in which I play B-Bender-type licks on a standard guitar. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, there’s a turnaround in the song that goes D5 - E (or E7) - G7 - D. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.50%;"><img id="QtxfF23vmh5NyV6oHK5cLQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 1" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtxfF23vmh5NyV6oHK5cLQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="516" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtxfF23vmh5NyV6oHK5cLQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figures</strong> <strong>3 and 4</strong> illustrate the licks I play over these chords, for which I bend my G string downward to raise an E note up to F#. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.50%;"><img id="KzTn46thAXcNkwLxFW9tTQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 3 TO 5" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KzTn46thAXcNkwLxFW9tTQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="948" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KzTn46thAXcNkwLxFW9tTQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Years ago I’d go see Rick Richards from the Georgia Satellites, who played a Les Paul Junior through a dimed Hiwatt amp. He was the king of Chuck Berry-style licks, like the one shown in <strong>Figure 5</strong>, and he’d play beautiful licks like <strong>Figures 6 and 7</strong> that emulated the B-Bender sound by bending his G string while holding two-note forms on the top two strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.50%;"><img id="tuUBPRerNsjkJcqMqqtULQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 6" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tuUBPRerNsjkJcqMqqtULQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="492" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tuUBPRerNsjkJcqMqqtULQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.38%;"><img id="oiFVDLcaYNdFUDo7HspkEQ" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 7" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oiFVDLcaYNdFUDo7HspkEQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="489" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oiFVDLcaYNdFUDo7HspkEQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I begin by bending into an E major triad (E, G#, B) and then play a lick based on E major pentatonic (E, F#, G#, B, C#) combined with the E blues scale (E, G, A, Bb, B, D). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.42%;"><img id="dVQgnecPUctvLrLu4cfv5Q" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 8" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dVQgnecPUctvLrLu4cfv5Q.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dVQgnecPUctvLrLu4cfv5Q.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 9</strong>, the oblique bend technique is applied to the top two strings with the bends on the B and G strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.63%;"><img id="LRgKgtpY4mcPPcc43qZEVP" name="CHARLIE STARR LESSON 9" alt="GWM601 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRgKgtpY4mcPPcc43qZEVP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="471" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRgKgtpY4mcPPcc43qZEVP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “This can be the area that spawns the most intimidating names”: 5 altered chords you need to know – and how they get their names ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Recently, we’ve been <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/13th-chords-demystified">exploring extended chords</a>, and while we did touch on some altered chords, this is a fuller explanation with tips on how to avoid some common pitfalls with the naming conventions. </p><p>That being said, it’s important to remember that the names are only an attempt to describe/itemise the different sounds available to us. Altered chords aren’t necessarily extended, but this can be the area that spawns the most intimidating names, some of which we’ll attempt to demystify here. </p><p>Let’s start by defining exactly what ‘altered’ means in this context, which is: moving a note within a chord out of the ‘parent’ scale. For example, a C augmented (usually written as ‘aug’) triad contains C-E-G# (Root-3rd-#5). </p><p>The 5th has been raised (augmented) by a semitone, giving us a G#, which is not found in the C major scale – and is great for adding tension. It really is as simple as that, even though some of the names can seem a little daunting at first glance (see Example 5).  </p><h2 id="example-1-caug5">Example 1. Caug5</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="GMLnXoU8qssxzgayR8f9H3" name="git534 1" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GMLnXoU8qssxzgayR8f9H3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GMLnXoU8qssxzgayR8f9H3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’ll see the similarity to a regular C major chord, but that #5 (G#) on the third string takes it somewhere else – perhaps it can resolve to an F major, or maybe raise that G# another semitone to A at the 2nd fret, giving us C6? Altered chords are all about the context.</p><h2 id="example-2-c7-b5">Example 2. C7(b5)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="EbzzMeXCoCHLVuoVRr4BH3" name="git534 2" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EbzzMeXCoCHLVuoVRr4BH3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EbzzMeXCoCHLVuoVRr4BH3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having raised the 5th in Example 1, we’re lowering it in this C7(b5). It’s also a 7th chord, which adds a more jazzy feel. Take care to mute the fifth string and you can move this chord to any key. This would resolve well to C7 by raising that b5 on the second string a semitone.</p><h2 id="example-3-c7-b9">Example 3. C7(b9)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="vveYebdFrmhsGSiKmRpoG3" name="git534 3" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vveYebdFrmhsGSiKmRpoG3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vveYebdFrmhsGSiKmRpoG3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The same overall principles apply when looking to alter extended chords. This C7(b9) is a classic jazz chord, with the b9 (Db) appearing at the 2nd fret of the second string. Raise it a semitone to the 3rd fret and you’ll find a D, giving us a nice resolution to a C9 chord.</p><h2 id="example-4-c9-11">Example 4. C9(#11)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="BXxoy8sZf54DJCrtPYKB63" name="git534 4" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXxoy8sZf54DJCrtPYKB63.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXxoy8sZf54DJCrtPYKB63.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If we build further on the ideas in Example 3, we might make this dramatic C9 (#11) chord. The #11 itself (F#) is found at the 2nd fret of the first string. They’re both F#/Gb, so why a #11 rather than a b5? Because we also have the 7th and the 9th here, making this an extended chord.</p><h2 id="example-5-c7-5-9">Example 5. C7(#5#9)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="rk7w3zcvsjs4EifTtzfz53" name="git534 5" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rk7w3zcvsjs4EifTtzfz53.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rk7w3zcvsjs4EifTtzfz53.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The classic Hendrix chord gets an extra note here, the #5 (G#) above the more often heard #9 (D). You can add this by simply flattening your fourth finger across the first and second strings. This sets up a nice resolve to F13, but why not experiment and see what else sounds good to you?</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-altered-chords-you-need-to-know</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Altered chords can be intimidating at first, but here we demystify the naming conventions, and once you understand that, you can easily find your own ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PD3h8dCCdcM4hwuEZN6ACd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F7TqdjEArZ9kQCXtdBt89Z-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 11:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F7TqdjEArZ9kQCXtdBt89Z-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Christian Rose/Roger Viollet via Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[Altered chord master Joe Pass lays down some chords as he accompanies Ella Fitzgerald.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Joe Pass lays down some chords as he accompanies Ella Fitzgerald.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Joe Pass lays down some chords as he accompanies Ella Fitzgerald.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F7TqdjEArZ9kQCXtdBt89Z-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Recently, we’ve been <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/13th-chords-demystified">exploring extended chords</a>, and while we did touch on some altered chords, this is a fuller explanation with tips on how to avoid some common pitfalls with the naming conventions. </p><p>That being said, it’s important to remember that the names are only an attempt to describe/itemise the different sounds available to us. Altered chords aren’t necessarily extended, but this can be the area that spawns the most intimidating names, some of which we’ll attempt to demystify here. </p><p>Let’s start by defining exactly what ‘altered’ means in this context, which is: moving a note within a chord out of the ‘parent’ scale. For example, a C augmented (usually written as ‘aug’) triad contains C-E-G# (Root-3rd-#5). </p><p>The 5th has been raised (augmented) by a semitone, giving us a G#, which is not found in the C major scale – and is great for adding tension. It really is as simple as that, even though some of the names can seem a little daunting at first glance (see Example 5).  </p><h2 id="example-1-caug5">Example 1. Caug5</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="GMLnXoU8qssxzgayR8f9H3" name="git534 1" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GMLnXoU8qssxzgayR8f9H3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GMLnXoU8qssxzgayR8f9H3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’ll see the similarity to a regular C major chord, but that #5 (G#) on the third string takes it somewhere else – perhaps it can resolve to an F major, or maybe raise that G# another semitone to A at the 2nd fret, giving us C6? Altered chords are all about the context.</p><h2 id="example-2-c7-b5">Example 2. C7(b5)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="EbzzMeXCoCHLVuoVRr4BH3" name="git534 2" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EbzzMeXCoCHLVuoVRr4BH3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EbzzMeXCoCHLVuoVRr4BH3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having raised the 5th in Example 1, we’re lowering it in this C7(b5). It’s also a 7th chord, which adds a more jazzy feel. Take care to mute the fifth string and you can move this chord to any key. This would resolve well to C7 by raising that b5 on the second string a semitone.</p><h2 id="example-3-c7-b9">Example 3. C7(b9)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="vveYebdFrmhsGSiKmRpoG3" name="git534 3" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vveYebdFrmhsGSiKmRpoG3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vveYebdFrmhsGSiKmRpoG3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The same overall principles apply when looking to alter extended chords. This C7(b9) is a classic jazz chord, with the b9 (Db) appearing at the 2nd fret of the second string. Raise it a semitone to the 3rd fret and you’ll find a D, giving us a nice resolution to a C9 chord.</p><h2 id="example-4-c9-11">Example 4. C9(#11)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="BXxoy8sZf54DJCrtPYKB63" name="git534 4" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXxoy8sZf54DJCrtPYKB63.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BXxoy8sZf54DJCrtPYKB63.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If we build further on the ideas in Example 3, we might make this dramatic C9 (#11) chord. The #11 itself (F#) is found at the 2nd fret of the first string. They’re both F#/Gb, so why a #11 rather than a b5? Because we also have the 7th and the 9th here, making this an extended chord.</p><h2 id="example-5-c7-5-9">Example 5. C7(#5#9)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="rk7w3zcvsjs4EifTtzfz53" name="git534 5" alt="GIT534 Altered Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rk7w3zcvsjs4EifTtzfz53.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rk7w3zcvsjs4EifTtzfz53.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The classic Hendrix chord gets an extra note here, the #5 (G#) above the more often heard #9 (D). You can add this by simply flattening your fourth finger across the first and second strings. This sets up a nice resolve to F13, but why not experiment and see what else sounds good to you?</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “The tune was inspired by legendary bassist Jaco Pastorius’ Teen Town”: Cory Wong on why doubling the bassline is one of the “most badass” things a guitarist can do ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One of the coolest and most badass-sounding things a guitarist can do is double a long, complex <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-40-best-basslines-of-all-time">bassline</a> an octave higher. This was my approach for the song <em>Dean Town</em>, which I recorded with Vulfpeck for our 2016 album, <em>The Beautiful Game</em>. </p><p>The tune was inspired by legendary bassist Jaco Pastorius’ <em>Teen Town</em>, which he recorded with Weather Report on the 1975 album <em>Heavy Weather</em>. </p><p>Like <em>Teen Town</em>, the bassline in <em>Dean Town</em> is a through-composed melody, which means it’s a continuous and non-repetitive piece of music. </p><p>The melody was written by our keyboard player Woody Goss and “made famous” by bassist Joe Dart. I decided to octave-double Joe’s intricate bassline through the long initial section of the tune, which was challenging!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/pTnFBn18OMw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Before launching into the melodic line, let’s take a look at the basic underlying chord changes, outlined in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. In the song, each of these notes – F#, C#, E and B – is played for two full bars, as steady 16th notes. So it’s an eight-bar loop. The tune’s melody is 16 bars long and is played over the eight-bar progression two times.</p><p>The first time the 16-bar melody, or “head,” is played, it’s performed by the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> alone. The second time through, I octave-double it on guitar. </p><p>This 16-bar melody is shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Using <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm-muting</a> throughout, I begin with a one-beat pickup, and bar 1 starts with the 16th notes E-D#-C#-A, followed by the root note, F#, which falls on beat 2. Right from the start, this is a little deceptive, as the low F# root note hits you like it’s on “1,” but it is in fact on beat 2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:96.05%;"><img id="AH5XBAoTPRQBiu5e9kbSKH" name="601 wong 1 and 2" alt="GWM601 Cory Wong Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AH5XBAoTPRQBiu5e9kbSKH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1921" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AH5XBAoTPRQBiu5e9kbSKH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As you play through the line, you’ll see that it includes some complex, syncopated rhythms driven by eighth and 16th notes and rests, with many “holes” dropped into unexpected places. </p><p>Bar 6 begins with a four-note chromatic row, from F# up to A, followed by high melodic notes that bounce off open low-E 16th note syncopations. Bars 7 and 8 circle around B7 with the notes of B major pentatonic (B, C#, D#, F#, G#), which resolves in bar 9 to F#m, with the bar ending with dead-string hits and a high chordal accent on the final 16th note of the bar.</p><p>Bars 10-12 offer a break from the barrage of 16th notes with repeated eighth-note accents on the F# root note, only to return to very syncopated lines in bars 13-16.</p><p>The biggest challenge when doubling a complex, rhythmically dense bassline like this is precision. It simply will not work and will sound sloppy if I don’t nail every phrase and mirror the articulations of the bass.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.54%;"><img id="yxKnsPvBuWdViPeW9zWErG" name="601 wong 3" alt="GWM601 Cory Wong Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yxKnsPvBuWdViPeW9zWErG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="925" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yxKnsPvBuWdViPeW9zWErG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Later in the tune, I play a funky rhythm part high up on the fretboard that consists of syncopated <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a> on the G and B strings, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. Notice that each bar repeats and how the notes work with the underlying chord changes. Utilizing two-note chords like this is a great way to outline the harmony with just a minimal amount of information and textural density.</p><p>This is the last installment of my column Follow the Groove for now, so I hope you’ve enjoyed reading these columns and the ideas presented have been useful to you. See you on the road!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/cory-wong-doubling-basslines-on-guitar</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Cory Wong uses Vulfpeck's Jaco-inspired Dean Town to teach us the value of doubling a bassline on guitar ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">WfwAxuvhCkjmKgLf3XogHL</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EJ6k2ep7XLS5j3tKmFFQ9Y-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 16:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Cory Wong ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZwcTf8BxGvnrZkeuhNAMEb.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EJ6k2ep7XLS5j3tKmFFQ9Y-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[ Jeremychanphotography/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Cory Wong plays a blue Stratocaster during a 2025 performance at Koerner Hall, Ontario.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Cory Wong plays a blue Stratocaster during a 2025 performance at Koerner Hall, Ontario.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Cory Wong plays a blue Stratocaster during a 2025 performance at Koerner Hall, Ontario.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EJ6k2ep7XLS5j3tKmFFQ9Y-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One of the coolest and most badass-sounding things a guitarist can do is double a long, complex <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-40-best-basslines-of-all-time">bassline</a> an octave higher. This was my approach for the song <em>Dean Town</em>, which I recorded with Vulfpeck for our 2016 album, <em>The Beautiful Game</em>. </p><p>The tune was inspired by legendary bassist Jaco Pastorius’ <em>Teen Town</em>, which he recorded with Weather Report on the 1975 album <em>Heavy Weather</em>. </p><p>Like <em>Teen Town</em>, the bassline in <em>Dean Town</em> is a through-composed melody, which means it’s a continuous and non-repetitive piece of music. </p><p>The melody was written by our keyboard player Woody Goss and “made famous” by bassist Joe Dart. I decided to octave-double Joe’s intricate bassline through the long initial section of the tune, which was challenging!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/pTnFBn18OMw" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Before launching into the melodic line, let’s take a look at the basic underlying chord changes, outlined in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. In the song, each of these notes – F#, C#, E and B – is played for two full bars, as steady 16th notes. So it’s an eight-bar loop. The tune’s melody is 16 bars long and is played over the eight-bar progression two times.</p><p>The first time the 16-bar melody, or “head,” is played, it’s performed by the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> alone. The second time through, I octave-double it on guitar. </p><p>This 16-bar melody is shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Using <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm-muting</a> throughout, I begin with a one-beat pickup, and bar 1 starts with the 16th notes E-D#-C#-A, followed by the root note, F#, which falls on beat 2. Right from the start, this is a little deceptive, as the low F# root note hits you like it’s on “1,” but it is in fact on beat 2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:96.05%;"><img id="AH5XBAoTPRQBiu5e9kbSKH" name="601 wong 1 and 2" alt="GWM601 Cory Wong Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AH5XBAoTPRQBiu5e9kbSKH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1921" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AH5XBAoTPRQBiu5e9kbSKH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As you play through the line, you’ll see that it includes some complex, syncopated rhythms driven by eighth and 16th notes and rests, with many “holes” dropped into unexpected places. </p><p>Bar 6 begins with a four-note chromatic row, from F# up to A, followed by high melodic notes that bounce off open low-E 16th note syncopations. Bars 7 and 8 circle around B7 with the notes of B major pentatonic (B, C#, D#, F#, G#), which resolves in bar 9 to F#m, with the bar ending with dead-string hits and a high chordal accent on the final 16th note of the bar.</p><p>Bars 10-12 offer a break from the barrage of 16th notes with repeated eighth-note accents on the F# root note, only to return to very syncopated lines in bars 13-16.</p><p>The biggest challenge when doubling a complex, rhythmically dense bassline like this is precision. It simply will not work and will sound sloppy if I don’t nail every phrase and mirror the articulations of the bass.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.54%;"><img id="yxKnsPvBuWdViPeW9zWErG" name="601 wong 3" alt="GWM601 Cory Wong Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yxKnsPvBuWdViPeW9zWErG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="925" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yxKnsPvBuWdViPeW9zWErG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Later in the tune, I play a funky rhythm part high up on the fretboard that consists of syncopated <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a> on the G and B strings, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. Notice that each bar repeats and how the notes work with the underlying chord changes. Utilizing two-note chords like this is a great way to outline the harmony with just a minimal amount of information and textural density.</p><p>This is the last installment of my column Follow the Groove for now, so I hope you’ve enjoyed reading these columns and the ideas presented have been useful to you. See you on the road!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Every lick he plays sounds perfect, like it’s etched in stone. But I’m sure that he simply improvised everything”: How to play B.B. King’s greatest song (with some help from Joe Bonamassa) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When putting the tracks together for <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/guitarists/joe-bonamassa-bb-kings-blues-summit-100"><em>B.B. King’s Blues Summit 100</em></a> – my band’s two-disc, 32-track tribute to B.B. King in celebration of what would have been his 100th birthday, on September 16, 2025 – we knew that the most essential track would be <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>.</p><p>B.B. originally recorded this song back in 1969 for the Completely Well album, and it immediately became his signature tune and the most successful record of his career. </p><p><em>The Thrill Is Gone</em> is so iconic, in fact, that no one wanted to cover it! I felt that I had two choices: one would have been to approach a young, budding blues artist with no fear about tackling the beast! </p><p>Luckily enough, we were able to get Chaka Khan for vocals and Eric Clapton for guitar. They are the crown jewels, two of music’s greatest icons, paying tribute to an icon. </p><p>When I listen to B.B.’s original version of <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>, one of the most striking things is that every lick he plays sounds perfect, like it’s etched in stone. But I’m sure that he simply improvised everything you hear on the track right off the top of his head. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9AED69H0dro" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The eternal question is always, “How do I get into the tune?” For B.B., the answer is as simple as the riff shown <strong>Figure 1</strong>, which is along the lines of what’s heard on the record. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.46%;"><img id="bVH9AWvrRm3UTUX2erAgDh" name="601 fig 1" alt="GWM601 B.B. King Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bVH9AWvrRm3UTUX2erAgDh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1379" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bVH9AWvrRm3UTUX2erAgDh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The phrase is based on B minor pentatonic (B, D, E, F#, A), with the 2nd, or 9th, C#, added here and there, as well as the major 7th, A#, when playing over the F#7 chord in bar 9. And the stabs on the high B note in bar 6 are elemental to B.B.’s signature style.</p><p>This figure is indicative of B.B.’s purely melodic and effortless approach, which is almost like jazz. His lines are so strong that they’re melodies unto themselves. Along with his distinctive touch, tone and phrasing, his solo lines are as integral to the tune as the chords and lyrics. </p><p>This is borne out by the fact that any time <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em> is covered, the guitar player will “quote” B.B. with a phrase like <strong>Figure 2</strong>. What you hear are long, sustained notes with heavy vibrato, followed by elegant melodic phrases. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.08%;"><img id="caLhVGMEeCv8EryXZWYnMh" name="601 fig 2 to 4" alt="GWM601 B.B. King Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/caLhVGMEeCv8EryXZWYnMh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/caLhVGMEeCv8EryXZWYnMh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When you listen to the great masters of this craft – B.B. King, Buddy Guy, Otis Rush, Albert King – you realize that these phrases just flow naturally. There’s no thought involved. I very much doubt B.B. sat there and worked out a phrase like <strong>Figure 3</strong>. </p><p>On the recording, B.B. used a very clean tone, like a Fender Twin that’s barely turned up. <strong>Figure 4</strong> is meant to be played in a subtle and delicate way. There’s no sustain coming from the amp, but there’s so much feel. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.54%;"><img id="jyC6xj5q6n8XijHXzUS6Mh" name="601 fig 5" alt="GWM601 B.B. King Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyC6xj5q6n8XijHXzUS6Mh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="949" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyC6xj5q6n8XijHXzUS6Mh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can hear the tactility of his fingers, and you should aim for that feeling and mindset when playing a phrase like <strong>Figure 5</strong>. Notice the use of pull-offs, slides and quarter- and half-step bends, all of which make the lines that much more vocal-like.</p><p><em>The Thrill Is Gone</em> is not just a beautiful piece of music, it’s a track that features some of B.B’s most iconic playing on that particular take. He never played the song the same way twice, but every version illustrates his brilliance as a true blues master. </p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/B-B-Kings-Blues-Summit-100/dp/B0FR55XQJ6/ref=sr_1_1?crid=182PTDYFCPFTQ&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.oucHWlfBTjSDwwVj25wqAjdcpOcOcao5qESMQW7w2puimTvD2gkoAJQCfUEZ7VaXu3-1RLuj4xyFXGVb07UBNwY97pE25sAZnRrVPoC0H9Yk2rV1NQrnh6-u25f9pqvgwQg11NeR9RyVOJLOBEIO1vXzBiNIE7G4Rhqfc9HEIC8LZlarbHNWLikrzsIrt0XdULxXhATSnZ7wZSAX5arJdr9T3JrW-C1v1RgZ0IZ96UA.HueAzdlwx1TcKS7JaOUvYsCFg0Nl_PGfujBgYHmNopQ&dib_tag=se&keywords=bb+king+blues+summit+100&qid=1773132102&sprefix=bb+king+blues+summit+100%2Caps%2C206&sr=8-1" target="_blank"><em><strong>B.B. King's Blues Summit 100</strong></em></a><strong> is out now via KTBA Records.</strong></li><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/how-to-play-bb-king-the-thrill-is-gone</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Bonamassa says B.B. King’s The Thrill Is Gone is so perfect that he initially couldn’t find anyone to cover it on his tribute album. Here, he unpacks the tones and approaches of the King of the Blues ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">3Hu4UNawX5TboubUFqkYZ7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ShtUntJwsNxTp6VyRcCohM-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 11:35:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ShtUntJwsNxTp6VyRcCohM-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Paul Natkin/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[B.B. King performs with Lucille live in 1991.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[B.B. King performs with Lucille live in 1991.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[B.B. King performs with Lucille live in 1991.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ShtUntJwsNxTp6VyRcCohM-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When putting the tracks together for <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/guitarists/joe-bonamassa-bb-kings-blues-summit-100"><em>B.B. King’s Blues Summit 100</em></a> – my band’s two-disc, 32-track tribute to B.B. King in celebration of what would have been his 100th birthday, on September 16, 2025 – we knew that the most essential track would be <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>.</p><p>B.B. originally recorded this song back in 1969 for the Completely Well album, and it immediately became his signature tune and the most successful record of his career. </p><p><em>The Thrill Is Gone</em> is so iconic, in fact, that no one wanted to cover it! I felt that I had two choices: one would have been to approach a young, budding blues artist with no fear about tackling the beast! </p><p>Luckily enough, we were able to get Chaka Khan for vocals and Eric Clapton for guitar. They are the crown jewels, two of music’s greatest icons, paying tribute to an icon. </p><p>When I listen to B.B.’s original version of <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>, one of the most striking things is that every lick he plays sounds perfect, like it’s etched in stone. But I’m sure that he simply improvised everything you hear on the track right off the top of his head. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9AED69H0dro" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The eternal question is always, “How do I get into the tune?” For B.B., the answer is as simple as the riff shown <strong>Figure 1</strong>, which is along the lines of what’s heard on the record. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.46%;"><img id="bVH9AWvrRm3UTUX2erAgDh" name="601 fig 1" alt="GWM601 B.B. King Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bVH9AWvrRm3UTUX2erAgDh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1379" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bVH9AWvrRm3UTUX2erAgDh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The phrase is based on B minor pentatonic (B, D, E, F#, A), with the 2nd, or 9th, C#, added here and there, as well as the major 7th, A#, when playing over the F#7 chord in bar 9. And the stabs on the high B note in bar 6 are elemental to B.B.’s signature style.</p><p>This figure is indicative of B.B.’s purely melodic and effortless approach, which is almost like jazz. His lines are so strong that they’re melodies unto themselves. Along with his distinctive touch, tone and phrasing, his solo lines are as integral to the tune as the chords and lyrics. </p><p>This is borne out by the fact that any time <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em> is covered, the guitar player will “quote” B.B. with a phrase like <strong>Figure 2</strong>. What you hear are long, sustained notes with heavy vibrato, followed by elegant melodic phrases. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.08%;"><img id="caLhVGMEeCv8EryXZWYnMh" name="601 fig 2 to 4" alt="GWM601 B.B. King Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/caLhVGMEeCv8EryXZWYnMh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/caLhVGMEeCv8EryXZWYnMh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When you listen to the great masters of this craft – B.B. King, Buddy Guy, Otis Rush, Albert King – you realize that these phrases just flow naturally. There’s no thought involved. I very much doubt B.B. sat there and worked out a phrase like <strong>Figure 3</strong>. </p><p>On the recording, B.B. used a very clean tone, like a Fender Twin that’s barely turned up. <strong>Figure 4</strong> is meant to be played in a subtle and delicate way. There’s no sustain coming from the amp, but there’s so much feel. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.54%;"><img id="jyC6xj5q6n8XijHXzUS6Mh" name="601 fig 5" alt="GWM601 B.B. King Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyC6xj5q6n8XijHXzUS6Mh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="949" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyC6xj5q6n8XijHXzUS6Mh.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can hear the tactility of his fingers, and you should aim for that feeling and mindset when playing a phrase like <strong>Figure 5</strong>. Notice the use of pull-offs, slides and quarter- and half-step bends, all of which make the lines that much more vocal-like.</p><p><em>The Thrill Is Gone</em> is not just a beautiful piece of music, it’s a track that features some of B.B’s most iconic playing on that particular take. He never played the song the same way twice, but every version illustrates his brilliance as a true blues master. </p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/B-B-Kings-Blues-Summit-100/dp/B0FR55XQJ6/ref=sr_1_1?crid=182PTDYFCPFTQ&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.oucHWlfBTjSDwwVj25wqAjdcpOcOcao5qESMQW7w2puimTvD2gkoAJQCfUEZ7VaXu3-1RLuj4xyFXGVb07UBNwY97pE25sAZnRrVPoC0H9Yk2rV1NQrnh6-u25f9pqvgwQg11NeR9RyVOJLOBEIO1vXzBiNIE7G4Rhqfc9HEIC8LZlarbHNWLikrzsIrt0XdULxXhATSnZ7wZSAX5arJdr9T3JrW-C1v1RgZ0IZ96UA.HueAzdlwx1TcKS7JaOUvYsCFg0Nl_PGfujBgYHmNopQ&dib_tag=se&keywords=bb+king+blues+summit+100&qid=1773132102&sprefix=bb+king+blues+summit+100%2Caps%2C206&sr=8-1" target="_blank"><em><strong>B.B. King's Blues Summit 100</strong></em></a><strong> is out now via KTBA Records.</strong></li><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Bopping blues and greasy grooves: Ally Venable's rhythm guitar tips and secrets ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Ally Venable is an award-winning blues-rock guitarist and singer-songwriter who is adding new sounds and colors to contemporary blues. Her latest offering, <em>Money & Power</em>, continues that trajectory. Integral to her success is her guitar style, which combines hot Texas blues licks reminiscent of Buddy Guy and Albert King along with modern funk, pop, and soul influences.  </p><p>For her <em>Guitar World</em> lesson, Ally uses the blues form as a canvas in the key of G. This means she's playing the classic I-IV-V blues chords of G7, C7, and D7. She also incorporates an approach chord of B7 into the C7. </p><p>The first skill you are going to look at is a funky 16th note-strumming pattern, and we recommend some easy drills to tighten up your strumming hand.</p><p>Most music is in 4/4 time, which means four beats to a bar, and the note value of each beat is a quarter note (often also called a crochet). Subdividing each of the four beats, you can play another group of 4 known as 16ths (ie 4 lots of 4 = 16). The 16th note pattern consists of alternating down and up strums from your picking hand, keeping the pick steady and even in tempo and volume. So, let’s first establish the strumming pattern of alternating down and up strums.  </p><p>As Ally demonstrates, lay the fingers of the fretting hand lightly on the strings to dampen them. The 16th note pattern is counted 1–e-&-a, 2–e-&-a, 3–e-&-a, 4–e-&-a with the number referencing the main 4 beats in a 4/4 time signature groove. Start on a down strum then consistently keep the picking hand moving. </p><p>Once you have established this framework, you can mix up the rhythms and create more funky parts with some chords on and off the beats. This is known as syncopation, weaving in and out of the beats, and it's a vital aspect of being a groove based guitarist. </p><p>Ally suggests establishing a steady tempo – think of the main pulse in your head before you play – and a groove with just the muted strokes. In the video, she uses the top portion of a G7sus4#9 chord using the notes C-F-Bb. </p><p>Start the strumming hand going, and press the fretting hand fingers down when you want to hear the sound. Having all muted strums sounding all the time can sound a little boring, so the final stage is having some of the strums silent.</p><p>It is good practice to keep the strumming hand going up and down though, moving above the strings like the hand of a metronome. Remember, the strumming approach remains the same, it’s just the omission of various muted strokes and the fretting hand pushing down on the chord that creates the overall part.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sfefn5Y3mK4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Ally adds in basslines and further percussive elements to compensate for no bass player or drummer playing with her. Certainly, this works great for a grooving solo guitar part and can always be reduced and simplified when <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> and drums are included. </p><p>To spice up the move from the V chord (D7) and the IV chord (C7), Ally uses a SRV style lick that uses sliding sixths to outline D6 and D9 chords. Alongside all the important chords used in the video, we have included the full chord shapes of these sixth intervals (D6-D9-C6-C9) to provide context as to how the lick works. Experiment with these shapes yourself.   </p><p>Ally's playing ends with a classic Delta Blues style walk down on the fourth and fifth strings in the style of Robert Johnson. You will notice she hides the pick in her hand in order to pluck the strings with her thumb and first finger. </p><p>What follows are the chord shapes featured in her performance for you to learn and then the tab/notation for the playing detail.</p><p>When you work on this, we recommend you start slowly so your fingers know what they're doing. Once everything is well learnt, then build up to Ally's final tempo. After this, you maybe inspired enough to explore your own blues grooves. Enjoy!</p><ul><li><strong>Ally Venable </strong><a href="https://allyvenableband.com/tour" target="_blank"><strong>tours the UK</strong></a><strong> with special guest Garret T. Willie from September 8-17.</strong></li></ul><h2 id="chords-galore-from-ally-s-performance-ordered-in-groups-of-g-c-and-d-plus-the-slinky-b7">Chords galore from Ally's performance (ordered in groups of G, C, and D plus the slinky B7!)</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sAEqsCHED67N7vKqiQzTP8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tu9fMTYwFTJforqqZLG8P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xRBSjeni3hjbafcCSQDJL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oGvbdVd359rTcruXaLHoL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6KhzRLksZE2tfEvaruJBM8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CyNZr3YftsYC5FZP38FQL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jU3ZfX6EAu6KoSWNw2E9L8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vv5aX2ZyQGUtkzhNqTyzN8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6ztcbBkx8WTPHktcXUx2P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qTsogxS7p5xoRRV9cMBRM8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-1-ally-s-blues-groove-in-g">Example 1 – Ally's Blues Groove in G</h2><p>For bars 1-4, a G7 based chord riff is played using fragments of C7sus4 and C before resolving to a G7, complete with a quick bluesy hammer-on from Bb to B. The 16th note strumming is played with constant down and up strums while muted strings and chords are created by the fretting hand. You will notice that no bar has the same playing in it, with small variations each time that create excitement and variety.</p><p>For bars 5-8, you will move to the IV chord (C7). Extra interest is introduced into the C7 groove with a brief dip down to B7 one fret lower. The walking bass line from E back up to G is classic blues fare. You then repeat the part that was established in the first four bars.  </p><p>For bars 9-13, you move to the V chord (D7). To spice this up, Ally employs a SRV-style lick that uses sliding sixths on the third and first strings. This provides tasty upper D6 and D9 colors and contrast to the lower D7 chord shape. This sixth based lick is repeated two frets lower to outline the IV chord (C7). As the saying goes, if it's nice, play it twice!</p><p>Her performance ends with a Robert Johnson style lick, and Ally quickly moves over to fingerstyle to pluck the two notes. Use the thumb and first finger to pinch the two notes, putting the pick between your fingers to keep it out of the way (unless you want to <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid pick</a> this with pick and the second finger).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:184.90%;"><img id="QVSqESugcD9go3vaRVwatU" name="Ally Venable Example" alt="Ally Venable Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QVSqESugcD9go3vaRVwatU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1775" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QVSqESugcD9go3vaRVwatU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:179.48%;"><img id="vSDy2g2gEt9zp7i6vvAftU" name="Ally Venable Example" alt="Ally Venable Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vSDy2g2gEt9zp7i6vvAftU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1723" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 continued (2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.46%;"><img id="imByUqEPDKdcNCrGXyNnnU" name="Ally Venable Example" alt="Ally Venable Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/imByUqEPDKdcNCrGXyNnnU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 continued (3) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ally-venable-songs-you-need-to-hear"><span>Ally Venable songs you need to hear</span></h3><h2 id="money-power">Money & Power</h2><p><em>Money & Power</em> is the title track from Ally’s latest album and features a classic blues-rock groove. The sliding power chord stabs give way to insistent 1/8th note chugging and blues scale riff action. Ally’s heartfelt vocal delivery is to the fore, and there is a ripping wah wah <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-50-greatest-guitar-solos-of-all-time">guitar solo</a> to enjoy. Various classic tricks are used, such as a post solo breakdown to one guitar playing the main riff, and then the rest of the band kicking in.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/rN10nyXXJlA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="broken-blue">Broken & Blue</h2><p>Ally’s track <em>Broken & Blue</em> is taken from her 2023 album, <em>Real Gone</em>. This track is a take on a classic minor blues with some great chord changes added in. The 6/8 groove presents a perfect opportunity to play a tasteful <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggio</a> accompaniment and this is embellished with nice fills. Ally’s vocals are heartfelt, and the track is finished with an extended guitar solo that uses classic blues vocabulary, à la SRV and Joe Bonamassa. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/iCzm96qoaws" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sAEqsCHED67N7vKqiQzTP8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tu9fMTYwFTJforqqZLG8P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xRBSjeni3hjbafcCSQDJL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sAEqsCHED67N7vKqiQzTP8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tu9fMTYwFTJforqqZLG8P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xRBSjeni3hjbafcCSQDJL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/ally-venable-blues-rhythm-guitar-tips</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Learn how to boost your blues to pro levels of authenticity with a handful of great chords and a rock-solid rhythm technique ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">RJ7woBzySJv9ZFYkuaB9pf</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQUdBV4MDfUoBoanny49Y-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 08 Mar 2026 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 09 Mar 2026 09:47:03 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ally Venable ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gdYHWea2JMopLEWmyiucY.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jon Bishop ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQUdBV4MDfUoBoanny49Y-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Press]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Ally Venable]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Ally Venable]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Ally Venable]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQUdBV4MDfUoBoanny49Y-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Ally Venable is an award-winning blues-rock guitarist and singer-songwriter who is adding new sounds and colors to contemporary blues. Her latest offering, <em>Money & Power</em>, continues that trajectory. Integral to her success is her guitar style, which combines hot Texas blues licks reminiscent of Buddy Guy and Albert King along with modern funk, pop, and soul influences.  </p><p>For her <em>Guitar World</em> lesson, Ally uses the blues form as a canvas in the key of G. This means she's playing the classic I-IV-V blues chords of G7, C7, and D7. She also incorporates an approach chord of B7 into the C7. </p><p>The first skill you are going to look at is a funky 16th note-strumming pattern, and we recommend some easy drills to tighten up your strumming hand.</p><p>Most music is in 4/4 time, which means four beats to a bar, and the note value of each beat is a quarter note (often also called a crochet). Subdividing each of the four beats, you can play another group of 4 known as 16ths (ie 4 lots of 4 = 16). The 16th note pattern consists of alternating down and up strums from your picking hand, keeping the pick steady and even in tempo and volume. So, let’s first establish the strumming pattern of alternating down and up strums.  </p><p>As Ally demonstrates, lay the fingers of the fretting hand lightly on the strings to dampen them. The 16th note pattern is counted 1–e-&-a, 2–e-&-a, 3–e-&-a, 4–e-&-a with the number referencing the main 4 beats in a 4/4 time signature groove. Start on a down strum then consistently keep the picking hand moving. </p><p>Once you have established this framework, you can mix up the rhythms and create more funky parts with some chords on and off the beats. This is known as syncopation, weaving in and out of the beats, and it's a vital aspect of being a groove based guitarist. </p><p>Ally suggests establishing a steady tempo – think of the main pulse in your head before you play – and a groove with just the muted strokes. In the video, she uses the top portion of a G7sus4#9 chord using the notes C-F-Bb. </p><p>Start the strumming hand going, and press the fretting hand fingers down when you want to hear the sound. Having all muted strums sounding all the time can sound a little boring, so the final stage is having some of the strums silent.</p><p>It is good practice to keep the strumming hand going up and down though, moving above the strings like the hand of a metronome. Remember, the strumming approach remains the same, it’s just the omission of various muted strokes and the fretting hand pushing down on the chord that creates the overall part.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sfefn5Y3mK4" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Ally adds in basslines and further percussive elements to compensate for no bass player or drummer playing with her. Certainly, this works great for a grooving solo guitar part and can always be reduced and simplified when <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> and drums are included. </p><p>To spice up the move from the V chord (D7) and the IV chord (C7), Ally uses a SRV style lick that uses sliding sixths to outline D6 and D9 chords. Alongside all the important chords used in the video, we have included the full chord shapes of these sixth intervals (D6-D9-C6-C9) to provide context as to how the lick works. Experiment with these shapes yourself.   </p><p>Ally's playing ends with a classic Delta Blues style walk down on the fourth and fifth strings in the style of Robert Johnson. You will notice she hides the pick in her hand in order to pluck the strings with her thumb and first finger. </p><p>What follows are the chord shapes featured in her performance for you to learn and then the tab/notation for the playing detail.</p><p>When you work on this, we recommend you start slowly so your fingers know what they're doing. Once everything is well learnt, then build up to Ally's final tempo. After this, you maybe inspired enough to explore your own blues grooves. Enjoy!</p><ul><li><strong>Ally Venable </strong><a href="https://allyvenableband.com/tour" target="_blank"><strong>tours the UK</strong></a><strong> with special guest Garret T. Willie from September 8-17.</strong></li></ul><h2 id="chords-galore-from-ally-s-performance-ordered-in-groups-of-g-c-and-d-plus-the-slinky-b7">Chords galore from Ally's performance (ordered in groups of G, C, and D plus the slinky B7!)</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sAEqsCHED67N7vKqiQzTP8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tu9fMTYwFTJforqqZLG8P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xRBSjeni3hjbafcCSQDJL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oGvbdVd359rTcruXaLHoL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6KhzRLksZE2tfEvaruJBM8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CyNZr3YftsYC5FZP38FQL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jU3ZfX6EAu6KoSWNw2E9L8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vv5aX2ZyQGUtkzhNqTyzN8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6ztcbBkx8WTPHktcXUx2P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qTsogxS7p5xoRRV9cMBRM8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-1-ally-s-blues-groove-in-g">Example 1 – Ally's Blues Groove in G</h2><p>For bars 1-4, a G7 based chord riff is played using fragments of C7sus4 and C before resolving to a G7, complete with a quick bluesy hammer-on from Bb to B. The 16th note strumming is played with constant down and up strums while muted strings and chords are created by the fretting hand. You will notice that no bar has the same playing in it, with small variations each time that create excitement and variety.</p><p>For bars 5-8, you will move to the IV chord (C7). Extra interest is introduced into the C7 groove with a brief dip down to B7 one fret lower. The walking bass line from E back up to G is classic blues fare. You then repeat the part that was established in the first four bars.  </p><p>For bars 9-13, you move to the V chord (D7). To spice this up, Ally employs a SRV-style lick that uses sliding sixths on the third and first strings. This provides tasty upper D6 and D9 colors and contrast to the lower D7 chord shape. This sixth based lick is repeated two frets lower to outline the IV chord (C7). As the saying goes, if it's nice, play it twice!</p><p>Her performance ends with a Robert Johnson style lick, and Ally quickly moves over to fingerstyle to pluck the two notes. Use the thumb and first finger to pinch the two notes, putting the pick between your fingers to keep it out of the way (unless you want to <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid pick</a> this with pick and the second finger).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:184.90%;"><img id="QVSqESugcD9go3vaRVwatU" name="Ally Venable Example" alt="Ally Venable Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QVSqESugcD9go3vaRVwatU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1775" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QVSqESugcD9go3vaRVwatU.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:179.48%;"><img id="vSDy2g2gEt9zp7i6vvAftU" name="Ally Venable Example" alt="Ally Venable Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vSDy2g2gEt9zp7i6vvAftU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1723" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 continued (2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.46%;"><img id="imByUqEPDKdcNCrGXyNnnU" name="Ally Venable Example" alt="Ally Venable Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/imByUqEPDKdcNCrGXyNnnU.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 continued (3) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ally-venable-songs-you-need-to-hear"><span>Ally Venable songs you need to hear</span></h3><h2 id="money-power">Money & Power</h2><p><em>Money & Power</em> is the title track from Ally’s latest album and features a classic blues-rock groove. The sliding power chord stabs give way to insistent 1/8th note chugging and blues scale riff action. Ally’s heartfelt vocal delivery is to the fore, and there is a ripping wah wah <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-50-greatest-guitar-solos-of-all-time">guitar solo</a> to enjoy. Various classic tricks are used, such as a post solo breakdown to one guitar playing the main riff, and then the rest of the band kicking in.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/rN10nyXXJlA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="broken-blue">Broken & Blue</h2><p>Ally’s track <em>Broken & Blue</em> is taken from her 2023 album, <em>Real Gone</em>. This track is a take on a classic minor blues with some great chord changes added in. The 6/8 groove presents a perfect opportunity to play a tasteful <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggio</a> accompaniment and this is embellished with nice fills. Ally’s vocals are heartfelt, and the track is finished with an extended guitar solo that uses classic blues vocabulary, à la SRV and Joe Bonamassa. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/iCzm96qoaws" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sAEqsCHED67N7vKqiQzTP8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tu9fMTYwFTJforqqZLG8P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xRBSjeni3hjbafcCSQDJL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sAEqsCHED67N7vKqiQzTP8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tu9fMTYwFTJforqqZLG8P8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xRBSjeni3hjbafcCSQDJL8.png" alt="Ally Venable Chords" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jon Bishop</small></figcaption></figure></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Big jumps for a bigger sound: Steve Morse’s masterclass on wide intervals ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Steve Morse's articulate and expansive technique is admired the world over. His new power trio album, <em>Triangulation</em>, features his versatile picking, colorful riff sequencing and searing string bends – plus two guitar elite friends in Eric Johnson and John Petrucci.</p><p>Steve has kindly agreed to this unique tutorial on big intervals, a core component of his trademark style. He defines big intervals as anything larger than using adjacent notes, such as playing a linear scale (eg root, second, third). Typically, big intervals involve skipping strings, and he does this in both his compositions and general playing to outline chords.</p><p>Wide intervals often have an ear-grabbing quality, be they quickly played or sustained as long as possible to give the effect of accompaniment and melody happening at the same time. To facilitate this, Steve often uses open strings as they can be left to ring on while the fretted notes change.</p><p>For the video performance, five contrasting approaches are stitched together with eighth-note chugging to create a functioning mini etude. We have carved this up into five tabbed four-bar examples. Steve then talks us through these five examples, highlighting all the extra details and we have included all the relevant notation markings in the tab so you can follow along.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sBL9Gu3pGNc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>There are technical hurdles to overcome when articulating wide intervals, and in the video Steve demonstrates ways to approach string skipping and the use of open strings. He also sometimes frets the bass notes on the sixth string by wrapping the fretting hand thumb over the top of the neck. If you find this awkward, Steve demonstrates that it’s possible to rework the fingering of the chords.  </p><p>This performance is fairly involved so we’d recommend starting slowly and using the slowdown feature to really focus on the picking hand.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/tracks/soundcloud%253Atracks%253A2264649173&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><h2 id="example-1-arpeggiating-chords">Example 1. Arpeggiating chords</h2><p>This first example is an <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggio</a> melody idea using diatonic chord changes from the key of D. The open voiced triads are played with a down, down, up picking pattern as shown under the tab. Steve uses any and all available strings to transition from chord to chord smoothly.</p><p>The open first and second string notes are a colorful addition,  helping with fluid transitions and tonal contrast to their fretted counterparts. The bass notes on the sixth string are played by wrapping the fretting hand thumb over the top of the neck.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.81%;"><img id="Qyarsv3ZzvQN77GQr6c29n" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qyarsv3ZzvQN77GQr6c29n.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="747" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qyarsv3ZzvQN77GQr6c29n.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-using-open-strings">Example 2. Using open strings</h2><p>For this second example, Steve goes all out to demonstrate the power of using open strings by using all six! You'll start by targeting the open first string and then move down in order to the sixth string. The picking pattern is <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">down-pick</a>, hammer-on, up-pick, and this creates a cascade effect.</p><p>Steve goes for a little bit of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/economy-picking">economy picking</a> here (bar 3, beat 2) either side of an outside picking movement and the double E down picking. We have included all of the picking directions in the tab, but feel free to experiment and find a method that feels comfortable to you. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:114.79%;"><img id="inXDgk2ptJQ9ggG232ABFn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/inXDgk2ptJQ9ggG232ABFn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1102" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/inXDgk2ptJQ9ggG232ABFn.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-skipping-strings">Example 3. Skipping strings</h2><p>This starts with an octave interval and then moves in contrary motion: as the top melody note ascends, the bottom note descends. This sounds sophisticated, but as there are only two notes, it is relatively easy to play.</p><p>Once again, the open strings are used to create a cascade effect over the C and G5 chords. As with the previous examples, there is some eighth note chugging on the open A5 to take us into next example. Steve uses down-picking to play this.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:113.65%;"><img id="oXS5qKL6djHiYYS3HzL3Fn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oXS5qKL6djHiYYS3HzL3Fn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1091" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oXS5qKL6djHiYYS3HzL3Fn.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-linear-motion-with-string-jumps">Example 4. Linear motion with string jumps</h2><p>This next example is Steve’s favourite as it gives the impression of two parts happening at once. To improve the facility required to make the big stretches, the fretting hand thumb is placed back a little bit on the neck. It’s also good posture practice to keep the headstock of the guitar pointing up to the ceiling whilst maintaining a straight back.</p><p>Steve uses <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-alternate-pick-on-guitar">alternate picking</a> for three notes on the fourth string and then the high melody note on the first string is played with an up pick. The ability to sustain the high note may feel awkward at first so perseverance – with some fretting hand relaxation/shake off pauses – is the ideal focus for progress.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.60%;"><img id="XaBdfPCXiaVs9tLZaRd5Fn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaBdfPCXiaVs9tLZaRd5Fn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="745" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-melodic-repetition-and-variation">Example 5. Melodic repetition and variation</h2><p>Here, we are working on establishing a continuous obligato part (E-D#-E notes on the third string) underneath higher-string melodic motion. The example exploits Steve’s excellent picking technique.</p><p>We’d recommend taking this slowly to start with, just to get it under the fingers and to get all of the picking directions dialled in. Steve explains that he slightly changes his pick angle to make this easier to play, so feel free to experiment with the angle of your wrist. It's also worth exploring the angle of the pick when addressing the string: angled makes for an easier 'cut' (but often a raspier tone) while flat to the string can sound thicker (but results in more picking resistance).</p><p>How deep your pick goes either side of the string will provide you with further tone and technique realizations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:78.75%;"><img id="HxPg7KkDwCPbPWMseMj5Fn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HxPg7KkDwCPbPWMseMj5Fn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="756" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-melodic-repetition-and-variation-part-2">Example 6. Melodic repetition and variation (part 2)</h2><p>To finish off you have a bonus example that demonstrates a variation on the previous example. Instead of just changing the top note and keeping the other notes underneath the same, you can also change the notes underneath.</p><p>Changing the notes underneath the melody note helps to clearly outline the tonality of the chord changes as they pass.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.81%;"><img id="xGBRV6ahcUiowvgvqjeyBn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xGBRV6ahcUiowvgvqjeyBn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="747" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-steve-morse-in-action"><span>Steve Morse in action!</span></h3><h2 id="steve-morse-band-triangulation">Steve Morse Band - Triangulation</h2><p>Steve's trio in the studio – check out the riff, changing key centres and (of course!) sophisticated intervallic action. While John Petrucci isn't in the studio with them, you can hear his Morse influenced soloing very clearly.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/C4xuZTtZRpg" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/steve-morse-wide-interval-masterclass</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Deep-dive your technique for powerful intervals with six string-jumping, fretboard-stretching examples from one of the world's most influential super-pickers ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Y5C9aEAxREZLaWVhG2WsPn</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bkPufb8dn3NTjKrfEnViBi-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 15:54:24 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 15:58:23 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Morse ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/od5p38ZZyyquNhMPueZHRV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jon Bishop ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bkPufb8dn3NTjKrfEnViBi-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Steve Morse video thumbnail]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Steve Morse video thumbnail]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Steve Morse video thumbnail]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bkPufb8dn3NTjKrfEnViBi-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Steve Morse's articulate and expansive technique is admired the world over. His new power trio album, <em>Triangulation</em>, features his versatile picking, colorful riff sequencing and searing string bends – plus two guitar elite friends in Eric Johnson and John Petrucci.</p><p>Steve has kindly agreed to this unique tutorial on big intervals, a core component of his trademark style. He defines big intervals as anything larger than using adjacent notes, such as playing a linear scale (eg root, second, third). Typically, big intervals involve skipping strings, and he does this in both his compositions and general playing to outline chords.</p><p>Wide intervals often have an ear-grabbing quality, be they quickly played or sustained as long as possible to give the effect of accompaniment and melody happening at the same time. To facilitate this, Steve often uses open strings as they can be left to ring on while the fretted notes change.</p><p>For the video performance, five contrasting approaches are stitched together with eighth-note chugging to create a functioning mini etude. We have carved this up into five tabbed four-bar examples. Steve then talks us through these five examples, highlighting all the extra details and we have included all the relevant notation markings in the tab so you can follow along.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sBL9Gu3pGNc" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>There are technical hurdles to overcome when articulating wide intervals, and in the video Steve demonstrates ways to approach string skipping and the use of open strings. He also sometimes frets the bass notes on the sixth string by wrapping the fretting hand thumb over the top of the neck. If you find this awkward, Steve demonstrates that it’s possible to rework the fingering of the chords.  </p><p>This performance is fairly involved so we’d recommend starting slowly and using the slowdown feature to really focus on the picking hand.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/tracks/soundcloud%253Atracks%253A2264649173&color=%23ff5500&auto_play=false&hide_related=false&show_comments=true&show_user=true&show_reposts=false&show_teaser=true&visual=true"></iframe></div><h2 id="example-1-arpeggiating-chords">Example 1. Arpeggiating chords</h2><p>This first example is an <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggio</a> melody idea using diatonic chord changes from the key of D. The open voiced triads are played with a down, down, up picking pattern as shown under the tab. Steve uses any and all available strings to transition from chord to chord smoothly.</p><p>The open first and second string notes are a colorful addition,  helping with fluid transitions and tonal contrast to their fretted counterparts. The bass notes on the sixth string are played by wrapping the fretting hand thumb over the top of the neck.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.81%;"><img id="Qyarsv3ZzvQN77GQr6c29n" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qyarsv3ZzvQN77GQr6c29n.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="747" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qyarsv3ZzvQN77GQr6c29n.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-using-open-strings">Example 2. Using open strings</h2><p>For this second example, Steve goes all out to demonstrate the power of using open strings by using all six! You'll start by targeting the open first string and then move down in order to the sixth string. The picking pattern is <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">down-pick</a>, hammer-on, up-pick, and this creates a cascade effect.</p><p>Steve goes for a little bit of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/economy-picking">economy picking</a> here (bar 3, beat 2) either side of an outside picking movement and the double E down picking. We have included all of the picking directions in the tab, but feel free to experiment and find a method that feels comfortable to you. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:114.79%;"><img id="inXDgk2ptJQ9ggG232ABFn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/inXDgk2ptJQ9ggG232ABFn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1102" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/inXDgk2ptJQ9ggG232ABFn.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-skipping-strings">Example 3. Skipping strings</h2><p>This starts with an octave interval and then moves in contrary motion: as the top melody note ascends, the bottom note descends. This sounds sophisticated, but as there are only two notes, it is relatively easy to play.</p><p>Once again, the open strings are used to create a cascade effect over the C and G5 chords. As with the previous examples, there is some eighth note chugging on the open A5 to take us into next example. Steve uses down-picking to play this.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:113.65%;"><img id="oXS5qKL6djHiYYS3HzL3Fn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oXS5qKL6djHiYYS3HzL3Fn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1091" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oXS5qKL6djHiYYS3HzL3Fn.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-linear-motion-with-string-jumps">Example 4. Linear motion with string jumps</h2><p>This next example is Steve’s favourite as it gives the impression of two parts happening at once. To improve the facility required to make the big stretches, the fretting hand thumb is placed back a little bit on the neck. It’s also good posture practice to keep the headstock of the guitar pointing up to the ceiling whilst maintaining a straight back.</p><p>Steve uses <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-alternate-pick-on-guitar">alternate picking</a> for three notes on the fourth string and then the high melody note on the first string is played with an up pick. The ability to sustain the high note may feel awkward at first so perseverance – with some fretting hand relaxation/shake off pauses – is the ideal focus for progress.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.60%;"><img id="XaBdfPCXiaVs9tLZaRd5Fn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaBdfPCXiaVs9tLZaRd5Fn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="745" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-melodic-repetition-and-variation">Example 5. Melodic repetition and variation</h2><p>Here, we are working on establishing a continuous obligato part (E-D#-E notes on the third string) underneath higher-string melodic motion. The example exploits Steve’s excellent picking technique.</p><p>We’d recommend taking this slowly to start with, just to get it under the fingers and to get all of the picking directions dialled in. Steve explains that he slightly changes his pick angle to make this easier to play, so feel free to experiment with the angle of your wrist. It's also worth exploring the angle of the pick when addressing the string: angled makes for an easier 'cut' (but often a raspier tone) while flat to the string can sound thicker (but results in more picking resistance).</p><p>How deep your pick goes either side of the string will provide you with further tone and technique realizations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:78.75%;"><img id="HxPg7KkDwCPbPWMseMj5Fn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HxPg7KkDwCPbPWMseMj5Fn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="756" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-melodic-repetition-and-variation-part-2">Example 6. Melodic repetition and variation (part 2)</h2><p>To finish off you have a bonus example that demonstrates a variation on the previous example. Instead of just changing the top note and keeping the other notes underneath the same, you can also change the notes underneath.</p><p>Changing the notes underneath the melody note helps to clearly outline the tonality of the chord changes as they pass.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.81%;"><img id="xGBRV6ahcUiowvgvqjeyBn" name="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" alt="Steve Morse Big Intervals Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xGBRV6ahcUiowvgvqjeyBn.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="747" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-steve-morse-in-action"><span>Steve Morse in action!</span></h3><h2 id="steve-morse-band-triangulation">Steve Morse Band - Triangulation</h2><p>Steve's trio in the studio – check out the riff, changing key centres and (of course!) sophisticated intervallic action. While John Petrucci isn't in the studio with them, you can hear his Morse influenced soloing very clearly.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/C4xuZTtZRpg" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Very accomplished playing that isn’t widely discussed in blues circles”: What we can learn from Mike Oldfield about breaking free of the pentatonic box ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The idea behind this lesson’s example solo is to try to ‘reinvent the wheel’ by wilfully ignoring the rich tradition of blues/pentatonic soloing – which has evolved over decades – and imagine folk, jazz, blues and Celtic music combining as if for the first time in a parallel universe... In theory, this could give a brand-new perspective on vocabulary, tone and so on. In practice, it reminded us a lot of Mike Oldfield! </p><p>Mike is best known to many as the composer and performer of <em>Tubular Bells</em>. Though renowned as a multi-instrumentalist, Mike has said that he regards himself primarily as a guitarist, having initially been influenced by acoustic soloists such as John Renbourn and Bert Jansch. However, he was also very struck by the emotive blues-influenced soloing of Free’s Paul Kossoff and the electronic soundscapes of Terry Riley. </p><p>In fact, the more we look into Mike’s playing, the more apparent it becomes that he was already going through the thinking process described above back in 1973. He invented something that incorporates elements of all the styles mentioned, with his own take on melody and harmony – plus an unusual violin-style vibrato and fingerstyle technique, even when playing with lots of overdrive. </p><p>Mike’s amplification setup was similarly unconventional, employing overdriven channel strips, multiple stages of EQ, limiting and noise gates. We’re definitely not talking about someone who just went out and bought what everyone else was using! </p><p>The example solo, though not originally played with the specific intention of emulating Mike, does include many of the elements he combined to form his own style. It isn’t very pentatonic (though there are moments) and makes more use of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a>, often superimposed over different chords. I hope this will be useful to anyone searching for some fresh ideas for their blues licks.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ivOa37wYWQU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-5">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.86%;"><img id="ntCfJRHWz8P7AqYEo3YVLF" name="git533 blues 1" alt="GIT533 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ntCfJRHWz8P7AqYEo3YVLF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1075" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ntCfJRHWz8P7AqYEo3YVLF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This opening phrase<strong> </strong>starts and finishes with recognisably pentatonic ideas. The descending line between the two quotes directly from the D major arpeggio in different positions – or inversions, if you prefer. Either way, the notes are D, F# and A in various permutations. </p><p>The fact that we’re playing D major patterns in the context of E minor is an interesting twist. When you consider an Em11 chord is made up of E, G, B, D, F# and A (Root, b3rd, 5th, b7th, 9th and 11th), it begins to make sense.</p><h2 id="example-2-5">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.73%;"><img id="CenzSt6yTvqGTx5isE9nCF" name="git533 blues 2" alt="GIT533 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CenzSt6yTvqGTx5isE9nCF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1072" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CenzSt6yTvqGTx5isE9nCF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After an angular pentatonic beginning, we revisit the idea of superimposing different triads/arpeggios over a static underlying chord. Over the A minor, we have a descending run derived from the arpeggios of C major, B minor and the chord itself, A minor. </p><p>The B minor part functions as a passing phrase between the C major (relative major to A minor) and the A minor arpeggio itself. It doesn’t have enough notes in common with the E minor to be used as a starting point for melody.</p><h2 id="example-3-5">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.73%;"><img id="HrigD2bDDuuMEMZ6BvnMAF" name="git533 blues 3" alt="GIT533 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrigD2bDDuuMEMZ6BvnMAF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1094" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrigD2bDDuuMEMZ6BvnMAF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After a bluesy pentatonic beginning, complete with bends and vibrato, we move onto some more superimposed arpeggios. By now, this concept may be starting to seem familiar: we have fragments of D major and B minor mixed in with pentatonic style lines, using shape 1 of the E minor boxes. </p><p>It’s worth experimenting to see what triads/arpeggio shapes sound good to your ear, rather than aiming for what ‘should’ work. No risk, no reward!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="mike-oldfield-with-david-bedford-first-excursion">Mike Oldfield (with David Bedford) – First Excursion</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/8482NG7xAeA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Recorded in ’76 through Mike’s unusual setup and further amplified at high volume (through a Fender Twin), Mike makes extensive use of the feedback and sustain this enabled. </p><p>Folk-influenced grace notes, superimposed arpeggios and soaring melodies dominate here. There are fewer string bends than in a traditional blues solo and the tone is unconventional, too, but this is expressive nonetheless.</p><h2 id="mike-oldfield-tubular-bells">Mike Oldfield – Tubular Bells</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/nbYQYOM66MA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though there is some very interesting guitar on both <em>Parts One</em> and <em>Two</em>, there is one area that is particularly relevant. At around 11:30 of <em>Part One</em>, Mike starts a harmonised blues shuffle.</p><p>It builds into something more shrill but is certainly an interesting vision of how blues influences can lead to different places – some far removed from what some might call the ‘mainstream’ these days. To be fair, that was the case when this was released in 1973, too…</p><h2 id="mike-oldfield-incantations">Mike Oldfield – Incantations</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Y9v-Bpx7hII" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The latest of our three examples, released in 1978, this album also has some very accomplished playing that isn’t widely discussed in blues circles. </p><p>From 3:33 of <em>Part Three</em>, there is a long <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-50-greatest-guitar-solos-of-all-time">guitar solo</a> that showcases Mike developing further on themes he was already experimenting with a couple of years earlier.</p><p>Once again, this is unconventional stuff, but if we put aside the more widely accepted boundaries of guitar soloing, there are ideas worth ‘borrowing’!  </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/mike-oldfield-inspired-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In this lesson, we reimagine folk, jazz, blues and Celtic music for a blues roadmap that takes the road less traveled ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">2dAeLhC6z7iHfTSibairpd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8936sMvq6FgRxszJt9M6pm-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 11:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8936sMvq6FgRxszJt9M6pm-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Nicky J. Sims/Redferns]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Mike Oldfield wears a white suit jacket and patterned black t-shirt as he plays his PRS Custom 24 onstage.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Mike Oldfield wears a white suit jacket and patterned black t-shirt as he plays his PRS Custom 24 onstage.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Mike Oldfield wears a white suit jacket and patterned black t-shirt as he plays his PRS Custom 24 onstage.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8936sMvq6FgRxszJt9M6pm-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The idea behind this lesson’s example solo is to try to ‘reinvent the wheel’ by wilfully ignoring the rich tradition of blues/pentatonic soloing – which has evolved over decades – and imagine folk, jazz, blues and Celtic music combining as if for the first time in a parallel universe... In theory, this could give a brand-new perspective on vocabulary, tone and so on. In practice, it reminded us a lot of Mike Oldfield! </p><p>Mike is best known to many as the composer and performer of <em>Tubular Bells</em>. Though renowned as a multi-instrumentalist, Mike has said that he regards himself primarily as a guitarist, having initially been influenced by acoustic soloists such as John Renbourn and Bert Jansch. However, he was also very struck by the emotive blues-influenced soloing of Free’s Paul Kossoff and the electronic soundscapes of Terry Riley. </p><p>In fact, the more we look into Mike’s playing, the more apparent it becomes that he was already going through the thinking process described above back in 1973. He invented something that incorporates elements of all the styles mentioned, with his own take on melody and harmony – plus an unusual violin-style vibrato and fingerstyle technique, even when playing with lots of overdrive. </p><p>Mike’s amplification setup was similarly unconventional, employing overdriven channel strips, multiple stages of EQ, limiting and noise gates. We’re definitely not talking about someone who just went out and bought what everyone else was using! </p><p>The example solo, though not originally played with the specific intention of emulating Mike, does include many of the elements he combined to form his own style. It isn’t very pentatonic (though there are moments) and makes more use of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a>, often superimposed over different chords. I hope this will be useful to anyone searching for some fresh ideas for their blues licks.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ivOa37wYWQU" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-5">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.86%;"><img id="ntCfJRHWz8P7AqYEo3YVLF" name="git533 blues 1" alt="GIT533 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ntCfJRHWz8P7AqYEo3YVLF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1075" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ntCfJRHWz8P7AqYEo3YVLF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This opening phrase<strong> </strong>starts and finishes with recognisably pentatonic ideas. The descending line between the two quotes directly from the D major arpeggio in different positions – or inversions, if you prefer. Either way, the notes are D, F# and A in various permutations. </p><p>The fact that we’re playing D major patterns in the context of E minor is an interesting twist. When you consider an Em11 chord is made up of E, G, B, D, F# and A (Root, b3rd, 5th, b7th, 9th and 11th), it begins to make sense.</p><h2 id="example-2-5">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.73%;"><img id="CenzSt6yTvqGTx5isE9nCF" name="git533 blues 2" alt="GIT533 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CenzSt6yTvqGTx5isE9nCF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1072" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CenzSt6yTvqGTx5isE9nCF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After an angular pentatonic beginning, we revisit the idea of superimposing different triads/arpeggios over a static underlying chord. Over the A minor, we have a descending run derived from the arpeggios of C major, B minor and the chord itself, A minor. </p><p>The B minor part functions as a passing phrase between the C major (relative major to A minor) and the A minor arpeggio itself. It doesn’t have enough notes in common with the E minor to be used as a starting point for melody.</p><h2 id="example-3-5">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.73%;"><img id="HrigD2bDDuuMEMZ6BvnMAF" name="git533 blues 3" alt="GIT533 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrigD2bDDuuMEMZ6BvnMAF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1094" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrigD2bDDuuMEMZ6BvnMAF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After a bluesy pentatonic beginning, complete with bends and vibrato, we move onto some more superimposed arpeggios. By now, this concept may be starting to seem familiar: we have fragments of D major and B minor mixed in with pentatonic style lines, using shape 1 of the E minor boxes. </p><p>It’s worth experimenting to see what triads/arpeggio shapes sound good to your ear, rather than aiming for what ‘should’ work. No risk, no reward!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="mike-oldfield-with-david-bedford-first-excursion">Mike Oldfield (with David Bedford) – First Excursion</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/8482NG7xAeA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Recorded in ’76 through Mike’s unusual setup and further amplified at high volume (through a Fender Twin), Mike makes extensive use of the feedback and sustain this enabled. </p><p>Folk-influenced grace notes, superimposed arpeggios and soaring melodies dominate here. There are fewer string bends than in a traditional blues solo and the tone is unconventional, too, but this is expressive nonetheless.</p><h2 id="mike-oldfield-tubular-bells">Mike Oldfield – Tubular Bells</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/nbYQYOM66MA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Though there is some very interesting guitar on both <em>Parts One</em> and <em>Two</em>, there is one area that is particularly relevant. At around 11:30 of <em>Part One</em>, Mike starts a harmonised blues shuffle.</p><p>It builds into something more shrill but is certainly an interesting vision of how blues influences can lead to different places – some far removed from what some might call the ‘mainstream’ these days. To be fair, that was the case when this was released in 1973, too…</p><h2 id="mike-oldfield-incantations">Mike Oldfield – Incantations</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Y9v-Bpx7hII" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>The latest of our three examples, released in 1978, this album also has some very accomplished playing that isn’t widely discussed in blues circles. </p><p>From 3:33 of <em>Part Three</em>, there is a long <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-50-greatest-guitar-solos-of-all-time">guitar solo</a> that showcases Mike developing further on themes he was already experimenting with a couple of years earlier.</p><p>Once again, this is unconventional stuff, but if we put aside the more widely accepted boundaries of guitar soloing, there are ideas worth ‘borrowing’!  </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “I can’t play proper barre chords. It’s a blessing in disguise – I’ve ended up finding more interesting chords”: KT Tunstall’s 5 guitar tips to boost your songwriting skills ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/annkdlIuwxo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Sometimes fate plays a big hand in how the world sees you. Back in February 2004, KT Tunstall was propelled to stardom courtesy of a last-minute booking on the BBC TV show <em>Later With Jools Holland</em>.</p><p>Armed with a guitar, tambourine and a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-looper-pedals">looper pedal</a> (an Akai HeadRush, to be precise), she wowed the studio and TV audiences with a vibrant, rhythmically fueled rendition of <em>Black Horse and the Cherry Tree</em>. </p><p>Since then, the song has gone on to become a modern acoustic hit, loved and performed by her (and many others) around the world. It originally featured on her debut album, <em>Eye To The Telescope</em>, along with another classic, <em>Suddenly I See</em>.</p><p>To celebrate 20 years since its release, the album has been reissued with additional B-sides, live tracks and three new songs. Tunstall has a world tour that starts in the US from March, and then journeys to Australia, New Zealand, UK and Croatia, before returning to the US towards the end of the year.</p><p>Talking to <em>Guitar World</em>, Tunstall has been kind enough to sit down with her <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> (and dog!) to cover five elements of her guitar playing and songwriting that she feels enrich her music.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/FGT0A2Hz-uk" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>During the video you’ll see her perform segments of her hits and how she developed her rock-solid strumming technique. As she states in the video... “the foundation of playing for me is rhythm. You’ve got to have an extremely stable foundational rhythm in your playing.”  </p><p>Following this, she uncovers her chord sophistication, which is often borne from avoiding barre chords. “One of the very noticeable things about my playing is I can’t play proper barre chords. It’s a blessing in disguise because I’ve ended up finding more interesting chords and using a lot of open string voicings.”</p><p>To enrich her music vocabulary, she has various picking approaches that extend interest in each chord's duration. As she discloses, “One of the patterns I’ve always really enjoyed playing around with is going outside, outside, inside, inside.” Certainly, if you’ve been struggling to learn <em>Silent Sea</em> with its ear catching G(b5) chord, you’ll find this picking approach here.</p><p>For her final insights, she explains the fun that can be found playing melodies on the guitar, specifically playing riffs that she also sings. <em>Feel It All</em> is one example where her strumming/picking style shapes a riff that she also sings. “I had to teach myself the melody which wasn’t difficult, but it’s making sure it sounds the way I sing it. The vocal is perfectly following the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/greatest-guitar-riffs-of-all-time">guitar riff</a>, which I love.”</p><p>And almost as a means of summing up her unique tutorial video here, she leans in towards the end to emphasize “even if you get this really simply, it makes you sound like a really good guitar player.”</p><ul><li><strong>Visit </strong><a href="https://www.kttunstall.com/"><strong>www.kttunstall.com</strong></a><strong> for further info about the re-issue of Eye To The Telescope and tour dates/venues.  </strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/kt-tunstall-5-guitar-tips</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Learn KT's five go-to guitar techniques: from power strumming to rich chords, colorful picking, and unison vocal/guitar riffs. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">9houwbpWACxq9btNFg2E3E</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymayxCmz3KM6We7c3XLZkN-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 15:55:19 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 13:23:26 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jason Sidwell ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d79WHbjixqHri7Tk5ph8MS.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymayxCmz3KM6We7c3XLZkN-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[KT Tunstall]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[KT Tunstall]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[KT Tunstall]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymayxCmz3KM6We7c3XLZkN-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/annkdlIuwxo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Sometimes fate plays a big hand in how the world sees you. Back in February 2004, KT Tunstall was propelled to stardom courtesy of a last-minute booking on the BBC TV show <em>Later With Jools Holland</em>.</p><p>Armed with a guitar, tambourine and a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-looper-pedals">looper pedal</a> (an Akai HeadRush, to be precise), she wowed the studio and TV audiences with a vibrant, rhythmically fueled rendition of <em>Black Horse and the Cherry Tree</em>. </p><p>Since then, the song has gone on to become a modern acoustic hit, loved and performed by her (and many others) around the world. It originally featured on her debut album, <em>Eye To The Telescope</em>, along with another classic, <em>Suddenly I See</em>.</p><p>To celebrate 20 years since its release, the album has been reissued with additional B-sides, live tracks and three new songs. Tunstall has a world tour that starts in the US from March, and then journeys to Australia, New Zealand, UK and Croatia, before returning to the US towards the end of the year.</p><p>Talking to <em>Guitar World</em>, Tunstall has been kind enough to sit down with her <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> (and dog!) to cover five elements of her guitar playing and songwriting that she feels enrich her music.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/FGT0A2Hz-uk" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>During the video you’ll see her perform segments of her hits and how she developed her rock-solid strumming technique. As she states in the video... “the foundation of playing for me is rhythm. You’ve got to have an extremely stable foundational rhythm in your playing.”  </p><p>Following this, she uncovers her chord sophistication, which is often borne from avoiding barre chords. “One of the very noticeable things about my playing is I can’t play proper barre chords. It’s a blessing in disguise because I’ve ended up finding more interesting chords and using a lot of open string voicings.”</p><p>To enrich her music vocabulary, she has various picking approaches that extend interest in each chord's duration. As she discloses, “One of the patterns I’ve always really enjoyed playing around with is going outside, outside, inside, inside.” Certainly, if you’ve been struggling to learn <em>Silent Sea</em> with its ear catching G(b5) chord, you’ll find this picking approach here.</p><p>For her final insights, she explains the fun that can be found playing melodies on the guitar, specifically playing riffs that she also sings. <em>Feel It All</em> is one example where her strumming/picking style shapes a riff that she also sings. “I had to teach myself the melody which wasn’t difficult, but it’s making sure it sounds the way I sing it. The vocal is perfectly following the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/greatest-guitar-riffs-of-all-time">guitar riff</a>, which I love.”</p><p>And almost as a means of summing up her unique tutorial video here, she leans in towards the end to emphasize “even if you get this really simply, it makes you sound like a really good guitar player.”</p><ul><li><strong>Visit </strong><a href="https://www.kttunstall.com/"><strong>www.kttunstall.com</strong></a><strong> for further info about the re-issue of Eye To The Telescope and tour dates/venues.  </strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “In the world of extended chords, this is as far as we can go”: Demystifying 13th chords, the voicing that Stevie Ray Vaughan used to stunning effect in Lenny ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>In the world of extended chords, this is as far as we can go. Chords at this end of the spectrum frequently deviate from their strict theoretical definitions in the real world.</p><p>An extended chord goes beyond the major (or minor) triad, on to the 7th (or flat/dominant 7th) then 9th, 11th and 13th. In theory, all of these would be present in ascending scale order, but in practice this can lead to some dense, even dissonant, chords. There’s also the issue of playing a seven-note chord on an instrument with six strings...</p><p>In the examples below, I attempt to demystify some of the theoretical terms and demonstrate strategies enabling us to play beautiful-sounding 13th chords. </p><p>When choosing which notes to omit, the 5th is usually high on the list. In the case of 13th chords, the 11th is very often omitted, too, which is nice for us guitarists because that’s one less note to go searching or stretching for...  </p><h2 id="example-1-g13">Example 1. G13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="45cAiynut5TuV5ZvZRowSB" name="13th chords 1" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45cAiynut5TuV5ZvZRowSB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45cAiynut5TuV5ZvZRowSB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This G13 omits the 5th (D) and the 11th (C), leaving us with, in ascending order, the Root-b7th-3rd-13th-9th (G-F-B-E-A).</p><p>The fifth string is muted, which can make simultaneously playing all the notes tricky, unless you use your picking-hand fingers like Joe Pass (or leave it to the bass player!).</p><h2 id="example-2-g13-b9">Example 2. G13(b9)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="zXHymuygYnhVVLPqMm3vSB" name="13th chords 2" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zXHymuygYnhVVLPqMm3vSB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zXHymuygYnhVVLPqMm3vSB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By flattening the 9th at the top of our G13 chord from Example 1, we get a G13(b9). Altered chords such as this are often used to create a ‘tension and release’ effect, resolving to somewhere more harmonious, such as a Cmaj9 or G/C. </p><p>In a film soundtrack context, composers often create tension by not resolving chords like this.  </p><h2 id="example-3-c13">Example 3. C13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="TmbfCCB6UGuvtsWJbmj8SB" name="13th chords 3" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TmbfCCB6UGuvtsWJbmj8SB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TmbfCCB6UGuvtsWJbmj8SB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C13 gives us a slightly different flavour by featuring the 11th, though we do omit the 3rd (E) and the 5th (G), for practical as well as harmonic reasons.</p><p>We are left with Root-11th-b7th-9th-13th (C-F-Bb-D-A) in ascending order. Like all the other examples, this shape is movable to any key.</p><h2 id="example-4-gm13">Example 4. Gm13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="CHsKUtWCkmdZ7rEjbDUtNB" name="13th chords 4" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CHsKUtWCkmdZ7rEjbDUtNB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CHsKUtWCkmdZ7rEjbDUtNB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Gm13 consists of Root-5th-b7th-b3rd-13th-9th (G-D-F-Bb-E-A) in ascending order. As with all the examples, it’s not possible to feature all the notes in ascending scale order, and this isn’t necessarily desirable anyway.</p><p>The inclusion of the 5th is unusual and completely optional. In a band situation, you may well find yourself omitting the Root and 5th.</p><h2 id="example-5-emaj13">Example 5. Emaj13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="UxcKeEiUAcQajQzGvkmzcA" name="13th chords 5" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UxcKeEiUAcQajQzGvkmzcA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UxcKeEiUAcQajQzGvkmzcA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Emaj13 takes part of its name from the major 7th it features – a regular E13 features a flat/dominant 7th.</p><p>In ascending order, we have Root-3rd-maj7-3rd (again)- 13th (E-G#-D#-G#-C#). We omit the 5th (B), the 9th (F#) and the 11th (A), but what’s left holds up very well – good enough for SRV in <em>Lenny</em>!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/13th-chords-demystified</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This primer in 13th chords will give you five voicings to use in your playing – and an explanation on how they get their name ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">q52kvjdw4BEXXBUn3YCVWL</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HY8VrcihL8DhoYvzoQts2e-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 11:54:09 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HY8VrcihL8DhoYvzoQts2e-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Gary Gershoff/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Stevie Ray Vaughan plays a white Strat]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Stevie Ray Vaughan plays a white Strat]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Stevie Ray Vaughan plays a white Strat]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HY8VrcihL8DhoYvzoQts2e-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>In the world of extended chords, this is as far as we can go. Chords at this end of the spectrum frequently deviate from their strict theoretical definitions in the real world.</p><p>An extended chord goes beyond the major (or minor) triad, on to the 7th (or flat/dominant 7th) then 9th, 11th and 13th. In theory, all of these would be present in ascending scale order, but in practice this can lead to some dense, even dissonant, chords. There’s also the issue of playing a seven-note chord on an instrument with six strings...</p><p>In the examples below, I attempt to demystify some of the theoretical terms and demonstrate strategies enabling us to play beautiful-sounding 13th chords. </p><p>When choosing which notes to omit, the 5th is usually high on the list. In the case of 13th chords, the 11th is very often omitted, too, which is nice for us guitarists because that’s one less note to go searching or stretching for...  </p><h2 id="example-1-g13">Example 1. G13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="45cAiynut5TuV5ZvZRowSB" name="13th chords 1" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45cAiynut5TuV5ZvZRowSB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45cAiynut5TuV5ZvZRowSB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This G13 omits the 5th (D) and the 11th (C), leaving us with, in ascending order, the Root-b7th-3rd-13th-9th (G-F-B-E-A).</p><p>The fifth string is muted, which can make simultaneously playing all the notes tricky, unless you use your picking-hand fingers like Joe Pass (or leave it to the bass player!).</p><h2 id="example-2-g13-b9">Example 2. G13(b9)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="zXHymuygYnhVVLPqMm3vSB" name="13th chords 2" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zXHymuygYnhVVLPqMm3vSB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zXHymuygYnhVVLPqMm3vSB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By flattening the 9th at the top of our G13 chord from Example 1, we get a G13(b9). Altered chords such as this are often used to create a ‘tension and release’ effect, resolving to somewhere more harmonious, such as a Cmaj9 or G/C. </p><p>In a film soundtrack context, composers often create tension by not resolving chords like this.  </p><h2 id="example-3-c13">Example 3. C13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="TmbfCCB6UGuvtsWJbmj8SB" name="13th chords 3" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TmbfCCB6UGuvtsWJbmj8SB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TmbfCCB6UGuvtsWJbmj8SB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C13 gives us a slightly different flavour by featuring the 11th, though we do omit the 3rd (E) and the 5th (G), for practical as well as harmonic reasons.</p><p>We are left with Root-11th-b7th-9th-13th (C-F-Bb-D-A) in ascending order. Like all the other examples, this shape is movable to any key.</p><h2 id="example-4-gm13">Example 4. Gm13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="CHsKUtWCkmdZ7rEjbDUtNB" name="13th chords 4" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CHsKUtWCkmdZ7rEjbDUtNB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CHsKUtWCkmdZ7rEjbDUtNB.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Gm13 consists of Root-5th-b7th-b3rd-13th-9th (G-D-F-Bb-E-A) in ascending order. As with all the examples, it’s not possible to feature all the notes in ascending scale order, and this isn’t necessarily desirable anyway.</p><p>The inclusion of the 5th is unusual and completely optional. In a band situation, you may well find yourself omitting the Root and 5th.</p><h2 id="example-5-emaj13">Example 5. Emaj13</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="UxcKeEiUAcQajQzGvkmzcA" name="13th chords 5" alt="GIT533 13th Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UxcKeEiUAcQajQzGvkmzcA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UxcKeEiUAcQajQzGvkmzcA.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Emaj13 takes part of its name from the major 7th it features – a regular E13 features a flat/dominant 7th.</p><p>In ascending order, we have Root-3rd-maj7-3rd (again)- 13th (E-G#-D#-G#-C#). We omit the 5th (B), the 9th (F#) and the 11th (A), but what’s left holds up very well – good enough for SRV in <em>Lenny</em>!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>